general
management
Energy Security
and Climate
Change
R V SHAHI
Mr. Shahi has written an extremely useful book on energy
security. Having held important positions in the private and
public sectors, he has a deep understanding of the problems of
the energy sector both at the policy and operational levels.
Infrastructure is a key factor in the development process.
Within infrastructure, the energy sector occupies an important
place. Shahi offers a number of suggestions for improving the
energy availability in our country. The book is comprehensive
in as much as it deals with every form of energy, conventional
and non-conventional. Shahi is deeply committed to reform
the power sector and shows how the reform agenda can be
taken forward. For anyone wanting to understand the Indian
energy scene, Shahi’s book is an invaluable guide.
Dr. C Rangarajan, Chairman, Prime Minister’s
Economic Advisory Council
“Mr. Shahi’s book on Energy Security and Climate Change
covers an extensive range of subjects that have major
implications for the security of energy supply in India and
the combined challenge of dealing with climate change both
nationally and internationally. With his knowledge and
experience, I am sure the book would provide useful
information and knowledge for its readers.”
R.K. Pachauri, Director General, The Energy and
Resources Institute (TERI) & Chairman,
Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC)
The book, Energy Security and Climate Change, by R.V.
Shahi, is a fascinating review, a journal of the main issues
concerning energy in India over the past two years. The
reader will find facts, opinions of key players, and a synthesis
of the author’s views on this essential issue. It is written in
lively, direct language, allowing easy reading. It is particularly
interesting for foreign readers because it allows the reader to
understand India’s complexity. First, India must reconcile
improvement of the material well-being of the poor which
make up a large part of its population with a responsible
attitude toward the environment. Second, India’s status as
the world’s largest democracy, also poses a huge challenge of
governance taking into account both federal policies and a
variety of state policies. Because of the great interest of this
book, it is to be hoped that the author will not stop here but
will go on to cover further developments and address some
issues not in the scope of this work, for example, the health
effects of fossil fuel use, especially coal combustion, and
decision-making on deployment of different power
technologies—wind, solar, nuclear, coal with and without
carbon capture and storage—when funding is the limiting
factor.
Dr C Pierre Zaleski, Executive Director, Centre of
Geopolitics of Energy and Raw Materials, University
Paris Dauphine
2009 / 736 Pages / HB / Rs. 695
ISBN: 978-81-7446-741-6 / 71/4x91/2
A Foundation Course in
Human Values and Professional Ethics
Presenting a universal approach to value
education – through self-exploration
R R GAUR
R SANGAL
G P BAGARIA
This textbook, designed for a foundation course on Human Values and Professional
Ethics, is an outcome of the long-drawn search, visualization and extensive experimentation
by the authors and their colleagues towards evolving an effective and universally acceptable
methodology for introducing value education in the present curricula of technical and
other professional institutions. Thus, it is in response to a long-felt and urgent need to
integrate value education with professional skills in the present-day education system. A
unique methodology focusing on the right understanding of the human reality vis-à-vis
rest of existence has been systematically presented. This involves the discovery of the
inherent harmony and co-existence in the existence through self-exploration, forming
the basis of universal human values and facilitating transformation towards a holistic
world-view or the ‘human consciousness’. The book is presented in three main sections,
namely:
Introduction to Value Education
Understanding the Harmony at various Levels
Implications of the Right Understanding in Life and Profession.
Unlike the conventional treatment, the issues in Professional Ethics are analyzed in the
context of right understanding with the main focus on the development of Ethical
Competence in the individuals. The book concludes by proposing several salient steps to
undertake the journey towards holistic and value-based living.
SALIENT FEATURES:
The unique features of this book are:
It presents a universal approach to value education by developing the right understanding
of reality through the process of self-exploration.
The whole course is presented in the form of a dialogue, whereby a set of proposals about
various aspects of the reality are presented and the students are encouraged to self-explore
and self-verify these on the basis of their natural acceptance and experiential validation.
The prime focus throughout the book is towards affecting a qualitative change in the
consciousness of the reader, a change in the world-view rather than on mere information
transfer.
While introducing the alternative holistic world-view and its implications, a critical appraisal
of the consequences of the prevailing world-view is also made to enable the students to
discern the difference in their own right.
The style of presentation is kept simple and student-friendly with ample repetitions to
bring home the core concepts. Each chapter ends with a summary and selective review
questions to facilitate understanding.
A model course syllabus along with exercises and guidelines for practice sessions is given in
the appendix and a glossary for key terms is also appended. A Teacher’s Manual for this
course is also available.
This innovative book along with the Teacher’s Manual will go a long way in facilitating
the introduction of value education inputs in the professional institutions, technical
universities and other institutions of higher learning.
Instructor Manual Available
2009 / 282 Pages / PB / Rs. 175
TEXTBOOK
ISBN: 978-81-7446-781-2 / 71/4x91/2
1
general
management

Core Sector Management for Restructuring Public

Global Competitiveness Enterprises in
EDITED BY
KAMPAN MUKHERJEE Andhra Pradesh
SANDEEP MONDAL R K MISHRA
PRAMOD PATHAK K R S SASTRY
CHANDAN BHAR LAKSHMI KUMARI
GOVIND SWAROOP PATHAK
2010 / 188 Pages / PB / Rs. 350
This book is a collection of twenty nine edited articles resulting from the ISBN: 978-81-7446-849-9 / 71/4x91/2
deliberations during the two-day national seminar held at the Department of
Management Studies, Indian School of Mines, Dhanbad, on 20th and 21st
February, 2009. The seminar was based on the topic of “Core Sector
Management for Global Competitiveness”. These research papers/articles have IPE in the Early Years
been contributed by the management experts, policy makers, professional
V V RAMANADHAM
managers, and academicians addressing various core sector management issues
and challenges.
This book elaborates the story of
This compilation provides a clear understanding of how to continue streamlining the Institute of Public Enterprise in
current operations, transforming the business processes and in some cases, its first decade. It commences with
changing organization cultures to meet the goals of improved service levels its establishment and traces its
and productivity. It has been hoped that the rich content of this edited volume difficult but dedicated path of
will be fruitfully used by the management professionals, researchers, development. The rationale of an "early" story, such as this,
academicians and students as an effective reference material to meet their springs from the figurative sentence that 'Child is the father of
requirements. man'. Therefore, it is important and at the same time essential
2010 / 304 Pages / PB / Rs. 495 for the present generation to know what the beginnings of this
ISBN: 978-81-7446-832-1 / 71/4x91/2 institution were and how it persevered steadily while sticking to
its objectives right through.
2010 / 64 Pages / PB / Rs. 125
ISBN: 978-81-7446-851-2 / 71/4x91/2
PE Boards in India
Challenges of 21st Century
R K MISHRA Dictionary of
SHITAL JHUNJHUNWALA
J KIRANMAI
Management
B NANDHAKUMAR

This Dictionary of Management has

The Institute of Public Enterprise, Hyderabad, has set up a Centre on
Corporate Governance in Public Enterprises with the support of the National
Foundation of Corporate Governance. The Centre is specializing on board-
related issues in Corporate Governance in Public Enterprises. As a part of its
research activities, the Centre has undertaken research on various aspects of
the functioning of the public enterprise boards. The present book shares the
findings of this research.
This book would prove to be useful to those specializing in Corporate
Governance, Corporate Management, Corporate Disclosure, Public Enterprise
Management and Globalization.
CONTENTS INCLUDE:
Board Dynamics in Public Enterprises: Challenges Ahead / Transforming
Navaratna and Miniratna PE Boards: A Critical Analysis / Public Enterprise
Boards in India / Board of Directors – International Scenario / Corporate
Governance in Public Enterprises: A New Framework / Corporate Governance
and Public Enterprise Boards / Role of Chairmen and Managing Directors
in SLPEs: Discussion / Processed Data on PE Boards in 21st Century:
Challenges Ahead / Government and Public Enterprises: The Top
Management and the Boards
2010 / 178 Pages / PB / Rs. 295
ISBN: 978-81-7446-850-5 / 71/4x91/2
2
been compiled and edited to include
most of the commonly used
management terms, which any management student is likely to
come across in his every day work. The entries cover virtually all
branches of management—personnel, training, production,
marketing, financing, accounting, administration as well as
industrial relations, social and economic environment in which
management operates. Considerable cross-referencing
throughout will help the user to explore inter-related subjects
in greater depth. Entries included in this Dictionary have been
written in a lucid style to provide both straightforward definitions
and invaluable background information.
This Dictionary will be useful for undergraduate and postgraduate
management students, administrators, business managers, bank
managers, engineers and journalists. This Dictionary would also
prove to be an invaluable reference guide for the informed laymen
with a professional interest in the subject. This Dictionary will
be a useful and handy addition to any library to help the reader/
student to locate, identify and expound day-to-day terminology
in its proper context.
2010 / 430 Pages / PB / Rs. 300
ISBN: 978-81-7446-854-3 / 51/2x81/2

Globalising
Public
Enterprises
R K MISHRA
LAKSHMI KUMARI
J KIRANMAI
Globalisation is in India to stay. India's public sector
is the mainstay of its economy. Public enterprises
form core of the economy. They comprise navratnas,
miniratnas, profit-making and financially unviable
enterprises. The Government of India is actively
considering a proposal of upgrading some Navratna
public enterprises as 'Maharatnas'. This is in
conformity with the international innovations.
The present volume is an attempt to study the
transformation of India's public enterprises from
Kautilya's period to the post-independence era
extending to the 11th plan period. The present day
public enterprises in India are not only socially strong
but also economically viable and internationally
competitive. However, in order to qualify as an entity
and to be a part of the global economy, public
enterprises have undergone radical transformations.
The present volume incorporates the research
undertaken in this area and the lessons for public
enterprises for their continuous transformation to
be relevant forever. It is hoped that this volume will
fill the void in respect of public enterprises' response
to globalization and will prove useful to policy-
makers, researchers, practitioners of public
enterprises and international community, engaged
in studying the dynamics of competitiveness of the
Indian economy.
CONTENTS INCLUDE:
Public Enterprise in Kautilya’s Arthashastra:
Relevance in the Present Context / Public
Enterprise Management: Extending Theory to
Practice / Some Dimensions of Public Enterprise
Research in India / Central Public Sector
Enterprises Today / Public Enterprises in India:
Problems and Prospects / Financial
Administration of PEs / Financial Management
in Public Enterprises: Some Issues and
Concerns / Methods of Privatization: The
Indian Case / Social Safety Net Programme in
the Central and the State Level Public
Enterprises: An Antidote to Privatization
Retarding Regional Development in India /
Performance Improvement after Privatization in
Indian Public Sectors — A Panel Data Approach
2010 / 204 Pages / PB / Rs. 350
ISBN: 978-81-7446-852-9 / 71/4x91/2
general
management
Skill Development Programmes
Under Special Employment Schemes in Andhra Pradesh
R K MISHRA
K TRIVIKRAM
CONTENTS INCLUDE:
Introduction / Special Employment Schemes : Past and Present / Special Employment
Schemes—An Overview / Training Activity in the Selected Districts / Current Status of
Employment of the Ex-trainees / To Train or not to Train / Skill Development Programmes
: Some Suggestions / Special Employment Programme – East Godavari District / Special
Employment Programme in East Godavari District – An Overview / Organization of
Training / Follow-up of the Trained Candidates and the Current Status of Employment
of the Ex-Trainees / Special Employment Programme – Cuddapah District / Special
Employment Programme in Cuddapah District – An Overview / Organization of
Training / Special Employment Programmes – Khammam District / Special Employment
Programme in Khammam District – An Overview / Organization of Training /
SETKHAM Records Training to Unemployed Candidates
2010 / 164 Pages / PB / Rs. 295
ISBN: 978-81-7446-853-6 / 71/4x91/2
Innovation and Adaptability
Twin Engines of Sustained Growth
EDITED BY
S S BHAKAR
V K PANDEY
The modern world is characterized by increasing complexity, uncertainty and change.
Organizations are faced with increasing pressures to perform and compete at a global
scale. Today, the growth of an organisation depends not only on its products or services
but also on what it knows and how it innovates. The survival of modern businesses
depends on their capacity to innovate.
To accommodate new customer expectations, market conditions, or competitive challenges,
adaptable processes are required to support an agile business model. Innovativeness is a
function of adaptability and adaptability is a function of technology, market and organization.
Contributing to the development of new technologies, understanding the subtle changes
taking place in the market and aligning the organizational structure and strategies to these
changes will ensure that the organizations remain competitive forever and grow.
Talented work force is an organization’s greatest asset. Companies can take a number of
different steps to ensure they are being as adaptive as they need to be to grow successfully.
There is a need to learn how to build organizations that are as dynamic as change itself to
mobilize the imagination of every employee.
This book is a compilation of the research papers contributed by a team of academicians
and researchers. It has fifty seven chapters classified into five parts: Finance, Marketing,
Human Resource Management, Information Technology Applications and General
Management. The research papers, included in this book, throw sufficient light on the
interplay of innovation and adaptability on the most desired organizational objective—
‘sustained growth’.
2010 / 692 Pages / PB / Rs. 895
ISBN: 978-81-7446-833-8 / 71/4x91/2
3
general
management
From Gray to Green
new thoughts on environment
SANJIV TYAGI
This book is one of its kinds on environment, in the
sense that it touches upon and highlights the modern
thinking on environment while incorporating the
traditional concepts. The book harps on the basic
principles of environment management. It, therefore,
reiterates the time tested environment principles. Air pollution has been the
most prevalent of all forms of pollution worldwide. The book discusses in detail
about indoor air problems, unpleasant odour and deafening noise. The treatment
of domestic sewage for improving the environment and health of the people and
purification of our river systems by managing our effluents and waste water
properly is mainly emphasized upon. The overall emphasis in water management
is on restoring its wholesomeness.
The book also talks about having the natural ecological systems viz. the forests
as well as the industrial ecology for better utilization of waste. The problems like
global warming are more due to highly consumptive lifestyle rather than higher
level of production leading to emissions. It lays emphasis in not only bringing
about changes in lifestyle but also supporting the green production and green
practices.
CONTENTS INCLUDE:
The Environment is Calling / Reiterating the Principles of Environment / Air
– The Ambiance / Water – An Omen of Future / Revering our Soil / The
Mysterious Marine World / The New Green Thinking / Evolving Clean and
Green Processes / Clean Technologies – Opt for Apt / Inculcating Green
Practices / Towards Green Life
2009 / 222 Pages / PB / Rs. 395
ISBN: 978-81-7446-780-5 / 51/2x81/2
Public Policy
Contemporary Issues
EDITED BY
MAJ. GEN. D N KHURANA, AVSM (RETD.)
It is indeed laudable that we have this forum at the Centre for Public Policy and from these
discussions hopefully we are going to influence the key stakeholders or the opinion leaders.
Mr Dwarkanath, Group Head, HR, Max Healthcare
I am very glad that the Centre for Public Policy is taking up such current issues now and
trying to bring back to the fore, the issues and the values that we should have addressed 50,
60 years ago.
Mrs Navrekha Sharma, Former Indian Ambassador to Indonesia
In its Round Table discussions, the Centre for Public Policy had focussed on gender budgeting
and also issues relating to the gender equality in India and policies required for it. Most
certainly, it is not merely empowerment of women, by women and for women; it is a
national goal that the Centre is pursuing.
Dr Vasantha Bharucha, Former Economic Adviser, Ministry of Commerce, GOI
I appreciate the fact that the Centre for Public Policy takes up very contemporary topics. The
presence of a large number of youngsters at these discussions is particularly welcome since
they are the one to whom we are going to handover our problems.
Ms Mythili Bhusnurmath, Consulting Editor, Economic Times
2010 / 164 Pages / PB / Rs. 295
ISBN: 978-81-7446-830-7 / 61/4x91/2
4
Status of Corporate
Social Responsibility
EDITED BY
I S SINGH
Corporate social responsibility means “social business viability
strategy”. Society and community, at large, pay heavy price for
existence and growth of business. Therefore, business must
return the cost for acceptance from society by making well-
planned, deliberate, social and economic investment towards
social cost. The concept of CSR acts as a linkage between
corporate and social sectors. Nowadays, a good number of
business houses are taking interest not only in the welfare of
its employees and their families but also society, at large.
Adopting environment friendly technology, provision of
drinking water, primary education, health facilities are a few
of the initiatives taken by them.
This book is the product of an International Seminar organised
on the topic of “Status of Corporate Social Responsibility’” at
Mahatma Gandhi Labour Institute, Ahmedabad. The seminar
was designed to provide a platform, where the issues of
Corporate Social Responsibility could be discussed and
critically examined. The presentations were based on opinions
and viewpoints coupled with a number of anecdotes and case
studies in work situation, which could help explain the concept,
practices and importance of corporate social responsibility.
This book could be of immense help to the academicians,
managers, trade union leaders, policy makers and the students
who are associated with and interested in corporate social
responsibility in our country.
2010 / 156 Pages / PB / Rs. 395
ISBN: 978-81-7446-837-6 / 71/4x91/2
Managing Corporate
Responsibility and
Risk for Synergising
Business Practices
to Achieve
Organizational
Excellence
EDITORS
RAJENDRA JAIN
NEHA LAKHOTIA
2010 / 516 Pages / PB / Rs. 695
ISBN: 978-81-7446-819-2 / 71/4x91/2

Business Ethics
and Corporate
Governance
S PRABAKARAN, Professor,
Alliance Business Academy,
Bangalore
This book provides a comprehensive coverage on the subject
of business ethics. Starting with the nature, history,
development and utility of business ethics, the book
elaborates the relevance of ethics in human resource
management and insights about ethical leadership and
professional and personal ethics. Apart from this, the book
brings forward the topics of corporate governance, corporate
social responsibility, technology and environmental ethics
and international business ethics as pertinent to the modern
day organizations.
An important feature of the book is that it includes some
brilliant cases to help the students analyze and grasp the
realities of life. Also, most of the chapters start with an
opening case and end with a discussion case to make the
reading more interesting. The book will immensely help the
students to understand the relevance of business ethics in
modern context.
CONTENTS INCLUDE:
Nature and Scope of Business Ethics / History of the
Development and Utility of Business Ethics / Basics of
Business Ethics / Theories of Business Ethics / Ethical
Decision-making / Professional Ethics / Corporate
Governance / Ethical Leadership / Corporate Social
Responsibility / Personal Ethics / Marketing Ethics / Ethics
in Human Resource Management / Technology Ethics /
The Role of Corporate Culture in Business Ethics /
Environmental Ethics / Ethical Aspects of Financial
Management / International Business Ethics (Ethical
Principles Governing Global Business) Ethics Training
2009 / 278 Pages / PB / Rs. 200
TEXTBOOK
ISBN: 978-81-7446-782-9 / 71/4x91/2
Innovate,
Restructure,
Reorganize
Challenges for India Inc.
AIMA
CONTENTS INCLUDE:
Robert Bosch Engineering and Business Solutions (India)
Limited / Tata Consultancy Services Limited / Bharat
Heavy Electricals Limited / Bosch Limited, Bangalore /
Bharat Petroleum Corporation Limited / A.T.E.
Enterprises Private Limited / Larsen & Toubro Limited /
Tata Steel Limited
2009 / 176 Pages / PB / Rs. 350
ISBN: 978-81-8323-037-7 / 61/4x91/2
general
management
Entrepreneurship and New
Venture Creation
A SAHAY, Professor, Management Development Institute,
Gurgaon
V SHARMA, Adjunct faculty, Management Development
Institute, Gurgaon and Faculty of Management Studies,
University of Delhi
This book has come out very timely. With the changing external economic environment, it is
the entrepreneurs who will give fillip to development. The book has provided tools and
techniques to become an entrepreneur in the 21st century. I am sure it will be very useful for
the students of entrepreneurship and to both the aspiring as well as existing entrepreneurs.
- Dinesh Rai, Secretary to Govt. of India, Ministry of Micro, Small and Medium Enterprises
CONTENTS INCLUDE:
Entrepreneurship: An Overview / Entrepreneurial Environment and Characteristics
/ WTO, Intellectual Property Rights and Entrepreneurial Opportunity /
Opportunity Sensing and Idea Generation / Incubation and Innovation / Emerging
Businesses / Types of Business and Development of Business Plan / Angel
Investor and Venture Capital / External Resource Generation / Product/Service
and Market Development / Business Plan Evaluation / Profiles of Living
Entrepreneurs / Appendices
2008 / 470 Pages / PB / Rs. 325
ISBN: 978-81-7446-607-5 / 71/4x91/2 TEXTBOOK
Innovate, Restructure, Reorganize
Challenges for India Inc.
AIMA
This collection includes papers by:
International Management Institute / G L Balaji Institute of
Management and Research / Xavier Institute of Management
and Entrepreneurship (XIME) / SAINT GITS Institute of Management, Kottayam /
Welingkar Institute of Management, Development & Research / Symbiosis Institute of
International Business St. Xavier's College / Indian Institute of Social Welfare and Business
Management
2009 / 118 Pages / PB / Rs. 240
ISBN: 978-81-8323-036-0 / 61/4x91/2
Basic Business Communication
Concepts, Applications and Skills
RAJ KUMAR
CONTENTS INCLUDE:
Part 1: Concepts of Communication / Introduction of Business Communication
/ Fundamentals of Business Communications -Nature & Process / Barriers and
Gateways of Communication / Conditions for Effective Communication /
Organizational Communication / Part 2: Forms of Business Communication /
Written Business Communication / Business Letters & Memos / Report Writing
/ Oral Communication / Non-Verbal Communication / Modern Tools of Business
Communication-IT, Internet, and E-Commerce / Part 3: Skills / Public Speaking
& Presentation Skills / Negotiation Skills / Resumes / Interview Skills / Group
Discussions / Reading and Listening Skills / Business Etiquette / Part 4: Relationship
& Cases / Feedback and Counseling Skills / Ethics and Business Communication
/ Legal Aspects of Business Communication / Changing Paradigms of Business
Communication / Case Study Approach and Business Cases
5
general
management
Entrepreneurship and Innovation
Management
An Industry Perspective
R GOPAL
PRADIP MANJREKAR

Entrepreneurship is the central ingredient in economic growth of a

country. It serves as a vehicle for the commercial introduction of
new goods and services as well as opening of new markets to innovations. Entrepreneurs are the
ones who make economic gains from innovative ideas and creative marketing efforts.
Management and
Indian economy faces many challenges in the context of globalisation, intense competition,
Behavioural Processes
rapid product obsolescence, technological development and increasing pace of innovation. B JANAKIRAM
Rapid growth has been seen in entrepreneurship due to the influx of small industries and the VIJAY N RAO
growth of technologies like Information Technology and Biotech and new enterprises like BPOs Management and Behavioural Processes are
and KPOs, R&D Centres, etc. Entrepreneurial environment including educational levels of the basic principles which take different forms
local population, industry concentration and regional income growth play a significant role in when applied to areas like Finance, Marketing
entrepreneurship development. or Human Resource. Management processes
This book is a compilation of papers drawn from the pool of papers presented in the 1st & 2nd are sine qua non for any organization, not only
International Research Conference on Entrepreneurship held in November, 2007 & November, for its survival but also for its growth.
2008, respectively, in association with Maharashtra Centre for Entrepreneurship Development This book provides a comprehensive coverage
(MCED) & National Entrepreneurship Network (NEN). This book will provide a good platform of the subjects Principles of Management and
for dissemination of additional knowledge generated in this field for economic growth and
Organizational Behaviour. Starting with the
higher productivity.
history of development of management
2009 / 282 Pages / PB / Rs. 495
ISBN: 978-81-7446-787-4 / 71/4x91/2
thought, the book elaborates the different
functions of management and provides
second edition insights about the characteristics needed for
Change and Knowledge Management the 21st century manager. In the
Organizational Behaviour area, it covers
R L NANDESHWAR important topics like Individual Behaviour,
BALAKRISHNA JAYASIMHA Personality, Conflict Management, Emotional
Intelligence, Stress Management, etc., bringing
relevance to modern day managers.
This book describes the theory and practice of ‘Change and
Knowledge Management’. Good theory helps to grasp what is going An important feature of this book is that it
on in the world around. It helps to ask the right questions when includes Indian case-lets for enabling the
times change and new problems need to be analyzed. It also tells students to analyse and grasp the practical
which things one need not to worry about. This book explains how students can use the theory side of management. A Good number of figures
to solve practical problems. Much of this book is concerned with understanding what Change are incorporated in the book to supplement
agents do and why. the theories which will facilitate the readers
This is the second edition of the book ‘Change and Knowledge Management’ and this new to understand the concepts easily. End-of-
edition is more comprehensive and authoritative. New topics have been added and introduced chapter questions will help students to
in logical orders to make the text modular. Current trends in Organizations have been emphasized reinforce their conceptual understanding of
throughout the book. Behavioral issues have been drawn to explain what companies and their the subject. Solved Model paper will orient
managers do in practice. the students to understand what is expected
of them in the examinations and will pave the
This book will cater to the demands of the students, instructors and the industry at large. It can way for their good academic performance. This
be used extensively as a reference book and guide for the practicing managers around the world. book will immensely help the students to
CONTENTS INCLUDE: understand and internalize the modern
SECTION A: CHANGE MANAGEMENT / Change / Personal Change / Organizational management concepts.
Change / Organizational Culture and Change / Creativity and Innovation / Case Studies / CONTENTS INCLUDE:
SECTION B: KNOWLEDGE MANAGEMENT / Introduction to Knowledge Management Management / Planning / Organizing /
/ Essentials of Knowledge Management / Knowledge Management System Life Cycle / Futuristic Directing and Leading / Controlling /
Knowledge Management Organizational Behaviour / Individual
Instructor Manual Available Behaviour / Behaviour in the
2010 / 288 Pages / PB / Rs. 225 Organization
ISBN: 978-81-7446-816-1 / 71/4x91/2 2009 / 286 Pages / PB / Rs. 200
TEXTBOOK ISBN: 978-81-7446-804-8 / 71/4x91/2 TEXTBOOK
6
 general
management
Management & Entrepreneurship Management
B JANAKIRAM Science
Decision Modeling
Approach
R SELVARAJ
Management and Entrepreneurship are the basic principles
necessary for the foundation of any commercial success.
They take different forms when applied to areas like Finance,
Marketing or Human Resource.
This book provides a comprehensive coverage of the subjects—Principles of Management Management Science is related with various scientific
and Entrepreneurship. Starting with the history of development of management thought, research-based principles, strategies and analytical
the book elaborates the different functions of management. In the Entrepreneurship methods including mathematical modeling, statistics
area, it covers important topics like characteristics of entrepreneur, SSI, Globalization, and numerical algorithms to improve an organization’s
Institutional support for entrepreneurship and guidelines for preparation of the project ability to enact rational and meaningful management
report. decisions.
An important feature of this book is that it includes good number of figures to supplement This book is prepared with the intention of creating
the theories which will facilitate the readers to understand the concepts easily. End-of- interest in management science in the minds of students
chapter questions will help students to reinforce their conceptual understanding of the and to make the subject comprehensible. It provides a
subject. Solved Model paper will orient the students to understand what is expected thorough and application-oriented coverage of the
from them in the examinations and will pave the way for their good academic topic in a very lucid manner. This book has been
performance. designed to meet the requirements of the students of
CONTENTS INCLUDE: BE, MBA & MCA courses of various Indian
PART-A: MANAGEMENT / Management / Planning / Organizing and Staffing / universities.
Directing and Controlling / PART-B: ENTREPRENEURSHIP / Entrepreneurship/ CONTENTS INCLUDE:
Small Scale Industry / Institutional Support / Preparation of Project Operations Research / Overview of the Operations
2009 / 262 Pages / PB / Rs. 200 Research Modeling Approach / Solving Linear
ISBN: 978-81-7446-790-4 / 71/4x91/2 TEXTBOOK
Programming Problems: The Simplex Method /
Transportation Model / Assignment Problem /
Managing in the New World Order Queuing Theory / Inventory Control / Game Theory/
Network Analysis (PERT and CPM) / Sequencing
Strategies for Sustainable Business Development Problems
2010 / 398 Pages / PB / Rs. 350
EDITED BY TEXTBOOK
ISBN: 978-81-7446-717-1 / 71/4x91/2
YOGESHWARI PHATAK
AJIT UPADHYAYA
DEEPAK JAROLIYA Effective Call
Center Training
soft skills
In the aftermath of the two World Wars, to maintain a balance of power as well as to
regularize cooperation between nations, a dramatic change in the world political thought
was witnessed that led to the creation of international organizations such as UN,
NATO, etc. With the advent of the new world, new challenges have come into play.
These challenges focus on sustaining a business and pursuing it further to the state of
constant excellence. Thus, it becomes imperative to create a different approach to
management so as to apply various strategies to business for growth and development. CONTENTS INCLUDE:
The present book details some of these issues. It consists of 60 insightful papers drawn The history of the industry/Opportunities and
from a pool of 160 papers received for the conference. The chapters have been classified challenges in India/How a call center functions/How
into four sections namely Finance, Human Resource Management, Information to handle a telemarketing call/How to satisfy different
types of customers/The nuances of American English/
Technology and Marketing. This book not only looks into the challenges faced in the
How to overcome communication barriers/How to
new world order but also addresses issues like green marketing, rural markets and
build a successful team/Customer relationship
consumers, women empowerment and other areas that compel the business management/Web-based customer support/
organizations to take an entirely new look at some ongoing and emerging issues. Windows Explorer/Outlook Express/MS-Word/
The book is an attempt to provide a pool of updated knowledge on varied themes for MS-Excel and/MS-PowerPoint
academicians, consultants, research scholars, practitioners and students.
2010 / 544 Pages / PB / Rs. 725 2001 / 220 Pages / PB / Rs. 200
ISBN: 978-81-7446-815-4 / 71/4x91/2 ISBN: 81-7446-255-4 / 71/4x91/2
7
general
management
Patient Care Services Hospital Supportive
and Hospitals Services
SANGEETHA NATARAJAN
S PORKODI, Director, Ishan Institute
of Management and Technology,
Greater Noida

Hospital supportive services refer to numerous services provided by

Over the last few years, health sector has become a booming arena.
hospitals to the patients and their families. This book attempts to
There has been a constant urge to gain more knowledge on patient
explain in a simple language what are the supportive services that a
care services. This book covers all the aspects of core services in the
hospital can provide and how well it can be managed by a Hospital
hospitals.
Administrator.
The book consists of four chapters. The first chapter is about the
Relevant diagrams have been added from different websites to facilitate
basics of patient care services and the classification of hospitals. The
easy understanding for the students and to add value to the text. At the
second chapter explains the functions and functional areas of core
end of the chapters, detailed reference list of books, journals, websites,
services in hospitals such as front office services, outpatient services,
from which articles, papers and related texts are referred and from
inpatient services and ward services, accident and emergency services,
which the concepts are added to the text, have been provided, along
operation theatre, intensive care units, lab services, radiology and
with the Questions and relative case studies to strengthen the context
imaging services, rehabilitation services, blood bank services, nursing
for students. This book would prove to be useful for the students as well
services, hospital acquired infections & CSSD and billing services.
as the faculty connected with Hospital Administration subjects especially
The third chapter covers quality management, quality assurance aspects,
Supportive Services.
ISO-9000, TQM & CQI and quality accreditations. The fourth
chapter describes some of the modern developments in the field of CONTENTS INCLUDE:
patient care services. Introduction to Supportive Services / Forms of Supportive Services /
A number of diagrams, models and cases have been incorporated from Hospital Services-Engineering and Maintenance / Hospital Security
different sources, like journals, magazines and books to give added Services
value to the text and also to make the readers more comfortable in 2010 / 306 Pages / PB / Rs. 225
TEXTBOOK
reading and understanding the concept in simple language. Each chapter ISBN: 978-81-7446-808-6 / 71/4x91/2
is supported by the list of books, journals and websites used as a
reference along with relevant questions and few case studies to make
the concepts crystal clear. Creating Lasting Value
The book will serve as a tool for the students as well as health care AIMA
professionals to manage and understand the various dimensions of
patient care services in a better way.
CONTENTS INCLUDE:
Introduction about Patient Care Services and Hospitals / Functional
Areas and Functions of Hospitals / Quality Management Concepts
/ Modern Developments in Patient Care
2010 / 188 Pages / PB / Rs. 195
ISBN: 978-81-7446-805-5 / 61/4x91/2 TEXTBOOK The 36th National Management Convention was organized by AIMA
in association with Madras Management Association at Chennai. The
Management Gurus presentations at the Convention dealt with various aspects of the theme
P JAYARAMAN
in imaginative and innovative ways, around the following heads:

Towards Customer Leadership / Towards Cost Competitiveness / Value

Creation through People Power / Leading through Innovation

This volume comprises the proceedings of the Convention and presents

for the review of the readers the likely challenges to build and sustain
competitive advantage in the globalised industry of the contemporary
age, and the possible solutions to those challenges.

2008 / 206 Pages / PB / Rs. 295 2009 / 220 Pages / PB / Rs. 450
ISBN: 978-81-7446-625-9 / 61/4x91/2 ISBN: 978-81-8323-038-4 / 61/4x91/2

8

Management
text and cases
V S P RAO, Sri Venkateshwara College,
Delhi University
V HARI KRISHNA
The book abounds in meritorious features (such as tables, charts, illustrations,
skill building exercises, cases, games, incidents) which set it apart from other
books on management. The book is primarily meant for students pursuing
advanced courses in management such as MBA, PGDBA, M.Com, IAS, B.Com
(Hons) and BBA.
CONTENTS INCLUDE:
Nature of Management/Managerial Roles, Functions and Skills/
Development of Management Thought/Coordination/Planning and
Forecasting/Objectives and MBO/Types of Plans/Corporate Planning and
Environmental Analysis/Strategic Planning and Management/Decision-
Making Creativity and MIS/Fundamentals of Organising/Departmentation
and Structural Formats/Span of Management/Authority, Power and Politics/
Delegation of Authority/Centralisation and Decentralisation/Line and Staff
Relationships/Fundamentals of Staffing/Attracting and Developing Human
Resources/Appraising and Maintaining Human Resources/Direction and
Supervision/Motivation, Morale and Productivity/Job Design, Job
Enrichment and Empowerment/Leadership/Communication/Nature and
Process of Controlling/Techniques of Controlling/Individual Behaviour/
Group Behaviour and Team Building/Management of Change/Conflict
Management and Job Stress/Ethics, Values and Social Responsibilities
Instructor Manual Available
2002 / 966 Pages / PB / Rs. 320
TEXTBOOK
ISBN: 81-7446-317-8 / 71/4x91/2
Corporate Governance
Theory and Practice
D GEETA RANI
R K MISHRA
This book offers an incisive analysis of the series
and models of Corporate Governance. It provides
an overview of the seminal reports on major issues
in corporate governance in India and abroad. It provides an exhaustive
backdrop in India with regard to the public and private sector enterprises in
India. Apart from the Indian experience, the work also incorporates some
international perspectives of corporate governance through select case studies.
The book would be of interest to the corporate leaders, regulators, public
policy makers, researchers, scholars connected to comparative studies on the
functioning of modern corporations as well as participants of postgraduate
programmes in economics, business management, political science, public
administration and other areas.
CONTENTS INCLUDE:
An Introduction to Corporate Governance / Corporate Governance: Theories
and Model / Corporate Governance: Committees and Reports / Corporate
Governance: The Indian Backdrop / Corporate Governance: International
Perspectives
2009 / 242 Pages / PB / Rs. 250
ISBN: 978-81-7446-683-9 / 71/4x91/2 TEXTBOOK
general
management
Towards Better
Corporate Governance-
Independent Directors
in the Boardroom
ARUN KUMAR RATH
“Eminently readable and informative work. ... Dr. Rath's enormous
scholarship, erudition and experience have enriched this study which is
devoted to, perhaps, the most relevant issue in corporate governance,
namely, the assessment of the rhetoric and reality of the concept of
Independent Directors. ... Dr Rath's book in the ultimate analysis is
about the 'Bow with the Great Tension' needed in the world of corporate
affairs today. Could the Independent Directors grow up in a hurry? One
must read Dr Rath to find the answers.”
Justice M N Venkatachaliah
“Dr A K Rath's seminal work on the role of Independent Directors in
public enterprises unfolds new vistas in corporate governance in India. It
analyses in depth the roles and responsibilities of Independent Directors
and could be considered as India's contribution to the field of knowledge
on corporate governance.”
Dr R K Mishra
Director, Institute of Public Enterprises, Hyderabad
“I wholeheartedly endorse ‘Towards Better Corporate Governance:
Independent Directors in the Boardroom’ by Dr Arun Kumar Rath, as it
underscores the importance of corporate governance and probity at this
juncture of global economic turmoil. Dr Rath's painstaking endeavour in
re-orienting our gaze upon the crucial role that the country's public sector
enterprises have to play in sustaining and enhancing corporate governance
is indeed commendable.”
S K Roongta,
Chairman, Steel Authority of India Limited (SAIL)
“This pioneering work has explored an emerging area of Corporate
Governance and the role of Independent Directors in an era when one
after another corporate bodies are getting demolished. This important and
very relevant book based on the analysis of primary data by scientific
methods must be read by policymakers, researchers, management
consultants, students of management and business leaders. I must
congratulate the author for articulating such an insight of the subject in a
very lucid language.”
Dr Dilip K Bandyopadhyay
Vice Chancellor, Guru Gobind Singh I P University, New Delhi
CONTENTS INCLUDE:
Introduction / Corporate Governance – A Theoretical Backdrop
/ Corporate Failures and Governance Reforms / Corporate
Governance Practices / Board Independence / Blue Chip
Companies of the Indian Public Sector – The Governance
Issues / Rationale, Objective and Design of the Study /
Qualification, Selection and Training of Independent Directors
/ Contributions of Independent Directors to Board Functions
/ Strategic Planning, Corporate Ethics and Social Responsibility
– Role of Independent Directors / Autonomy of the Board and
Independence of Independent Directors / The Road Ahead
2009 / 240 Pages / PB / Rs. 350
ISBN: 978-81-7446-779-9/ 61/4x91/2
9
general
management
Entrepreneurship Entrepreneurial
Management Climate
text and cases an assorted coverage
BHOLANATH DUTTA LAKSHMAN PRASAD
SUBHASISH DAS

This book strives to raise the level of academic work in the field of
entrepreneurship. It provides an in-depth understanding of the key
variables that play a significant role at various stages of the innovation
process, leading to successful commercialisation of products and services.
The main focus of the book is on theory, research and practice in the
field of innovation, management and entrepreneurship. The role of the
entrepreneur is addressed as an innovator who recognises opportunities
and converts them into marketable products and services through
personal commitment, financial resources and management skills; taking
risk at different levels. The author has selected a variety of chapters
focusing on a wide range of topics including personal ethics, family
CONTENTS INCLUDE:
Entrepreneurship: A Perspective / Attributes of Entrepreneurs: An
Insight / Education in Entrepreneurship, Training, Strategic
Supports and Opportunities to Entrepreneurs / Women
Entrepreneurship: An Overview / Augmenting Entrepreneurship
in India / Technology Dissemination to Entrepreneurs in Jharkhand:
A Case Study of High Efficiency Multi-fuel Stove / Environmental
Entrepreneurship: A Case Study of Maruti Clean Coal and Power
Ltd., in Chhattisgarh / State Level Entrepreneurship Development
Scenario during the Years 1996/2002: A Case Study of Bihar
2008 / 128 Pages / PB / Rs. 195
ISBN: 978-81-7446-645-7 / 51/2x81/2

business, project planning, e-entrepreneurs, marketing plan,

international entrepreneurship opportunities, venture capital, etc.
CONTENTS INCLUDE:
Introduction: Entrepreneurship / Creativity, Innovation and
Environmental Studies
Entrepreneurship / Personal Ethics and the Entrepreneur / Theories N K UBEROI
of Entrepreneurship / Development of New Products and Processes
/ Project Planning and Feasibility Studies / Small Scale Enterprises
/ Family Business / Starting a Small Business / The Business Plan
/ Institutional Assistance to Small-scale Enterprises / Venture Capital
/ International Entrepreneurship Opportunities / Managing Growth
/ Buying an Existing Business / Budgeting and Control / Production
Planning and Control / Marketing Plan / Organisational Planning
/ Human Resource Management / Motivating and Satisfying
Employees / Funding the Enterprise—Sources of Capital / Financial CONTENTS INCLUDE:
Statements and Record Keeping / Financial Management /
Multidisciplinary Approach and Important Fundamentals / Natural
Understanding the Management Process / e-Entrepreneurs / Quality
Resources / Ecosystem / Biodiversity and its Conservation /
Management / Entrepreneurial Organisation Strategies / Marketing
Environmental Pollution / Social Issues and the Environment /
Research
Human Population and Environment
2009 / 472 Pages / PB / Rs. 295
ISBN: 978-81-7446-740-9 / 71/4x91/2 TEXTBOOK
A Hindi edition of the book is also available.
Managing Diversity 2005 / 202 Pages / HB / Rs. 100
ISBN: 81-7446-440-9 / 71/4x91/2
The Challenges for India Inc.
AIMA
Foundations of Ethics in
Management
BANI P BANERJEE, National Institute of
Human Development, Kolkata

This book includes papers by:

“This inspiring book is sure to be a useful guide
MET, Mumbai / AICAR, Mumbai / BIMTECH, Delhi / IMT,
for students and practitioners of management,
Ghaziabad / SDM Institute of Management & Development, for taking ethically correct decisions.”
Coimbatore / Xavier Institute of Management, Coimbatore / IBS, - HRD News Letter
Kolkata / IISWBM, Kolkata
2005 / 194 Pages / PB / Rs. 150
2009 / 114 Pages / PB / Rs. 240 ISBN: 81-7446-436-0 / 51/2x81/2
ISBN: 978-81-8323-035-3 / 61/4x91/2 TEXTBOOK
10
 general
management
Corporate Business and Finance
Governance Vocabulary
Global Concepts and Practices R N KOTHARI
DR S SINGH, NDIM, New Delhi
The present book covers more than 12,000 terms,
commonly used in the business and financial
transactions. It also incorporates terminology of
Advertising, Insurance, Investment, Stock Exchange
and Computer Science as well as brief descriptions of important acts, business
The subject “Corporate Governance:Global Concepts and and financial institutions, trade treaties, business abbreviations, etc. Suitable
Practices” has occupied centre- stage, particularly since the practical examples have also been cited for most of the terms, which make them
early 1990s in U.K., USA, rest of Europe, Canada, Japan, India clearer. The book is intended to make the terms accessible to the students of
and many other developing countries of the world. The present Commerce and Management Studies, and to help professionals and the business
volume is essentially a comprehensive textbook, focusing on community. The language of the book is so easy that even a layman will not
both concepts and corporate governance practices. Even before experience any difficulty in understanding the concepts.
the Enron collapse and several other kingsize scandals, there
2008 / 590 Pages / PB / Rs. 600
has been a steadily mounting volume of complaints regarding ISBN: 978-81-7446-624-2 / 71/4x91/2
the dismal state of governance in most large corporates across
the globe, mostly relating to accounting irregularities and top The New Manager
dressing of financial results, almost universally perpetrated at
the behest of the Company Chairman & CEO himself. Keeping ALL INDIA MANAGEMENT ASSOCIATION
the above ground realities in view, the present volume is
intended to be a standard reference as well as textbook on the
varied facets of corporate governance. The book has six distinct This book covers a range of diverse themes:
parts, containing in all as many as twenty-eight interrelated Developing a Global Mindset Changing Marketing
chapters. Paradigm for the New Manager Innovation: A Key
2005 / 544 Pages / PB / Rs. 360 Tool for the New Manager The Entrepreneur Manager
ISBN: 81-7446-417-4 / 71/4x91/2 TEXTBOOK Managing Diversity – The Challenges for India Inc
This book provides key insights for managers to ponder upon and apply in their
Emerging Issues in everyday work lives.
Management 2008 / 138 Pages / PB / Rs. 450
ISBN: 978-81-8323-034-6/ 61/4x91/2
Research
EDITED BY
Knowledge Management
P DAVID JAWAHAR, Chairman, a global perspective
Centre for Contemporary
Management Research (CECMAR), TAPAN K PANDA
Bharathidasan Institute of
Management, Trichy

We live in a rapidly changing environment that needs to be

understood before we can even attempt to meet the tremendous
challenges that we face everyday in the workplace. The only
way out is to adopt a scientific approach to understanding 2008 / 222 Pages / PB / Rs. 395
these challenges. Management research may not provide ready ISBN: 978-81-7446-621-1 / 71/4x91/2
made answers, atleast not initially, but it does great good by
asking the right questions and adopting the right attitude to
Business Ethics and
studying the changing scenario. Human Values
You will find inside a collection of research articles that deal EDITED BY
with the various functional areas of management. Adding greater S G HUNDEKAR
value is the number of articles from different regions and
countries. Micro level analysis is seamlessly blended with macro
level perspectives. The articles are contemporary and thought
provoking. A must read for anybody who takes management
seriously.
2008 / 294 Pages / PB / Rs. 395 2009 / 242 Pages / PB / Rs. 325
ISBN: 978-81-7446-603-7 / 71/4x91/2 ISBN: 978-81-7446-738-6 / 71/4x91/2
11
general
management
The Change Two Volume Set
Champion’s (Volume 1 & Volume 2)

Fieldguide Case Method in Management

Strategies and Tools for
Leading Change in the
New Era
CO-EDITORS
DAVE ULRICH, LOUIS CARTER,
MARSHALL GOLDSMITH,
DEBI S SAINI
FOREWORD BY
W WARNER BURKE
“The Change Champion's Fieldguide is an awesome resource for
anyone working on building organizational capacity and capability.
This book gives you a wealth of pragmatic and leading-edge lessons
from practitioners who have a passion and commitment to
accelerating business results through people. It's a resource I will
continually use and you will too!”
Susan Burnett,
Vice President for Workforce Development and
Organizational Effectiveness, Hewlett-Packard.
“The Change Champion's Fieldguide will become one of the most
quoted, referenced, and used business books in the first decade of
the 2000's.”
Vijay Govindarajan,
Earl C. Daum 1924 Professor of International
Business, Director, Center for Global Leadership, Tuck
School of Business, Dartmouth College.
“Machiavelli once said, 'Change has no constituency.' This
compendium of readings will help change agents develop and
enroll all manner of constituencies.”
Warren Bennis,
Distinguished Professor of Business, USC, and co-author of
Geeks and Geezers and on Becoming a Leader.
“Finally there is a book that shows you how to lead change (versus
only what it looks like when you get there). It's like reading a repair
manual versus a sales brochure. Bravo to the authors!”
R. Dixon Thayer,
Former CEO, Ford Global New
Business Operations, and Senior Partner, ab3 Resources Inc.
2005 / 374 Pages / PB / Rs. 350
ISBN: 81-7446-445-X / 61/4x91/2
Managing
Diversity
The Challenges for
India Inc.
ALL INDIA MANAGEMENT
ASSOCIATION
Education and Training
UPINDER DHAR, Vice Chancellor, Lakshmipat University
SANTOSH DHAR, Professor, Institute of Management,
Nirma University of Science & Technology, Ahmedabad
This book is an attempt to present the cumulative managerial experiences in India
through various case studies. Each case is unique in itself in providing an insight into
various concepts amalgamated with realistic experiences in dealing with management
problems or issues. The book is expected to be useful to the students of Business
Administration and participants of Management Development Programmes.
CONTENTS INCLUDE:
PART I Case Method/Case Writing / PART II Entrepreneurship and Institution
Building/Finance/ Human Resource / PART III Marketing/Organisational
Processes and Systems/Strategic Management
2007 / 336 Pages / PB / Rs. 400
ISBN: 81-7446-550-2 / 71/4x91/2 (Vol-I)
2007 / 468 Pages / PB / Rs. 500
ISBN: 81-7446-551-0 / 71/4x91/2 (Vol-II)
Theory and Practice of
Case Method of
Instruction
text and cases
EDITED BY
B BHATTACHARYYA,
Director General, IILM
The uniqueness of this publication lies in its character which is in the nature of a
Manual, a guide on how to write and use the case method of instruction. The first
part comprises five chapters which deal with various dimensions of the case method
of instruction. The second part comprises eleven comprehensive cases.
Taken together, both teachers and students will get a comprehensive understanding
of what, why and how of case study method. This book is possibly the only one
which has also looked at the method from the perspective of the students. The
comprehensive Bibliography and Webliography add substantial value to the
publication.
2007 / 247 Pages / PB / Rs. 295
ISBN: 81-7446-558-8 / 71/4x91/2
The Healthy Office
Creating a healthy office environment
R M MEHRA
2006 / 248 Pages / PB / Rs. 275
ISBN: 81-7446-463-8 / 51/2x81/2
Managing New India
ALL INDIA MANAGEMENT ASSOCIATION

The book is a storehouse of rare insights and ideas on managing the multi-faceted
2008 / 190 Pages / PB / Rs. 350
dimensions of a rising economy and a nation that is India.
ISBN: 978-81-8323-032-2 / 61/4x91/2 2007 / 164 PB / Rs. 350
ISBN: 978-81-8323-029-2 / 61/4x91/2
12
 general
management
Management Icons
P JAYARAMAN
second edition
Environmental
Management
N K UBEROI

The book surveys a range of topics from sustainable development and 2007 / 186 Pages / PB / Rs. 250
ecological imperatives to strategies for managing environmental issues in ISBN: 81-7446-545-6 / 61/4x91/2
business. It concludes with discussion and debate about values in nature
and touches upon the subject of metamorphosis of the whole trajectory The Small Entrepreneur
of attitudes in modern societies. The book can also serve as supplementary starting & growing
material for business policy and strategy courses. B YERRAM RAJU
CONTENTS INCLUDE: RAM R PUJARI
Realm of Ecology/Background to International Efforts for
Environmental Protection/India’s Efforts for Environmental
Protection and Public Policy/Environmental Problems – Global/
Air Pollution, Water Pollution/Environmental Management
System/Environmental Clearance for Establishing and Operating
Industries in India/Waste Management/Business–Industry and
Environment /Biodiversity, Forest Management/Environmental “The book is very comprehensive in coverage and rich in content.”
Ethics C.S. Murthy, Chief GM in-charge (Retd), RPCD, Reserve Bank of
Recommended book in the UGC syllabus India, Mumbai

Instructor Manual Available “The author has paid adequate attention to detail, especially in the areas of
Marketing and Finance.”
2003 / 424 Pages / PB / Rs. 310
TEXTBOOK D.E. Ramakrishnan, President, IFRASTE & NACOSI
ISBN: 81-7446-340-2 / 71/4x91/2
CONTENTS INCLUDE:
Business Communication Introduction / Starting an Enterprise / Key Questions for
Entrepreneur / Regulatory Aspects / Institutional Framework /
PARAG DIWAN Planning the Growth and Financing of MSMEs/ Business
1998 / 144 Pages / PB / Rs. 125 Development Service Providers / Technology Management /
ISBN: 81-7446-091-8 / 71/4x91/2 Clusters & Cluster Development / Export-Import Procedures /
SME Rehabilitation
Handbook of Business 2009 / 306 Pages / PB / Rs. 325
Plans ISBN: 978-81-7446-744-7 / 51/2x81/2

EDITED BY
SANJIV MITTAL Environment Management
SOMA ARORA IPSEETA SATPATHY, Dean,
AKANKSHA GUPTA Communications, KIIT Deemed University

This book is an innovative compilation of the business plans, that explore

the relationship between the aspirations of generation next and
entrepreneurship. It deals with the foundation of entrepreneurship and
with the effects of different cultural settings on the incidence and success
CONTENTS INCLUDE:
of entrepreneurs. The topics covered in this edited volume vary from
Environment and Mankind/Concept of Environment Pollution/
perception, motivation, risk, and passion to opportunity recognition,
Laws of the Land for Pollution Control/Core Functions of State
TAKNEEK challenges, conventional approaches to entrepreneurial Pollution Control Boards/Environmental Management System/A
behavior, etc. It would prove to be a valuable guide to the professionals, Case Study at a Glance: Paradigm Vista/RSP – Towards a New
corporate leaders, practicing managers, research scholars as well as Horizon/Thinkers should Think Globally and Act Locally
management and engineering students.
2005 / 170 Pages / PB / Rs. 175
2009 / 724 Pages / PB / Rs. 795 ISBN: 81-7446-458-1 / 71/4x91/2 TEXTBOOK
ISBN: 978-81-7446-739-3 / 71/4x91/2
13
general
management
Best Business Book of the Year 2003 Award from Recipient of ISTD Book Award – 2005
NTPC-DMA
Negotiation Made
Knowledge Management
Simple
A resource book everyone must win!
A T RAMAN, Business India Group S L RAO, Chairman, Board of
Governors, Institute for Social and
Economic Change, Bangalore

“The book deals with the techniques of handling situations which could
CONTENTS INCLUDE:
Knowledge has a New Beginning/Knowledge through the Ages/The crop up at home as well as in the international arena while negotiating
Knowledge Vision/The Knowledge Process/Information vs Knowledge and business . . . With globalization, it marks a new age for the Indian
Knowledge Workers/How to Build a Knowledge Corporation/Imperatives industry. For players and observers alike in this age, the book will serve as
of the New Age/The Social Role of Knowledge/Knowledge Creation Process/ a practical guide.”
Knowledge Management Tools/Knowledge Technologies/KM Infrastructure/ — Business World
KM Implementation/Futuristic KM/Organisational Re-structuring “Almost all sections of the book carry examples and problems to help the
CASE STUDIES reader hone his skills in the art of negotiation. . .”
Case 1 Corporate Inheritance, Diversification to Non-core Areas/ Case 2 This book, simple and easy to read, yet laden with intellectually stimulating
Empowerment through Knowledge/Case 3 Well Informed Market Leader/ facts and guidelines, holds the key to successful negotiation.
Case 4 Finding the way around to the Top/Case 5 Matching the External —The Economic Times
Challenge/Case 6 Monolith Moves with Technology Times/Case 7 Meeting 2005 / 226 Pages / PB / Rs. 195
ISBN: 81-7446-438-7 / 51/2x81/2
the Education Challenge/Case 8 Helping the Government Work/Case 9
Collective Mite/Case 10 Internally Driven/Case 11 Directory of Best
Practices/Case 12 Value Addition is the Key/Case 13 Bouncing back with
Public Governance Dividends
KM/Case 14 Driven by Innovation and Creativity/Case 15 Learning by the road ahead
Instinct 2006 / 184 Pages / PB / Rs. 250
2003 / 304 Pages / PB / Rs. 150 ISBN: 81-8323-013-X / 51/2x81/2
ISBN: 81-7446-351-8 / 61/4x91/2 TEXTBOOK
Corporate Social
Knowledge Management for Competitive Responsibility
Advantage concepts and cases
H C CHAUDHARY, FMS, BHU, Varanasi The Indian Experience
“...presents the best practices of knowledge management in the Indian organizations.” EDITED BY
-HRD News Letter
C V BAXI, Chairman of Corporate
CONTENTS INCLUDE: Governance Center, MDI, Gurgaon
The Knowledge Economy/Transformation of an Enterprise through AJIT PRASAD, Professor of Economics
Knowledge Management/Creating Knowledge Management System in and Strategy, International
Organizations/The Knowledge Organization/Enabling Knowledge Management Institute, New Delhi
Management through Information Technology/Organizational Culture for The book is divided in two sections; section one contains papers,
Knowledge Management/Knowledge Management in Industry/Looking
which analyze the conceptual framework of Corporate Social
Ahead: Future of Knowledge Management
2005 / 180 Pages / PB / Rs. 150
Responsibility. The unique feature of this book is the case studies
ISBN: 81-7446-437-9 / 51/2x81/2 on different aspects of CSR presented in section two. The cases
focus on such segments as education, healthcare and environment,
Handbook of Writing Effective among others.
Resume for Job Applications It is for the first time that–under the aegis of UNDP-CII-AICTE-
MDI– the business schools in the country participated in
How to Attract Employer’s Attention preparing cases from various industries focusing on the process
and decision making content implicit in the introduction,
PARUL SINGH, Fortune Institute of International
Business, New Delhi implementation, and evaluation of various facets of Corporate
Social Responsibility. The cases are illustrative and they will
help in identifying further areas of research. The teaching notes
have been developed by the individual authors, and will be
2007 / 86 Pages / PB / Rs. 75
available on request.
ISBN: 81-7446-524-3 / 61/4x91/2 2005 / 536 Pages / PB / Rs. 375
ISBN: 81-7446-449-2 / 61/4x91/2 TEXTBOOK
14
 general
management
second edition Business Communication
Entrepreneurship M K SEHGAL
VANDANA KHETARPAL
MADHURIMA LALL, Reader, Applied
Economics, Faculty of Commerce,
Lucknow University, Lucknow
SHIKHA SAHAI, Assistant Director,
Institute of Productivity & Management,
Lucknow

CONTENTS INCLUDE: CONTENTS INCLUDE:

Part I: Introduction to Entrepreneurship / Introduction to
Entrepreneurship / Entrepreneurship: Motivation, Types and
Barriers to Entrepreneurship / Innovation, Creativity and
Entrepreneurship / Part II: Business Plan & Functional Plan /
Business Planning Process / Drawing Functional Plan-I:
Marketing Plan / Drawing Functional Plan-II: Production/
Operation Plan / Drawing Functional Plan-III: Organizational
Plan / Drawing Functional Plan-IV: Financial Plan / Part III:
SSI & Women Entrepreneurs / Sources of Finance / Institution
Supporting Entrepreneurs / Small-scale Industry / A Critical
Evaluation of the Conceptual Framework of Sickness in SSI,
Status and Dimensions of SSIs and Industrial Sickness /
Symptoms for Detecting Sickness in Small-scale Industries /
Causes of Sickness in Small-scale Industries / Assessment of
Viability of Sick Industries and their Rehabilitation / Women
Entrepreneurship
Instructor Manual Available
2008 / 422 Pages / PB / Rs. 325
ISBN: 978-81-7446-613-6 / 71/4x91/2
Nature and Scope of Business Communication/Channels, Networks,
Forms and Dimensions of Communication/Oral and Written
Communication/Non-verbal Communication/Barriers to
Communication/Principles of Effective Communication/Gateways to
Communication/Media and Modes of Communication/Reading Skills/
Listening Skills/Presentation Skills/Nature and Scope of Business
Communication/Negotiation Skills/Meetings and Conferences/Business
Letters/Enquiries and Replies/Orders and Replies/Circulars, Notices and
Memos/Report Writing: Business Reports/Academic Report Writing/
Interview Skills/Job Applications and Resume Writing/Group
Discussions/Business Etiquette/Enriching your Vocabulary/Punctuation/
Legal Aspects of Business Communication
Instructor Manual Available
2006 / 486 Pages / PB / Rs. 320
ISBN: 81-7446-501-4 / 71/4x91/2 TEXTBOOK
Floriculture
a viable business
TEXTBOOK D RAVINATH

Management Case 2007 / 154 Pages / PB / Rs. 225

Studies ISBN: 978-81-8323-023-0 / 71/4x91/2

DR. SANJAY SRIVASTAVA Management Principles and

DR. HIMANI SHARMA
Practices
PARAG DIWAN, VC, University of Petroleum &
Energy Studies, Dehradun
2008 / 466 Pages / PB / Rs. 595
ISBN: 978-81-7446-657-7 / 71/4x91/2

CONTENTS INCLUDE:
Unleashing the Manager Within Conceptual Framework of Management/Evolution
& Foundations of Management Theories/
Timeless Tips for Terrific Results Management Planning Process/Organization: Meaning, Importance, Principles
& Types/Types of an Organization/Delegation of Authority/Communication/
M M KHAN Motivation, Staffing/Coordination, Decision-Making/Directing, Management
Control/Management by Objectives/Group Dynamics, Leadership/Dimensions
2005 / 162 Pages / PB / Rs. 175 of Managerial Excellence
TEXTBOOK
ISBN: 81-7446-460-3 / 61/4x91/2
Instructor Manual Available
1998 / 364 Pages / PB / Rs. 200 TEXTBOOK
70 Million Employable ISBN: 81-7446-125-6 / 71/4x91/2

Indians
Strategies for Global
Competitiveness
ALL INDIA MANAGEMENT ASSOCIATION
2007 / 172 Pages / PB / Rs. 350
ISBN: 978-81-8323-027-8 / 61/4x91/2
Management Education
the environmental dimensions
EDITED BY
PRAMOD PATHAK, J K PATTANAYAK, CHANDAN BHAR, NILADRI DAS
2008 / 342 Pages / PB / Rs. 595
ISBN: 978-81-7446-675-4 / 71/4x91/2
15
general
management
Business Ethics
and Professional
Values
A B RAO
This book has been written with the specific objective
of meeting adequately the requirements of all those
students who are required to study: “Business Ethics
and Professional Values” as one of the subjects in their
B.B.A, M.B.A, M.COM, Professional diploma or degree
courses of the Indian Universities and Institutes of
Management, Commerce, Engineering, Law and
Technology.
The important features of this book are:
The first fourteen chapters are devoted to a lucid
explanation of various aspects of ‘Business Ethics’.
Chapter XV is entirely devoted to ‘Professional
Values’. This chapter deals with as many as ten
different professions.
At the end, an exhaustive ‘Question Bank’ is
provided.
CONTENTS INCLUDE:
Spiritual Business Philosophy/Business Ethics and
Cultural Ethos/Attitudes, Beliefs and Character/
Ethical Aspects of Management Education and
Entrepreneurship/Corporate Governance and
Business Culture/Social Responsibility of
Business/The Total Quality Management
Philosophy/Gandhian Philosophy/Consumer
Protection and Safety/Environmental Protection/
Citizens and Ethical Responsibilities/Self
Management Ethics/Ethical Paradoxes and Cases/
Ethical Development and Challenges/Professional
Values
Instructor Manual Available
2006 / 196 Pages / PB / Rs. 195
TEXTBOOK
ISBN: 81-7446-479-4 / 71/4x91/2
Comparative
Ethos in
Management
BANI P BANERJEE,
National Institute of
Human Development,
Kolkata
NIKHIL BARAT
2005 / 138 Pages / PB / Rs. 145
ISBN: 81-7446-443-3 / 61/4x91/2
16
international
business
fourth edition
International Marketing
P K VASUDEVA, Principal, Bhartiya Vidya Bhawan,
Chandigarh.
This is the 4th edition of the book which has been written
in response to the continuous and rapid changes in
international marketing and the new challenges that are
arising, including increased coverage of cultural differences,
logistics, supply chain management, retailing and the impact of the internet on
international marketing and exports.
This book comprehensively covers both international marketing and a part of export
management with a focus on marketing decisions and management processes involved
in exporting and not simply a ‘how to’ give treatment of technical export details. A new
Chapter on India and World Trade has been included in this edition. Basically it covers
the World Trade Organisation which is very rare in the books on international marketing.
The coverage of WTO starts from GATT to WTO to Doha Round which is highly
controversial and damaging for the developing countries especially Agreement on
Agriculture, TRIPS and GATS. Another chapter on Currencies and Foreign Exchange
has also been added as it has gained importance in recent times due to a downturn in
global financial crisis.
There is an increased coverage of the two most important emerging markets of the 21st
century; China and India. New cases from companies including DELL, Unilever, Hero
Honda, Tata Indicom, RP Group of Live Sciences, PricewaterhouseCoopers and
Microsoft will help students to apply the theory. The latest Foreign Trade Policy 2009-
2014 has also been included in this edition which has become important due to global
recession.
CONTENTS INCLUDE:
Introduction to International Marketing / Economic Environment of International
Marketing / Dynamics of World Market: Identifying and Satisfying Global Needs,
Coordinating Activities and Recognizing Constraints / International Institutions –
World Bank, IMF, UNCTAD, Customs Union, Common Markets, Free Trade Zones,
Economic Communities, Special Economic Zones, NAFTA, SAFTA and EU /
Constraints on International Marketing – Fiscal and Non-Fiscal Barriers, Tariffs and
Non-Tariff Barriers / Trading Partners – Bilateral Trade Agreements, Commodity
Agreements and GSP / India and World Trade / EXIM Policy / Foreign Trade Policy:
2004-2009 and 2009-2014 / International Product Policy and Planning / Pricing
Policy / Logistic Management, International Distribution and Sales Policy / Promotional
Management and Advertising / International Marketing Research / International Retail
Marketing / Currencies and Foreign Exchange / Settlement of International Disputes
Instructor Manual Available
2010 / 618 Pages / PB / Rs. 375
TEXTBOOK
ISBN: 978-81-7446-817-8 / 81/4x11
Opportunities and Challenges in the
Global Business
EDITED BY
V K GAUTAM
B S BHANDARI
S M ANAS IQBAL
VIVEK KAPRE
2008 / 658 Pages / PB / Rs. 695
ISBN: 978-81-7446-718-8 / 71/4x91/2

International Business
Country Culture and Corporate Culture
HYUN-SOOK LEE
R K SRIVASTAVA
This book makes an attempt to make International
Business (IB) more effective through understanding
country culture and corporate culture. This book is
divided into three parts:
Part I, Cross-Cultural Management, explains briefly what constitutes culture and
country culture; the importance of country culture in different areas such as
marketing, human resources, finance, customer management and management;
do cultural differences affect the organization?; what is corporate culture?; cultural
synergy; multicultural teams; negotiating with foreigners; and expatriate
management. Part II, Country Culture, describes a brief history, languages, silent
languages, religions, ethnic groups, education, values and attitudes, manners and
customs, males and female roles and other important factors to be considered for
selected countries. Part III, Corporate Culture, describes the principle companies,
management styles, which factors of country cultures influence corporate culture,
key factors to be considered by foreign companies, and other important factors for
selected countries.
This book will be helpful for international business students and professors. It will
also be useful for business persons who are interested in knowing other countries’
cultures and related corporate cultures for achieving business successes.
2009 / 228 Pages / PB / Rs. 195
ISBN: 978-81-7446-783-6 / 71/4x91/2 TEXTBOOK
WTO
Text & Cases
PALLE KRISHNA RAO, Professor, PSG Institute of
Management, Coimbatore
CONTENTS INCLUDE:
From GATT to WTO/General Elimination of Quantitative Restrictions/
Agreement on Agriculture/The Agreement on the Application of Sanitary and
Phytosanitary Measures/Agreement on the Implementations of Article VI of
GATT 1994/Agreement on Subsidies and Countervailing Measures/Trade-
related Aspects of Intellectual Property Rights/Agreement on Trade-related
Investment Measures/Agreement on Technical Barriers to Trade (TBT)/
Agreement on Safeguards/Agreement on Textiles and Clothing/ General
Agreement on Trade in Services
CASE STUDIES: The Banana War /The Korean Soju/A Matter of Semantics/
The Canadian Dairy Case/The Case of the Codling Moth/A Fishy Dispute?/
The Hormone Ban – An Issue of N&I/The Bed Linen Dispute/Privatising at
Arm’s Length/Sovereignty Issues/Process or Product?/Copy (right) Tales/Better
Basmati than Havana/To TRIM or not To TRIM/What’s a Sardine, but a
Sardine! /Of Shrimps and Turtles/Fresh, Chilled or Frozen Lamb?/A Woven
Dispute
Instructor Manual Available
2005 / 532 Pages / PB / Rs. 350
ISBN: 81-7446-430-1 / 71/4x91/2 TEXTBOOK
international
business
Global
Competitiveness
DR. AJITABH
“Global Competitiveness” is a combination of concepts,
case studies and practical ways on how to achieve and
enhance competitiveness in any organisation. The book
attempts to answer the ‘What, who, when, and how’ of
Excellence, i.e. ‘what’ is excellence, ‘who’ are considered as
excellent companies, ‘when’ a company is prepared to use
tools/ frameworks and models to achieve excellence, ‘how’
strategic competitiveness can be enhanced using one of the
most widely used tools, viz., Benchmarking. Business cases
from across the globe of different industries have been used
to demonstrate how companies have achieved
competitiveness and thus enhanced their long-term
competitive advantage to become excellent companies.
2008 / 222 Pages / PB / Rs. 295
ISBN: 978-81-7446-608-2 / 71/4x91/2
Storming the Global
Business
Rise of the Asian Tigers
BISWAJEET PATTANAYAK
PHALGU NIRANJANA
KALYAN SHANKAR RAY
SUMITA MISHRA
The theme ‘Storming the Global Business: Rise of the Asian
Tigers’ is devoted to understanding the business in Asia and
the rise of Asian nations in the arena of global business.
These nations have taken the business world by a storm and
are continuing to hold an enviable position in global business.
These economies have been the subject of recent attention,
with much of the focus going to their macro-economic
conditions and their suitability for global business. Yet, little
is known about the business environment at the micro-
level. To this end, information found in the cases on Asian
companies and/or MNCs operating in the Asia-Pacific helps
to redress this imbalance by showcasing the issues related to
doing business in the Asian milieu. This spectacular rise of
the Asian nations or TIGERS (as they are being popularly
called) warrants considerable research from the academia
and the industry.
The book with twenty nine papers has six different parts –
Information Technology, Retail Business, Global Business
Leadership, Banking, Insurance & Financial Services, Talent
Sourcing & Management and Strategizing Business.
2009 / 418 Pages / PB / Rs. 595
ISBN: 978-81-7446-788-1 / 61/4x91/2
17
international
business
International Marketing
RAJENDRA NARGUNDKAR, Director of PES
Institute of Management, Bangalore
This book is going to be a trendsetter in the
field of international marketing. It is a
storehouse of the latest developments in
international marketing from a unique Indian
perspective. With a lot of contemporary cases
(up to early 2008) that cover issues related to
organizational and marketing strategy, including
sensing opportunity and fulfilling global
ambitions, it is an exciting new addition to the
options available to an Indian business school
professor.
SPECIAL FEATURES
Original cases based on Indian companies
/ Easy to read text / Coverage of major
concepts in international marketing / Focus
on marketing - no overlap with international
business or similar courses
CONTENTS INCLUDE:
Why International Marketing / Entry
Strategies / Challenges in International
Marketing / Segmentation and Product
Market Strategy / Branding Internationally
/ Pricing Internationally / International
Promotions / International Distribution /
Organisation and Control / A Long-term
Strategy—Firmness of Goals and Flexibility
of Mind / Case Studies
2008 / 266 Pages / PB / Rs. 195
ISBN: 978-81-7446-628-0/ 71/4x91/2 TEXTBOOK
International Retailing
Text and Readings
DR S L GUPTA
ARUN MITTAL
International Trade
RAJ AGRAWAL, IILM, Greater Noida
2001 / 304 Pages / PB / Rs. 300
ISBN: 81-7446-236-8 / 71/4x91/2
18
Export and Import Management
ASEEM KUMAR, Head, MDPs, AIMA, New Delhi
Free Student CD Included
Export Import Management is a well researched student friendly
book that proposes to fill the gap between theory and practice for
young managers aspiring for challenging positions in international business. The book is a
pioneering effort in this area where only manuals or replicas of manuals have ruled for years.
Written in essentially textbook fashion, the book presents interesting forays into the exciting
world of export and import. The book is divided into 16 comprehensive chapters that take the
reader through a sequential journey in export-import management. The students will be exposed
to conceptual framework, procedural detail and practical aspects of international transactions.
Interesting examples, cases and illustrations with reference details make it full of life.
The unique feature of the book is a CD provided complimentary that contains all the relevant
export-import forms for practical learning.
The book has been planned keeping in view the needs of the students of MBA/PGDM/
PGDBM/MIB and other international business courses at PG/UG level.
Instructor Manual Available
2007 / 314 Pages / PB / Rs. 250
ISBN: 81-7446-538-3 / 71/4x91/2 TEXTBOOK
International Human Resource
Management
DR. NILANJAN SENGUPTA
DR. MOUSUMI S BHATTACHARYA
The intention of this book is to portray the various factors that are
connected with managing Human Resources in International
Business. Since the two are inseparable, any organization aspiring
to participate as a player in international business must develop the
knowledge, skills and acumen to perceive the subtle nuances that govern the rules of game.
This book has sought to address some of the issues that relate to IHRM, which need to be
logically understood by any keen observer of international business, today. The approach of this
book has been to detail IHRM both, in terms of a function, as well as a process and the factors
or key elements that are attached to them.
To make this book reader-friendly, chapter highlights have been added at the beginning of each
chapter to facilitate the reader to identify the broader areas that may be learnt from a particular
chapter. Each chapter also contains detailed references and key terms. Conceptual questions,
multiple choices, web-based exercises are some of the additional features of the book. Relevant
diagrammatic representation, relevant case study and list of web references have been also
added in this book.
CONTENTS INCLUDE:
International Context of HRM/Strategic Planning/HRM in International Context: theories
and models/Recruitment and Selection/Training and Development/Compensation
Management/Performance Management/Industrial Relations/Role of Culture in IHRM/
Organizational processes influencing IHRM/Role of Global HR Managers/Women
Expatriates/International Joint Venture/ Hiring Inpatriate and Expatriate Managers: Choices
and Dilemmas for MNCs
Instructor Manual Available
2007 / 316 Pages / PB / Rs. 275
TEXTBOOK
ISBN: 81-7446-519-7 / 71/4x91/2
 international
business
International Trade International Business
Operations Management
DR RAM SINGH A Global Perspective
PRADIP KUMAR SINHA
SANCHARI SINHA

Systematic efforts have been made by the author in this book to cover
all the essential elements of trade operations in an understandable way
with easy language and explanation of facts and procedures through
tables, diagrams and exhibits. This will help the new generation to
enter in international trade and to master the trade techniques in a
convenient manner and execute the trade operations decisions
successfully in LPG era.
CONTENTS INCLUDE:
Introduction to International Trade Operation / Getting Started in
International Trade – Step by Step / Processing of an Export Order
/ International Trade Documentation / International Sales Contract
/ Understanding Incoterms / India’s Foreign Trade Policy / Export
Promotions Measures / Special Economic Zones / Methods of
Payments / Export Credit Risk Management / Cargo Insurance /
Cargo Insurance Claims Procedure / Legal Framework of Central
Excise / Excise Clearance of Exports Cargo without Payment of
Duty / Excise Clearance of Exports Cargo under Rebate Claims /
Legal Framework of Customs / Customs Clearance Procedure of
Exports / EDI Initiatives in Customs / Duty Drawback Claims
Procedure / Role of Freight Forwarder
2009 / 502 Pages / PB / Rs. 325
ISBN: 978-81-7446-735-5 / 71/4x91/2 TEXTBOOK
International Human
Resource Management
Text and Cases
P L RAO, Adjunct Professor, Human Resource
and Organisation Behaviour, Gitam Institute
of Foreign Trade, Visakhapatnam
In today’s rapidly changing scenario of the world, the study of
international business management has become necessary for
management students. This book has been developed to set a new
standard for international business textbooks.
The book provides a comprehensive and up-to-date coverage of all the
related world issues with special reference to India. It is written in
simple language and maintains an integrated and logical flow from
beginning to end. The book mainly focuses on managerial implications,
which caters to the needs of management students.
The book presents a thorough review of economies and politics of
international trade and investment and various functions and forms of
Global monetary system. It is hoped that this book will definitely be
liked and appreciated by the readers/students.
CONTENTS INCLUDE:
International Business Environment / Country Risk Analysis /
Foreign Direct Investment / The Foreign Exchange Market / The
International Monetary System / The International Financial Market
and Instruments / Introduction to International Finance and
Development Banks / International Marketing / Bilateral and
Multilateral Trade Laws / Export and Import Financing / Global
Manufacturing and Logistics Management / Global Marketing and
Research and Development / Global Human Resources Management
/ Financial Management in International Business / Managing
Multinational Enterprises / Globalisation and India’s Competitive
Advantage / Export Import Policy Guidelines for India / A Guide to
Case Analysis / Index
2008 / 528 Pages / PB / Rs. 295
TEXTBOOK
ISBN: 978-81-7446-629-7 / 71/4x91/2
Indian Foreign Trade
RAJ AGRAWAL, IILM, Greater Noida
1999 / 272 Pages / PB / Rs. 175
ISBN: 81-7446-167-1 / 71/4x91/2 TEXTBOOK

CONTENTS INCLUDE: Globalization

Introduction: Overview /Organisational Structure in MNC and
Creating a
International Dimensions of HRM /International Staffing /
Compensation and Benefits /Training and Development / Boundaryless HR
Performance Management in International Organisations / HR Practitioners’
Expatriation and Repatriation /Industrial Relations /Sustaining perspective
International Business Operations /Managing People in International
Context /Indian Multinational Companies /Issues, Challenges and EDITED BY
Theoretical Developments /Cultural Dimensions of HRM /Case SUBIR VERMA
Studies

Instructor Manual Available

2009 / 164 Pages / PB / Rs. 295
2008 / 408 Pages / PB / Rs. 250
TEXTBOOK ISBN: 978-81-7446-736-2 / 61/4x91/2
ISBN: 978-81-7446-596-2 / 71/4x91/2
19
international
business
International
Business
SHYAM SHUKLA
International Business provides the
understanding of movement of India in
Global Market, trends and directions of
India’s Foreign Trade, the current export-
import policy of the Government, the
promotional measures available, the foreign
exchange management tools, IT software
& service market, understanding of working
of WTO, role of financial institutions,
International Commerce Terms and
International Business Strategies. The book
facilitates several cases, methodologies and
conceptual approaches to help any
organization to take a lead in foreign trade.
It can help the students as well as the
practicing managers to equip with the
principles of International Business. The
author has taken a practical approach to
make the contents sound and interesting.
The topics covered and simplicity of
presentation makes the book indispensable
for all MBA students for their fundamental
knowledge of India’s Foreign Trade.
CONTENTS INCLUDE:
Globalisation / Globalisation Strategies
- Some Facts, Examples and Cases /
India’s Foreign Trade / Service Exports
/ Steps required to Increase India’s
Exports / Institutions in Export
Promotions / Recent Exim Policy and
its Implications / Global Agreements
and its Framework / Legal Framework
– International Economic Laws /
World Trade Organisation / Export
Finance / Exchange Rate Mechanism
and Convertibility of Rupee
Instructor Manual Available
2008 / 388 Pages / PB / Rs. 295
ISBN: 978-81-7446-618-1 / 71/4x91/2 TEXTBOOK
20
human
resource
management
second edition
Organisation Change and Development
KAVITA SINGH, Faculty of Management Studies, Delhi University
Leadership, vision and inspiration are the essential ingredients for
success in handling change. And, the effective management of change
is enhanced through careful planning, sensitive handling of the people
involved and a thorough approach to implementation. In these times of flux, organisations are
compelled to proactively effect changes in their systems to cope with various factors in the external
and internal environment. This comprehensive book tackles all the areas where change interventions
are necessary and sets out to identify the key 'ingredients' for successful change.
This book is divided into three parts:
The First Part includes an examination of the imperatives of change in today's environment of
competition. The different forces of change—political, economic, technological—are examined
against the backdrop of shifting customer needs, systems dynamics, inadequacy of administration,
profitability issues and resource constraints. The various models of change, corporate culture in
terms of basic value orientations and norms, techniques of identifying and diagnosing organisational
culture, classical leadership skills, and the ten key factors in effective change management have all
been thoroughly discussed.
The Second Part introduces the concept of Organisation Development and dissects the basic
assumptions against diagnostic models, skills and methods, change agents, power and control
issues and implications of power politics. Certain categories of ethical dilemmas have been explored.
Various types of OD interventions ranging from interpersonal and team development to process,
structural and inter-group development are exhaustively discussed.
The Third Part of the book highlights the need for Organisation Development Intervention in the
present business scenario and the relevance of Team and Intergroup Development Interventions.
The characteristics of structural intervention and comprehensive intervention have been outlined
to initiate the process of organisational learning.
This book would prove to be an invaluable resource for the students, faculty as well as practising
professionals.
CONTENTS INCLUDE:
PART-1: ORGANISATIONAL CHANGE / Organisational Change: An Overview / Models of
Change / Change and its Impact / Organisational Culture and Change / A Systematic Approach
to Making Change / PART-2: ORGANISATIONAL DEVELOPMENT / Organisation
Development – An Introduction / Diagnostic Strategies and Skills / Power, Politics and Ethics in
OD / PART-3: OD INTERVENTIONS / OD Interventions – An Introduction / OD Team
and Intergroup Development Interventions / Structural Interventions / Comprehensive
Interventions / Organizational Learning
Instructor Manual Available
2010 / 350 Pages / PB / Rs. 275
ISBN: 978-81-7446-811-6 / 71/4x91/2 TEXTBOOK
Performance Management System
A Holistic Approach
B D SINGH

Human Resource
Management in
the New Economy
EDITED BY
SARITPRAVA DAS
BHARATI DESHPANDE
The new economy, characterised by innovation, creativity,
information explosion and technology, has created vistas
of opportunities, myriad of expectations on the one hand
and fierce competition, dynamic uncertainty and above
all turbulence on the other. Habit and complacency are
out, learning and speed are in. The new economy is
performance-driven and customer-centric which has
several consequences on organizational work practices
and expectations in terms of reinventing themselves and
help organizational members, in general, to unlock the
great potential of human intelligence. Organizations are
expected to continuously excel in performance criteria
that include concern for ethics and social responsibilities,
innovativeness and employee development, employee
relationship management along with the traditional
measures of profitability and investment value.
Thus, while organizations in the new economy tend to be
performance-driven, HR professionals are no exception
to it. In this context, the present book deals with several
contemporary HR issues having strategic implications
under the various topics such as:
Globalization & Changing HR Practices—
Recruitment, Selection, T&D, PMS, Compensation
Management and Employee Relations
Diversity Management Issues and Challenges
E-HRM
Role of Branding in Building Organization Culture
Customer-centric HR
Economic Slowdown – HR Practices
This book is a collection of papers presented by several
professionals, representing industry and academia, in a
National Conference organized by the Institute for
Technology and Management (ITM). The principal theme
of this conference was ‘Human Resource Management in
the New Economy’. The contributors tried their best to
blend both theory and practices of contemporary HR
issues in their papers. This book would help not only the
researchers and HR practitioners but also the senior
executives for creating sustainable competitive advantage
through people in the ever changing and dynamic
workplace and economy.
2010 / 348 Pages / PB / Rs. 495
ISBN: 978-81-7446-826-0 / 71/4x91/2
human
resource
management
Globalization and Human Resource
Development
EDITED BY
I S SINGH
Globalization had turned the entire globe in one entity for trade and commerce,
investment of capital, movement of people – students, businessmen and experts.
There is more and more interdependence among the economies of the world. However,
these changes have not only brought opportunities but also challenges to the countries
and individuals. All are not equally endowed with necessary resources to seize the
emerging opportunities, and therefore, it is said that while globalization has created
unprecedented opportunities for few, the negative consequences of globalization will
be deeper and widespread on the common people. Hence, the globalization has to
be shaped and harnessed for human resource development and welfare.
This book is the product of an International Seminar organized on the topic of
“Globalization and Human Resource Development” at Mahatma Gandhi Labour
Institute, Ahmedabad. The seminar was designed to provide a platform to discuss
and critically examine the issues of Human Resource Development in the context of
globalization and also to put forth some recommendations. The presentations were
based on research, opinions and viewpoints coupled with a number of case studies
which could help explain the issues of human resource development in the context of
globalization. Some of the ideas presented during the seminar have great relevance to
the process of Human Resource Development in the context of globalization and
will immensely help the reader to understand the process of human resource
development in our country.
2010 / 160 Pages / PB / Rs. 395
ISBN: 978-81-7446-838-3 / 71/4x91/2
Disciplinary Actions
concepts, process, procedures & formats with
illustrations
R K SAHU
This book on Discipline Management makes available all relevant theories and
practices with special focus on applied aspects of Disciplinary Actions. The book
would prove to be of great help to all the practicing Managers, HR Professionals,
Management Teachers and MBA Students.
CONTENTS INCLUDE:
Concepts of Discipline Management / Discipline in Organisational Context /
Basic Ingredients and Guidelines for Disciplinary Actions / Concept of Domestic
Enquiry / Guidelines on Domestic Enquiry / Introduction to Disciplinary Procedure
/ Domestic Enquiry with Illustrations / Glossary of Terminologies used in Domestic
Enquiry / Model Procedure for Disciplinary Actions with Illustration / Important
Case Laws / Ready to use Sample Formats / Model Code of Conduct for Management
Staff / Application of “Principles of Natural Justice” in Domestic Enquiries
2010 / 284 Pages / PB / Rs. 250
TEXTBOOK
ISBN: 978-81-7446-845-1 / 61/4x91/2
21
human
resource
management
Workplace
Empowerment
A Study
PREETI S RAWAT
SATISHCHANDRA KUMAR
In the present book, an effort is made not only to
study the impact of support systems on employee and
organizational effectiveness but also what leads to the
experience of psychological empowerment and its
relationship with organizational and managerial
effectiveness.
The book will be beneficial for the students of B-
schools, researchers, academicians and industry
practitioners wanting to initiate change and design
interventions.
CONTENTS INCLUDE:
Introduction / Review of Literature of Variables
under Study / Pilot Study – Method, Procedure
and Discussion / The Present Study / Method
and Procedure / Results / Discussion /
Conclusion, Implication and Direction for Future
Research / Empowerment: From Concept to
Practice in India
2010 / 192 Pages / PB / Rs. 295
ISBN: 978-81-7446-812-3 / 71/4x91/2
Dictionary of
Human Resource
Management
B NANDHAKUMAR
This Dictionary is the most authentic presentation of
contemporary concepts & practices in Human
Resource Management. A sincere attempt has been
made to incorporate the latest developments in the
field. Many examples have been presented to show
HRM practices adopted by the leading Indian
companies. This Dictionary ideally fulfills the
requirements of B.B.M. / B.B.M. (C.A.) / B.B.A. /
M.B.A. / P.G.D.M., and other relevant PG degree/
diploma for Human Resource Management Course.
Besides, Personnel managers whose organizations are
graduating from traditional HRM practices to modern
HRM practices, will find this book worthwhile.
2010 / 294 Pages / PB / Rs. 250
ISBN: 978-81-7446-856-7 / 51/2x81/2
22
Industrial Relations in India
Beginning of Working Class to Date (1850 to 2009)
P L RAO
P R K RAJU
The book is chapterised on the basis of each decade. To this is added a Prologue that
depicts what prevailed at the beginning of the twentieth century. The last chapter is on
the first decade of the new millennium. For the benefit of the students of IR and its
practitioners, a separate chapter has been added to give detailed information on IR
scenario on Cotton Textiles, Jute Textiles, Coal, Steel, Railways and Posts & Telegraphs,
which are 100 years old. A separate chapter, containing the latest amended constitutions
of major Indian trade unions including the original constitution copy of the All India
Trade Union Congress as approved at its inaugural session held at Bombay in 1920, has
also been provided in the book.
CONTENTS INCLUDE:
Situation at the Beginning of the Twentieth Century / Events during 1900-1909:
Evolution Process towards / Labour Movement / Events during 1910-1919:
Development of Trade Union Consciousness / Events during 1920-1929: Foundation
of Indian Trade Union Congress / Events during 1930-1939: Royal Commission on
Labour / Events during 1940-1949: Working Class Struggle during World War II /
Events during 1950-1959: Industrial Development: From Courts to Codes / Events
during 1960-1969: National Commission on Labour- Difficult Decade / Events
during 1970-1979: Political Turmoil: Internal Emergency / Events during 1980-
1989: New Economic Policies / Events during 1990-1999: Maturity of Trade Unions
/ Events in 2000-2009: First Decade of the New Millennium / Profile of Industrial
Relations in Century-old Indian Industries / Constitutions of Important Trade Unions
in India / Interesting IR Cases in the Last Three Decades
2010 / 440 Pages / PB / Rs. 495
ISBN: 978-81-7446-822-2 / 71/4x91/2
Life After 360 Degree Feedback and
Assessment Development Centres
EDITORS
T V RAO
S RAMNARAYAN
NANDINI CHAWLA
Over the last decade, 360 Degree Feedback (360 DF) and Assessment Development
Centers (ADCs) have proved to be powerful interventions for Leadership Development
and competency building.
In an effort to share knowledge and facilitate learning, TVRLS conducted a 2-day
conference on, Life After 360 Degree Feedback & Assessment Development Centres, at
the India Habitat Centre, New Delhi, December, 2008. The conference was conceived
with the idea of exploring and understanding the impact and long-term benefit of
development interventions like 360 Degree Feedback and Assessment Development
Centre. It also gave insights on how the outcomes of these interventions can be further
utilized to enhance the overall people capability in an Organization. This book is a
compilation of the select papaers presented during the conference.

Manpower
Development
for
Technological
Change
KANCHAN BHATIA
SHWETA MITTAL
Globalization, technological change, outsourcing
and talent crunch are some of the major trends
impacting the modern business world. The biggest
challenge amongst these is the shortage of skilled
manpower. Recognising this, the HR profession
is gaining both respect and attention. With the
advancement of technology, the HR needs to
utilize people with distinctive capabilities to create
unsurpassed competence in an area, decentralize
operations and rely on self-managed teams to
deliver goods, employ innovative reward plans that
recognize employee contributions and indulge in
continuous quality improvements through TQM
and HR contributions.
This book integrates the theories, principles and
applications of specific behavioural disciplines to
provide an in-depth understanding of the subject,
and incorporates the invaluable practical
experiences of practicing managers. Therefore, an
attempt has been made to clarify, enhance and
update the information to truly reflect the
emerging perspective in the field of manpower
planning and changing technology.
The book talks about the new trends in HRM,
work-life balance, concept of TQM, e-HRM,
HRM in ERP, basic concepts of Technology
Transfer with human face, nature and significance
of HRIS, knowledge management, importance of
manpower planning, forecasting techniques and
Innovation as a management process.
This book projects a cohesive organic “whole”
consisting of interrelated and interdependent
facets, for achieving sustainable competitive
advantage.
CONTENTS INCLUDE:
Impact of Technology on HRM / Work-Life
Balance / Total Quality Management and
HRM / HRM and Technology / e-Learning
/ Technology Transfer / Human Resource
Information System / Knowledge in New
Era / Manpower Development / Innovation
in HRM
2009 / 260 Pages / PB / Rs. 200
ISBN: 978-81-7446-764-5 / 71/4x91/2 TEXTBOOK
human
resource
management
HRD Trainer’s Handbook of
Management Games
P L RAO
Management Games can be succinctly described as simulation
exercises used to effectively demonstrate structured experiences.
The present day management education is shifting from providing
class-room teaching to practical learning, so that the participants get adequately equipped
with knowledge to perform successfully in life. Exercises simulate a process with enough
scope for improvisation, adaptation and redesigning according to the situational needs. The
basic skill involved in the exercises is process analysis.
Games have set rules, a predictable result, a hidden design to highlight or demonstrate a
behavioural process and they produce dramatic effects. Games are quite effective in their
purpose, but they can’t be played again and again, because they usually have elaborate
procedures and concomitant paraphernalia. These games train managers learn better ways to
solve problems, take decisions rapidly, experiment and take calculated risks for business
objectives. They also learn to work in teams, develop better attitude and respect leadership.
This book attempts to provide a wide range of Management Games, Management Exercises,
Role Plays, Ice Breakers, etc. It is divided into three parts. Part I contains Management
Games, Part II contains Exercises and Part III deals with the basic tools of behavioral
simulation— the Role Play, Instruments, Demonstrations, Ice Breakers and Hiatus. Along
with the standard simulation exercises, used in achievement motivation or entrepreneurial
development programmes, a multitude of other exercises to develop relevant motivational
dimensions have also been included in this book.
2009 / 496 Pages / PB / Rs. 595
ISBN: 978-81-7446-791-1 / 61/4x91/2
Group Dynamics & Team Building
R K SAHU, Founder Director,
Human Resource Development Centre, New Delhi
Human beings exhibit some characteristic behavior patterns in
groups. Group dynamics is concerned with the interaction and
forces among group members in a social situation. The
understanding of group behaviour and properties of group are
essential to be a good manager as well as an effective member of groups. It has been observed
that groups enjoy their greatest success when they become more productive units called
teams. The concept of team building refers to the process of establishing and developing a
greater sense of collaboration and trust between team members. Interactive exercises, team
assessments, and group discussions enable groups to cultivate this greater sense of teamwork.
This book elaborates the concept of group dynamics and team building in detail. This
masterpiece would prove to be a great resource for the CEOs, functional Heads, other
managers, organisation development consultants, academicians, management students,
entrepreneurs, trainers and all individuals who want to understand the dynamics of groups
and team building in an organisation.
CONTENTS INCLUDE:
Understanding Group Dynamics / Building Teams / Dynamics of High Performing
Teams / Managing Cross functional teams / Managing Diverse & Virtual Teams / Self
Managed Teams / Team Building Skills / Interpersonal skills for Teams / From Managing
Teams to Leading Teams / Empowering Teams / Dynamics of Conflict / Conflict
Management / CEO & Top Management: Leveraging through Teams / Rewarding Teams
& Members / Team Leaders Guide Kit / Team Building Tool kit
2010 / 450 Pages / PB / Rs. 295
ISBN: 978-81-7446-823-9 / 71/4x91/2 TEXTBOOK
23
human
resource
management
Organisational Behaviour
V S P Rao
Successful companies are known by what they
achieve rather than what they have. You may
have everything but still remain at the bottom
of the corporate ladder if you do not convert
your strengths into opportunities and do not put your resources to best
use. Companies that have been able to understand the dynamics of human
behaviour and have used that power to build want-satisfying products and
services have a great story to tell. This book tries to highlight the time-
tested principles of human behaviour in a simple and easy-to-understand
style. Wherever necessary, practical aspects of organisational life have
been highlighted. Live corporate examples have been inserted to enrich
the contents. The ethical and moral issues, surrounding human behaviour,
have also been critically examined.
CONTENTS INCLUDE:
Nature and Importance of Organisational Behaviour / OB: The
Emerging Challenges / Approaches to Organisational Behaviour /
Foundations of Individual Behaviour / Personality / Perception and
Individual Decision-making / Ethics and Social Responsibilities / Values,
Attitudes and Job Satisfaction / Learning and Behaviour Modification
/ Basic Motivation Concepts / Job Design, Employee Participation and
Alternative Work Arrangements / Foundations of Group Behaviour /
Teams and Team Work / Communication / Leadership / Contemporary
Issues in Leadership / Power and Politics / Conflict and Negotiation /
Foundations of Organisation Structure / Organisational Culture,
Creativity and Innovation / Human Resource Policies and Practices /
Management of Change / International Organisational Behaviour /
Index
Instructor Manual Available
2009 / 700 Pages / PB / Rs. 375
ISBN: 978-81-7446-747-8 / 81/4x11 TEXTBOOK
Human Resource
Management
N K SINGH
CONTENTS INCLUDE:
Human Resource Management/Job Description: Analysis & Evaluation/
Human Resource Planning – Concept & Process/Recruitment &
Selection/Performance Appraisal/Training & Development (T & D)/
Wages & Compensation/Discipline & Grievance in Industry/
Counseling & Mentoring/Collective Bargaining/Workers’ Participation
in Management/Conflicts in Industry/Career & Succession Planning/
Industrial Dispute.
1999 / 242 Pages / PB / Rs. 175
TEXTBOOK
ISBN: 81-7446-160-4 / 71/4x91/2
24
Personal Growth and
Training & Development
MADHURIMA LALL
SHEETAL SHARMA
Personal Growth and Development play an integrated role in the
growth and development of an economy. Since liberalization of the
economic policies, the increased level of competition by the
multinational corporations has put a lot of pressure on the Human
Resource functions in domestic firms to prepare and develop their
employees so that they can compete with the global firms in skills,
efficiency and effectiveness.
This book extensively covers all the aspects relating to personal
growth and development in an organization. Recent trends in the
field of personal growth – Moulding the Personality Pattern,
Transactional Analysis (TA), Personal Effectiveness, Roles of Symbols
of Self, etc. – have also been included in the book. The fundamental
concepts of personal growth and their applications have been
explained in a very simple and lucid way.
The book covers almost the entire syllabus of Management,
Professional and HR Institutes of Indian as well as foreign Universities
with specific focus on the requirements of UP Technical University.
This book is for the students of management and is equally useful for
the management practitioners and corporate people who recognize
the importance of Human Resource in their organizations and want
to learn the management of their workforce more effectively.
CONTENTS INCLUDE:
Personality / The Personality Pattern / Roles of Symbols of Self /
Moulding the Personality Pattern / Persistence and Change /
Psychodynamic Theories of Personality / Psychometric Theories
of Personality / Transactional Analysis (TA) / Personal Effectiveness
/ Personality Determinants / Evaluation of Personality / Training
/ Types of Training and Training Process / Understanding the
Process of Learning / Learning in Training / Learning Organisation
and Organisational Learning / Training Need Assessment /
Designing Training Programme / Training Methods / Evaluation
of Training Programmes
2009 / 572 Pages / PB / Rs. 295
TEXTBOOK
ISBN: 978-81-7446-760-7 / 71/4x91/2
Strategies for Performance Management
DINESH K SRIVASTAVA, NITTIE, Mumbai
CONTENTS INCLUDE:
Overview of Human Resource Management/Conceptual Approach
to Performance Management/Determinants of Job Performance/
Personality and Job Performance/Antecedents of Job Performance
in Two Organizations/Selection/Training and Development/
Performance Appraisal/Compensation/Career Development/
Enhancing Potential of Individuals and Teams/Creating High
Performance Organizations
2005 / 236 Pages / PB / Rs. 225
ISBN: 81-7446-446-8 / 61/4x91/2 TEXTBOOK

International Human
Resource Management
DR. NILANJAN SENGUPTA
DR. MOUSUMI S BHATTACHARYA
The intention of this book is to portray the various factors that are
connected with managing Human Resources in International Business.
Since the two are inseparable, any organization aspiring to participate
as a player in international business must develop the knowledge, skills
and acumen to perceive the subtle nuances that govern the rules of
game.
This book has sought to address some of the issues that relate to
IHRM, which need to be logically understood by any keen observer of
international business, today. The approach of this book has been to
detail IHRM both, in terms of a function, as well as a process and the
factors or key elements that are attached to them.
To make this book reader-friendly, chapter highlights have been added
at the beginning of each chapter to facilitate the reader to identify the
broader areas that may be learnt from a particular chapter. Each chapter
also contains detailed references and key terms. Conceptual questions,
multiple choices, web-based exercises are some of the additional features
of the book. Relevant diagrammatic representation, relevant case study
and list of web references have been also added in this book.
CONTENTS INCLUDE:
International Context of HRM/Strategic Planning/HRM in
International Context: theories and models/Recruitment and
Selection/Training and Development/Compensation Management/
Performance Management/Industrial Relations/Role of Culture in
IHRM/ Organizational processes influencing IHRM/Role of Global
HR Managers/Women Expatriates/International Joint Venture/
Hiring Inpatriate and Expatriate Managers: Choices and Dilemmas
for MNCs
Instructor Manual Available
2007 / 316 Pages / PB / Rs. 275
ISBN: 81-7446-519-7 / 71/4x91/2 TEXTBOOK
Future of Work
Mastering Change
EDITORS
PRITAM SINGH, JYOTSNA BHATNAGAR, ASHA BHANDARKER
all at MDI, Gurgaon
2006 / 394 Pages / PB / Rs. 595
ISBN: 81-7446-502-2 / 71/4x91/2
human
resource
management
International Human
Resource Management
Text and Cases
P L RAO, Adjunct Professor, Human Resource
and Organisation Behaviour, Gitam Institute
of Foreign Trade, Visakhapatnam
CONTENTS INCLUDE:
Introduction: Overview /Organisational Structure in MNC and
International Dimensions of HRM /International Staffing /
Compensation and Benefits /Training and Development /
Performance Management in International Organisations /
Expatriation and Repatriation /Industrial Relations /Sustaining
International Business Operations /Managing People in International
Context /Indian Multinational Companies /Issues, Challenges and
Theoretical Developments /Cultural Dimensions of HRM /Case
Studies
Instructor Manual Available
2008 / 408 Pages / PB / Rs. 250
ISBN: 978-81-7446-596-2 / 71/4x91/2 TEXTBOOK
Personal Effectiveness
DIANA WINSTANLEY
Designed to give students a grounding in personal development and
provide a context for their other studies, this new text on personal
effectiveness, written by a leading author, is suitable for use on a range
of undergraduate and postgraduate modules, including those relating
to self-development, personal skills, learning and development,
management skills, study skills and coaching, as part of general business
of HRM degrees. This text seeks to be both comprehensive and
accessible, through the use of learning aids.
Each chapter includes: Learning objectives and a synopsis of content
Vignette examples to illustrate or demonstrate key points Self
assessment questions to check understanding References and
further sources of information
The text suggests ways of working and interacting, and incorporates
research and critical and analytical material in a way that is accessible
to all levels. It covers key topics in personal development including:
Time management Team working Presentation skills Negotiation
skills Assertiveness
2009 / 256 Pages / PB / Rs. 250
ISBN: 978-81-7446-766-9 / 71/4x91/2 TEXTBOOK
25
human
resource
management
Essentials of Human Resource
Organisation Behaviour Development and
P G AQUINAS Organisational
Effectiveness
The field of Organisation Behaviour is intriguing, rich and
KALYANI MOHANTY
helpful. Topics like Motivation, Teamwork and Leadership
have fascinated us for decades. Success in today’s competitive PADMALITA ROUTRAY
business environment is increasingly a function of effective
human resource management. The quality of an organisation’s employees, their
enthusiasm, satisfaction with their jobs, and their sense of fair treatment, all have a Modern organizations have widely focused on Human
significant impact on the firm’s productivity, level of customer service, reputation and Resources for their success and sustainability. Almost all
survival. effective organizations have become careful for the
development and utilization of their human resources
This book is about the ageless topics concerning how we live, work and thrive in in order to achieve the goals of the organizations. In
organisations. It seeks to present a realistic view of people working in the organisations. such a scenario, it has become imperative for the
A consistent theme throughout the book is that effective management of organisations academicians, practitioners, and professionals to explore
requires an understanding of organisational behaviour practice. It attempts to provide Human Resource Management as a branch of study.
the basic foundation for practical application of theoretical concepts to the organisations. Therefore, this book has been developed to help the
This book is organised and presented in a sequence based on the characteristics management students and professionals to understand
common to all organizations. The book is divided into 9 chapters in all: the subject properly and enhance their knowledge about
the HRD network within the organization for its
An Introduction to Organisational Behaviour / Perception / Motivation / Attitudes / effectiveness.
Learning and Behaviour Modification / Personality and Conflict in Organisations /
Group Dynamics / Leadership / Organisational Change This book is divided into four parts. The first part deals
with HRD as a concept, its growth as an instrument for
2009 / 278 Pages / PB / Rs. 175 TEXTBOOK
ISBN: 978-81-7446-733-1 / 71/4x91/2 people’s development, different aspects of HRD, strategic
HRD and HRD in international business. The second
part defines the concept of organizational effectiveness,
Strategic Leadership its models and measurement. The third part establishes
the link between HRD and organisational effectiveness.
R K SAHU
The fourth part deals with training as the major
PRAGYA BHARTI instrument of HRD.
The central idea of this book has been taken from the
model prepared by Prof T V Rao, explaining the linkage
To understand the concept of strategic leadership and between HRD instruments, process, outcomes and
leader's competencies, this is the guidebook to read. organizational effectiveness to project the subject vividly
Throughout this book, the importance of key strategic according to the syllabus and requirements of different
characteristics of a leader, emotional intelligence for strategic leadership and leader's universities and institutes.
checkpoints have been discussed to provide a comprehensive coverage of the topic. It CONTENTS INCLUDE:
explains business dimensions, human behaviour and leaders paradigm in a very concise PART I
manner. The book, through its text, emphasizes on 'Leading with Values' and effective Introduction to HRD l HRD Matrix / HRD Climate
leadership. and Organisational Climate / Line Managers and
HRD / Motivational Aspects of HRD / Supervisory
This is a complete resource book for CEOs, Strategic Business Unit Heads, Role in HRD System / HRD Audit / Strategic HRD
Management Professionals, Leadership Consultants, Academicians, Management / International HRD
Students, Entrepreneurs, Trainers and all individuals who want to understand the
PART II
concept of Strategic Leadership and implement it in the organization.
Introduction to Organisational Effectiveness / Context
CONTENTS INCLUDE: for Organisational Effectiveness / Determinants of
Understanding Strategy and Strategic Leadership / 4Es for a Strategic Leader / Organisational Effectiveness / Models of
Becoming a Strategic Leader / Leaders Paradigm / Understanding Organizational Organisational Effectiveness / Measuring
Theories / Understanding Human Behaviour to Lead / Understanding Business Organisational Effectiveness
Dimensions / Leading with Values / Leadership vs. Managing / Leader as a Coach / PART III
Emotional Intelligence for Strategic Leadership / Spirituality: The Emerging Context HRD and Organisational Effectiveness
for Business Leadership / Leaders’ Competencies / Is Your Leadership Effective? /
PART IV
Using Six Sigma to Drive Operational Excellence / Leaders’ Checkpoints and Keys /
Leaders' Guide Kit Training and Human Resource Development
2009 / 600 Pages / PB / Rs. 325 2009 / 278 Pages / PB / Rs. 250
TEXTBOOK ISBN: 978-81-7446-731-7 / 71/4x91/2 TEXTBOOK
ISBN: 978-81-7446-774-4 / 61/4x91/2
26

Partners in Success
Strategic HR and Entrepreneurship
EDITORS
NINA MUNCHERJI, Chairperson, Nirma International
Conference on Management
C GOPALAKRISHNAN, Chairperson, Nirma
International Conference on Management
UPINDER DHAR, Director, J K Lakshmipat University,
Jaipur
2009 / 730 Pages / PB / Rs. 795
ISBN: 978-81-7446-701-0 / 71/4x91/2
Creating Wealth through Strategic
HR and Entrepreneurship
EDITORS
C GOPALAKRISHNAN, Chairperson, Nirma
International Conference on Management
NINA MUNCHERJI, Chairperson, Nirma International
Conference on Management
UPINDER DHAR, Director, J K Lakshmipat University,
Jaipur
2009 / 612 Pages / PB / Rs. 695
ISBN: 978-81-7446-702-7 / 71/4x91/2
Value Based Management for
Organizational Excellence
EDITORS
SANTOSH DHAR
UPINDER DHAR
RAJESH K JAIN
SAPNA PARASHAR
2009 / 278 Pages / PB / Rs. 395
ISBN: 978-81-7446-711-9 / 71/4x91/2
Designing & Delivering Training
DAVID SIMMONDS
The book focuses on the blend between theory and
practice. Each chapter specifically combines the
relevant thinking with appropriate real-life evidence,
through the use of pedagogical features. The text is
accessible, readable and comprehensive.
It is enhanced with features including:
short, relevant scenarios/examples/illustrations
comprehensive references to the latest literature
chapter headings and sub-headings aligned to the structure of the professional
standard
through and comprehensive contents pages and indexing
a glossary of training terms.
Instructor Manual Available
2009 / 228 Pages / PB / Rs. 225
TEXTBOOK
ISBN: 978-81-7446-767-6 / 71/4x91/2
human
resource
management
Managing
Human Resources
&
Industrial Relations
TAPOMOY DEB
Student CD Included
This book provides a contemporary and comprehensive review
of essential HRM and IR concepts and practices, in order to
provide rich insight into the vast and rapidly evolving subject
of human resource management. Considering the intensely
competitive nature of contemporary business, this textbook
pays attention to the application of human resource
management tools, techniques and approaches in solving
human resource issues and problems in organizational settings
and situations to help the present day students to become
effective managers of tomorrow.
The book has been primarily designed as a textbook for the
postgraduate management students. It comprehensively
covers the syllabi of various Indian management institutes
and universities. It would serve as a valuable teaching aid and
repertoire of knowledge resource for the faculty. Professional
managers and consultants would find this book highly
informative and would act as catalyst in fostering and leveraging
human resource management systems and strategies in their
organizations.
The entire conceptual framework of the text has been divided
into four parts comprising 24 highly informative chapters.
The contents are self-explanatory and have been logically
sub-divided so that the readers can clearly understand the
theoretical aspects and applications of the human resource
management.
CONTENTS INCLUDE:
PART I: MANAGEMENT OF HUMAN RESOURCES
/ Historical Overview of Personnel Management / Human
Resource Management / International Human Resource
Management / Job Analysis, Job Description and Job
Specification / Human Resource Planning / Recruitment
and Selection / Employee Socialization / Performance
Appraisal and Feedback / Human Resource Development
/ Training and Development / Job Evaluation / Employee
Compensation / Executive Compensation / Mentoring /
Employee Retention / Talent Management / HR Audit /
HR in Technology-driven Environment / Human
Resource Management in Mergers and Acquisitions /
PART II: MANAGEMENT OF INDUSTRIAL
RELATIONS / Discipline and Grievance Management /
Industrial Relations / Industrial Disputes Management /
Participative Management / Collective Bargaining and
Negotiation / PART III: PEDAGOGY / PART IV:
Practice-Based Templates
Instructor Manual Available
2009 / 670 Pages / PB / Rs. 395
TEXTBOOK
ISBN: 978-81-7446-699-0 / 81/4x11
27
human
resource
management
Managing People
strategy for 21st century
A K SINGH
CONTENTS INCLUDE:
Section A: Managing People — Strategy for 21st Century / HRD – A
Managerial Responsibility / Corporate HRD and Education Sector – Interface
/ Redefining Role of HRM in Contemporary Business Environment /
Quality Circle for HRD / Training for Strategic Advantage in Industry /
Culture Building Practices in SAIL / Development of Human Resources –
The SAIL Approach / HRD Strategy for 21st Century / HRD Strategies to
Ensure a Future – SAIL Perspective / Section B: Managerial Issues in the
Context of HRD and Managers / Managing People – Concern and Challenges
/ Effective Managerial Decision-making / Management of Change / Preparing
for the Challenges Ahead: From Good Engineer to Better Manager / Creating
Competitive Advantage / Culture of Innovation and Creativity / Section C:
Emerging Industrial Environment & Managerial Issues / Indian Industry
at Crossroads / Economic Liberalisation – Need to Interface with
Multinationals / Knowledge based Industries in India: Lessons and
Challenges Ahead / Materials for 21st Century / "Competitiveness – A
Compelling Need Today"–for Steel Industry
2008 / 132 Pages / PB / Rs. 245
ISBN: 978-81-7446-678-5 / 71/4x91/2 TEXTBOOK
Competency Mapping
R K SAHU
The book is a complete resource book on
Competency Mapping for HR Professionals and
Consultants, Professors of Human Resource
Development, Management students,
Entrepreneurs, Trainers and all those individuals who want to understand the
concept of Competency Mapping and implement it in the organization.
CONTENTS INCLUDE:
Concept of Competency / Competency Mapping Process / Developing
Competency Models / Competency Identification / Competency Assessment
/ 360° Feedback and its Application in Competency Assessment /
Assessment Centre and its Application in Competency Assessment /
Applications of Competency Mapping / Commonly asked Questions on
Competency Mapping / Managerial Competencies with Definitions / Will
& Skill Mapping of Manual Workers
2009 / 310 Pages / PB / Rs. 275
ISBN: 978-81-7446-745-4 / 61/4x91/2 TEXTBOOK
Effective Teamwork
MICHAEL WEST
128 Pages / PB / Rs. 90
ISBN: 81-7446-038-1 / 51/2x81/2
28
Organization
Structure and Design
applications & challenges
P G AQUINAS
In today's globalised era, e-commerce, outsourcing and telecom
muting have become the new paradigm for organisational
functioning. Co-workers, located at different places/countries,
are connected with each other through internet. This book is
written in the context of these emerging workplace realities and
seeks to present a realistic view of people working in
organisations. A consistent theme throughout the book is that
the effective management of organisations requires an
understanding of theory, research and practice. To engage the
students in the modern world of organisations, this book
incorporates a number of distinctive, time-tested and interesting
features such as Corporate Insights, cases at the end of each
chapter and numerous review and discussion questions to enhance
their learning and interest.
This book is organised and presented in a sequence based on the
characteristics common to all the organisations Structure and
Processes. The book is divided into six parts: Part A deals with
the organisation and its environment. Part B elucidates the
organisation as a system. Part C illustrates job and the design of
work. Part D deals with the dynamic aspects of the organisation.
Part E offers information on the emerging concepts of the
organisation structure and design. Part F is the concluding part
of the book that discusses the organisation culture and ethical
values in the organisation.
The book presents the new realities that are not just for managers
but for anyone who works in and around the organisations.
CONTENTS INCLUDE:
Part A: The Organisation and its Environment:
Organisations and Organisational Effectiveness / The
Evolution of Organisation Theory / Organisational System
in the Global Environment / Organisational Effectiveness
and its Measurement Part B: Organisation as a system:
Foundations of Organisation Structure / Dimensions of
Organisation Structure / Strategic Organisation Design/
Part C: Job and the Design of work: Job and the Design of
Work / Basic Challenges of Organisational Design /
Designing Organisational Structure / Part D: Organisational
change and Managing conflict in organisation: Managing
Organisational Change / Organisational Conflict and Inter-
group Behaviour / Organisational Power and Politics Part
E: Strategy and Structure for the future: Leadership and
Empowerment / Building a Learning Organisation /
Knowledge Management / Organisational Revitalisation and
Emotional Intelligence Part F: Creating and Managing
organisational culture: Creating and Managing
Organizational Culture / Ethical Values in Organisation /
Corporate Governance / Social Responsibility of Business
Instructor Manual Available
2008 / 538 Pages / PB / Rs. 325
TEXTBOOK
ISBN: 978-81-7446-682-2 / 71/4x91/2

Strategic Human
Resource
Management
RAJIB LOCHAN DHAR,
Assistant Professor, Symbiosis
Institute of International
Business, Symbiosis International
University, Pune
Strategic HRM has gained much attention and has become a
topic of global discussion. Throughout the world, aligning the
human resource with the need of the business has been the
topic of discussion since quiet some period of time.
Looking into this aspect, Strategic HRM has been introduced
as a subject in most of the management institutes – more
specifically in India. Keeping all these factors in view, the present
book has been developed by the author considering the different
aspects of Strategic HRM. This book has been divided into
eleven chapters.
CONTENTS INCLUDE:
Introduction to Strategic Management/Goal Setting – A
Strategic Path to Success/Strategic Human Resource
Management/Reward and Compensation Strategies/Training
and Developing Strategies/Performance Management
Strategies/Retrenchment Strategies/Human aspects of Strategy
Implementation/Managing the Ageing Workforce/
Developing HR as strategic value addition Function
Instructor Manual Available
2008 / 332 Pages / PB / Rs. 275
ISBN: 978-81-7446-588-7 / 71/4x91/2
Industrial Relations
M ARORA, Independent Consultant, Mumbai
CONTENTS INCLUDE:
Industrial Relations: History/ Trade Unionism/Collective
Bargaining/Participative Management/Employee Grievances/
Industrial Disputes: Prevention/Disciplinary Proceedings/
Industrial Relations: Settlement/Future Scenario of Union-
Management Relationship/Reports and Bills/Labour Welfare
and Social Security/Wage Policy, Regulations and Bonus/
Relevant Features of Some Acts
Instructor Manual Available
1999 / 322 Pages / PB / Rs. 275
ISBN: 81-7446-184-1 / 71/4x91/2
HR can Win
DR. K SURESH KUMAR
2008 / 128 Pages / PB / Rs. 175
ISBN: 978-81-7446-614-3 / 61/4x91/2
human
resource
management
Strategic Human Resource
Management and
Development
RICHARD REGIS, Director, School of Management,
C. Abdul Hakeem College of Engineering and
Technology, Melvisharam
This book is interspersed with contemporary Indian cases and experience to
fall back on to illustrate the different strategies HR has to play as a business
partner. Issues in employee privacy in case of virtual organizations have been
vividly dealt with. The book explains career planning and development and
compensation packages in the context of competencies and balanced scorecard.
When speed and alacrity are demanded of all the employees to stay ahead of
competition, the employees are required to put in extended hours and work in
a stressful environment. Hence, the new-era HR professional has to resort to
developmental activities through mentoring, coaching, counseling, stress
management and emotional balance. The book is divided into five parts.
CONTENTS INCLUDE:
PART I: HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT AND
DEVELOPMENT STRATEGIES /Meaning of Strategic HRD Management
/HRD Functions and their Linkages to Business Goals /Strategic Approach
to Industrial Relations /HRD as a Profession /HRD Assessment and
Audit /PART II: ELECTRONIC HUMAN RESOURCE
MANAGEMENT (E-HRM) /E-Selection and Recruitment /Virtual
Learning Organization /E-Performance Management and Compensation
Design /Development and Implementation of HRIS /Designing of HR
Portals /Issues in Employee Privacy /PART III: CROSS-CULTURAL
HRM /Domestic vs International HRM (IHRM) /Cross-cultural
TEXTBOOK
Educational and Training Programmes /Building a Multicultural
Organization /Cross-border Merger, Acquisition and Repatriation /Current
Challenges in Outsourcing /PART IV: CAREER AND COMPETENCY
DEVELOPMENT /Concept of Career and Career Planning /Managing
Career Plateau /Strategic Knowledge Management /Competencies and Career
Management and Competency-based Compensation /PART V:
EMPLOYEE DEVELOPMENT /Coaching /Counselling /Employees
Health and Welfare Programme /Work-related Stress /Self-management
and Emotional Intelligence /CASES
Instructor Manual Available
2008 / 420 Pages / PB / Rs. 275 TEXTBOOK
ISBN: 978-81-7446-592-4 / 71/4x91/2
Appraising & Developing Managerial
TEXTBOOK Performance
T V RAO, T V Rao Learning Systems, Ahmedabad
1999 / 344 Pages / PB / Rs. 200
ISBN: 81-7446-169-8 / 51/2x81/2
TEXTBOOK
Organizational Behaviour
ARCHANA TYAGI, IMT, Ghaziabad
1998 / 318 Pages / PB / Rs. 195
ISBN: 81-7446-079-9 / 71/4x91/2
29
human
resource
management
Human Resource
Management
MADHURIMA LALL, Reader,
Applied Economics, Faculty of
Commerce, Lucknow University,
Lucknow, India.
SAKINA QASIM ZAIDI, Assistant
Professor, Institute of Environment
and Management, Lucknow, India.
Salient features of this book are as follows:
Deals with global HR trends and practices including
global case studies for better comprehension and
understanding of the subject.
Extensively covers all the Human Resource Functions
performed in an organization.
The fundamental concepts of HRM and their
applications have been explained in a very simple and
lucid manner.
Recent trends in the field of human resources such as
360 degree Appraisal, HR Outsourcing, Emotional
Intelligence, HR Accounting, Knowledge Management
have also been included in the book.
It has an exclusive section for advanced studies in research
covering the human resource aspect from the global
perspective.
The book covers almost the entire syllabus of HRM of Indian
as well as foreign universities, management and HR institutes
and various enterprises/ organizations.
CONTENTS INCLUDE:
Human Resource Management: An Introduction / Human
Resource Planning / Job Analysis and Design /
Recruitment and Selection / Performance Appraisal /
Training and Development / Job Evaluation and Job
Satisfaction / Fringe Benefits and Incentives / Employees
Remuneration: Reward Management, Wage and Salary
Administration / Industrial Relations / Industrial Conflict
/ Human Resource Information System / Contemporary
Issues in Human Resource Management / Business Process
Outsourcing / Human Resource Accounting / Redefining
Leadership Styles / Global HR Practices / Improving
Cross-cultural Training: Lessons from European and
American Managers in Morocco / Managing Mutual
Interests in Glocalisation through Market Orientation of
Workers’ Skills – A Study on Skilled and Semi-skilled
Workforce Arriving in UK / Small Business Learning
Networks Growth Rate and Operational Efficiency /
Exploring Best Practice HRD in the Small Firm: The
Case of the Irish Hotel Sector / Embedded HR-practices
in SMEs – How they Enhance Performance and Learning
/ Explaining Differences in Team Performance: Does Team
Learning Behaviour Matter? / The Impact of Human
Resource Management Practices on Organisational
Performance / Blended Learning as a Tool for Human
Resource Development in a Global Context / Globalisation
versus Glocalisation: Implications for HRD
Instructor Manual Available
2008 / 612 Pages / PB / Rs. 325 TEXTBOOK
ISBN: 978-81-7446-685-3 / 71/4x91/2
30
Performance Appraisal and
Management
Concepts, Antecedents and Implications
TAPOMOY DEB
The book addresses the contemporary concepts,
processes, programmes, methodologies and legal,
ethical and cultural issues associated with appraising
executive and employee performance. The book is
enriched with extensive and rich pedagogical tools, relevant case studies, and
numerous caselets of organizational practices for facilitating easy grasp and
understanding of essential constructs of performance appraisal and management.
It is also highly useful for HR practitioners, Business Managers and Management
Trainers.
CONTENTS INCLUDE:
PART A: Concepts of Performance Management and Appraisal/Introduction
and Approach / Competitive Advantage through Human Resources /
Performance Management and Appraisal / Performance Appraisal System /
PART B: Antecedents of Performance Appraisal and Management/
Introduction and Approach / Motivation and Organizational Justice /
Leadership / Counseling and Mentoring/PART C: Implications of
Performance Appraisal and Management/Introduction and Approach /
Compensation Management / Career Development / Training and Mobility
/ Knowledge Management / PART D: Performance Appraisal Case Studies /
Introduction and Approach / Relevant Case Studies / PART E: Performance
Appraisal Forms and Epilogue: the Final Thought /Introduction and
Approach/Employee Appraisal Forms or Executive Appraisal Forms and
with Poser
Instructor Manual Available
2008 / 396 Pages / PB / Rs. 250 TEXTBOOK
ISBN: 978-81-7446-673-0 / 71/4x91/2
Compensation Management
text & cases
TAPOMOY DEB
The book addresses various important frameworks,
ethical and cultural issues, programmes, policies and
strategies for managing compensation and benefits
from organizational, executive and employee
perspectives. The book is enriched with extensive and rich pedagogical tools, and
contains several caselets of organizational practices, case studies, numerous
diagrams, and revision points for facilitating easy grasp, understanding and revision
of essential constructs of compensation management. It would be highly useful
for HR practitioners, Business Managers and Management Trainers.
CONTENTS INCLUDE:
PART A: Compensation Management / Introduction to Compensation
Management / Foundation of Compensation Management / PART B: Process
of Compensation Management /Compensation and Job Evaluation /
Architecture of Compensation Management / Behavioural Dimensions of
Compensation Management / PART C: Performance Linked Compensation
/ Managing Performance / Rewarding Performance / PART D: Compensation
Administration / Corporate Considerations in Compensation / PART E:
Executive Compensation / Nature of Executive Compensation / Managing
Executive Compensation / ‘Epilogue’ The Final Thought / Case Studies /
References and Selected Bibliography / Index
Instructor Manual Available
2008 / 416 Pages / PB / Rs. 325
ISBN: 978-81-7446-690-7 / 71/4x91/2 TEXTBOOK

Human Resource
Development
a researcher’s
perspective
R KRISHNAVENI
Human Resource Development (HRD) is fundamental
in generating and implementing the tools needed to manage
and operate the organization right from the production,
management, marketing and sales to research and
development, in order to be more productive. This can
be done by making people sufficiently motivated, trained,
informed, managed, utilized and empowered. Thus, HRD
forms a major part of human resource management
activities in the organizations.
This book has been carefully developed keeping in mind
the requirements of all the varied segments that could use
this book extensively and specifically for the students
who have chosen HR elective and scholars pursuing
research in the broad field of HR.
The book is divided into nineteen chapters and each
chapter is backed by illustrations, exercises and case
studies, appropriately. The first two chapters start with
the introduction to the field. The third and fourth
chapters give an introduction to how HRD plays a role in
learning the behavior of employees. Rest of the chapters
– five to eighteen – deal with various functions of HRD.
Finally, the last chapter brings out a detail methodology
of how to develop a validated instrument which could be
used for survey research in the HR field.
The book has been written in very simple and easily
understandable manner with relevant quoted references
from earlier researches in this field. This will definitely
help the readers to refer the source material, if detail
reading is required.
CONTENTS INCLUDE:
Introduction to Human Resource Development /
HRD: A Conceptual Analysis / An Understanding
of Employee Behaviour / Learning and Human
Resource Development / Analyzing the Role for
Development / Employee Socialization / Performance
Management / Performance Review, Feedback and
Counselling / Assessment Centre / Succession
Planning / Training and Development / Identification
of Training Need / Designing of the Training and
Development Programme / Implementation of
Training and Development Programme / Innovations
in Training Techniques / Evaluation of Training and
Development Programmes / Transfer of Training /
Coaching and Mentoring / Development of a Reliable
and Valid HRD Instrument / Index
2008 / 396 Pages / PB / Rs. 295
ISBN: 978-81-7446-643-3 / 71/4x91/2 TEXTBOOK
human
resource
management
Technological Change and
Manpower Development
DIPAK KUMAR BHATTACHARYYA
This book is an attempt to discuss all the aspects of manpower development issues in
technological era. The book provides a comprehensive text for HR students. It
addresses the organizations’ requirement to practice the technology management
issues, focusing more on human resource functions. Some key areas explained in this
book are – training and development, compensation, performance management,
new skill development issues, management of change, etc. The book deals with some
new-age tools like Balance Scorecard, HR Scorecard, Competency Mapping and
Knowledge Management Areas which are commonly used in this new-age technology
era, to track, measure and develop manpower to sustain in competition.
In the absence of a customised textbook in this area of study, this book has been
developed to understand intricate technological change issues, especially those which
influence HR functions and manpower development aspects.
CONTENTS INCLUDE:
Globalisation, Technology and Human Resource Issues / Technology and Culture
/ Technology Management / Changing Technology and New Leadership Skills /
Economic Theory of Choice and Employee Benefits / Training and Development
/ Performance Management Systems / Innovation and New Technology / Balanced
Scorecard, Competency Mapping and Knowledge Management for New-age
Technology
2008 / 166 Pages / PB / Rs. 195
ISBN: 978-81-7446-638-9 / 71/4x91/2 TEXTBOOK
Training for Development
all you need to know
R K SAHU, HRD Centre, New Delhi
CONTENTS INCLUDE:
Concept of Training/Role, Need and Importance of Training/Types of Training/
Role of Stakeholders in Training/Principles of Adult Learning/Understanding the
Process of Learning in a Training Programme/Developing an Integrated Approach
to Learning in Training Programme/Training Needs Assessment (TNA)/Levels of
Training Needs/ Designing Training Programmes/Training Programme Delivery/
Methods of Conducting Training/Developing Audio-visual Materials/Characteristics
of High-impact Course Material/Measuring Impact of Training/Levels of Training
Impact Evaluation
2005 / 332 Pages / PB / Rs. 250
ISBN: 81-7446-447-6 / 61/4x91/2 TEXTBOOK
31
human
resource
management
second edition
Human Resource
Management
DIPAK KUMAR
BHATTACHARYYA, IISWBM,
Kolkata
HRM boasts of a vast literature globally. This book, however
places HRM in an Indian context with an overview of trends
and developments, worldwide.
A book written with a simplistic and fundamental approach,
it analyses the basic foundation principles of HRM. Also,
keeping in view the need for international issues, the book
discusses and debates on topics like Multiskilling, Manpower
Redundancy, Human Resource Information Systems (HRIS)
and Human Resource Costs. Theoretical discussions
reinforced with Practical examples, Case studies, Scenario
analysis and Role-play lend an analytical perspective into the
HRM theory. Mathematical illustrations and current statistics
further enrich the reader's knowledge and HR skills. Each
unit being a self contained learning module, some overlapping
issues have been rediscussed in brief to help the readers
understand the interrelation. It is designed keeping in mind
the MBA and BBA curriculum of Universities & Management
Institutes.
The book aims to be a thorough study manual for students
and a reference guide for HR practitioners.
CONTENTS INCLUDE:
BLOCK 1:INTRODUCTION/Introduction to Human
Resource Management and Human Resource
Development/Human Resource Policies and Strategies/
Strategic Human Resource Management (SHRM)/
BLOCK 2: HUMAN RESOURCE PROCUREMENT/
Productivity, Technology and HRM/Job Analysis and
Job Design/Human Resource Planning/Human Resource
Planning Process/Recruitment, Selection and Induction/
BLOCK 3: DEVELOPMENT/Training and
Development/Performance Appraisal and Performance
Management Systems/Career Planning and Development/
Skills and Multi-Skilling/BLOCK 4: EMPLOYEE
COMPENSATION/Wages and Salary Administration/
BLOCK 5: EMPLOYEE MOBILITY/Promotions and
Transfer/BLOCK 6: EMPLOYEE RETENTION/
Employee Motivation/BLOCK 7: SYSTEM AND HR/
Human Resource Information Systems/Human Resource
Management Research/Human Resource Costs/Human
Resource Accounting and Audit/BLOCK 8: EMPLOYEE
RELATIONS/Discipline and Grievance Handling/Trade
Unions and Labour/Collective Bargaining/Introduction
to Labour Laws/BLOCK 9: EMERGING ISSUES/
International Human Resource Management/Current
Trends in Human Resource Management
Instructor Manual Available
2006 / 680 Pages / PB / Rs. 325
TEXTBOOK
ISBN: 81-7446-500-6 / 81/2x11
32
second edition
Industrial Relations
Emerging Paradigms
B D SINGH, Professor, Human Resource Management,
IMT, Ghaziabad
The notion of Industrial Relations (IR) developed as
a countervailing force to contain the exploitative
designs of employers. As a result, readers perceived it
as a confrontational concept rather than cooperational. But in a post-industrial
society, the changing scenario of market and industries has made this clear that
teaching Organizational Behaviour (OB) and Human Resource (HR), without
keeping Industrial Relations in view, has no meaning.
Existing literature on industrial relations is either lopsided or sketchy. Therefore,
an attempt has been made to present a broad perspective of the subject to
develop a correct perception about it. The book provides a holistic and
comprehensive picture of employee relations, conflict resolution, mutual benefits
and relationship-building activities. It focuses more on building positive industrial
relations in an attempt to integrate OB, HR and IR into a monolithic whole.
The book is intended to cater to the needs of students and budding managers.
The book also includes some topics on international industrial relations and
some burning issues of Indian Business sector like managing contract labour,
sexual harassment etc. Some case studies on indusrial relations and new emerging
areas like China and South-Asian countries have also been covered in the book.
The book will be extremely useful to the students and researchers in providing
practical insights into industrial relations.
CONTENTS INCLUDE:
Background to Industrial Relations / Evolution of Industrial Relations in India
/ Changing Profiles of Major Stakeholders of Industrial Relations in India /
Management of Conflicts in Industry / Positive Employee Relations /
Miscellaneous Burning Topics in Industrial Relations / International Dimension
of Industrial Relations
Instructor Manual Available
2008 / 552 Pages / PB / Rs. 295
TEXTBOOK
ISBN: 978-81-7446-619-8 / 71/4x91/2
Management and Organizational
Behaviour
JAYANTEE (MUKHERJEE) SAHA
CONTENTS INCLUDE:
Introduction to Management/Planning/Controlling/An Introduction to Human
Resources Management/Quality of Working Life/The study of Organisational
Behaviour/Learning/Personality/Perception/Motivation/Leadership/Teams/
Communication/Conflict/Organisation Culture/An introduction to
'Transactional Analysis'/Organisation Change and Development/An
Introduction to Attitude, and Ethics/Trends in International Business/
Organisational Power and Politics
Instructor Manual Available
2006 / 536 Pages / PB / Rs. 325
TEXTBOOK
ISBN: 81-7446-468-9 / 71/4x91/2

Managing Conflict and
Negotiation
B D SINGH
This book deals with different conceptual aspects of conflict and its effective
management. The most popular and effective style of resolving conflict is through
dialogue, which is popularly known as negotiation. Through negotiation people
deal with differences, which they do, consciously or unconsciously, throughout
their lives. The part of the book dealing with negotiation, takes care of the
details about different aspects of negotiation — strategies, preparations, processes
and multicultural and ethical dimensions related to it.
The book contains live cases, which will provide useful insight on the theoretical
and conceptual aspects to the students. The book will go a long way in meeting
with the requirements of the management students by providing consolidated
material on the subject.
CONTENTS INCLUDE:
Part I Managing Conflict / Concept and Importance of Conflict / Organization
as Network of Relations and Conflicts / Nature of Conflict / Sources of
Conflict / Processes and Dynamics of Conflict / Classification of Conflict /
Strategy and Management of Conflict / Part II Managing Negotiation /
Managing Negotiation / Planning for Negotiation / Strategies and Tactics of
Negotiation / Negotiating Processes / The Third Party Intervention – Litigation/
Conciliation/Arbitration / Role of Power in Negotiation / Role of
Communication / Role of Influencing Style in Negotiation / Cross-cultural
Dimension of Negotiation / Glimpses into Some Aspects of International
Negotiation / Ethics and Negotiation / Negotiating with Prospective Employer
/ Some Suggested Practices to be Followed in Negotiation / Part III Relevant
Cases / Relevant Cases
2008 / 298 Pages / PB / Rs. 250
ISBN: 978-81-7446-642-6 / 71/4x91/2 TEXTBOOK
HR through Case
Studies
RAVI DHARMARAO
2009 / 142 Pages / PB / Rs. 250
ISBN: 978-81-7446-757-7 / 71/4x91/2
Performance Measurement and Management
EDITED BY
G K SURI, IMI, New Delhi
C S VENKATA RATNAM, Director, IMI,
N K GUPTA
2004 / 322 Pages / PB / Rs. 295
ISBN: 81-7446-395-X / 51/2x81/2
human
resource
management
Performance
Management
System
R K SAHU, National HRD
Centre, New Delhi
A complete guide for HR Professionals & Consultants,
Professors of Human Resource Development & Management
Students, Enterpreneurs, Trainers and all individuals who want
to understand the concept of Performance Management System
& Implement it in the organisation.
CONTENTS INCLUDE:
Performance Management System (PMS) – An Overview /
Performance Appraisal / The Goals Oriented PMS Cycle /
Essential Features of Effective Performance Management
System / Tried and Tested Tips for Performance Management
of People / Organizational Goal Linked Performance
Appraisal Model / A Model Performance Appraisal Format
/ Action Planning After Goal Setting / Performance Appraisal
System for Supervisory Staff (SS) and General Staff (GS)
and Shop Floor Workers / Performance Feedback / How to
Improve the Effectiveness of Performance Management by
Overcoming the Root Cause of the Problem / Concepts of
Rewards in Organizational Context / Performance Appraisal
Linked Annual Salary Increments / Performance Appraisal
Linked Career Planning and Promotion Policy /
Performance Linked Remuneration System: Innovative
Approaches / Performance Linked Annual Salary Increments
of Shopfloor Operatives / Diagnosing Performance
Problems / Appraising Individuals in Cross-Functional
Teams / Appraisal Blues / Corporate Performance
Management: What Finance must do to Move the Needle /
Ten Ways to Take the “Success” out of Succession Planning
/ The Conditions of Performance: Factors that Help or
Hinder / 360 Performance Appraisal / The True Value of
Hiring and Retaining Top Performers / How Effective is
your Organisation in Performance Management / Are your
Evaluations Linking Rewards to Performance? / PMS in
Action- I / PMS in Action- II / Index
2006 / 284 Pages / PB / Rs. 250
ISBN: 81-7446-512-X / 61/4x91/2 TEXTBOOK
Strategies for
Organizational
Excellence
EDITED BY: V K JAIN, Director
(MCA), Pioneer Institute of
Professional Studies, Indore
2009 / 354 Pages / PB / Rs. 595
ISBN: 978-81-7446-784-3 / 71/4x91/2
33
human
resource
management
Recipient of ISTD Book Award- 2008 Enriching Human
Training and Development Capital through
Text, Research and Cases Training and
HRD Solutions for Excellence Development
G PANDU NAIK P L RAO

HR is now considered as human capital and much

This book is a pioneering work to understand the HRD function from basic to importance is given to the development and training of
advanced level and its application for adding value to business. Apart from the text this unique resource. The one area in HR that found global
the research findings and the case studies bring immense value to the reader. Sufficient visibility is training. Training has a direct relationship to
number of pictures, tables and charts have also been used in the book to help the HR’s concern about human capital development and
reader for easy understanding. The simple language and relevant examples used in globalisation of workforce. People want to study at their
this book enhances understanding even the most difficult concepts. own pace and time. The exciting development area is
CONTENTS INCLUDE: therefore e-learning.
Introduction to Training and Development/Theories of Adult Learning/Needs
Keeping the above developments in view, it is imperative
Analysis of Training/Design and Development/Implementation/Training
that business organisations should develop their own
Evaluation/Teaching and Facilitation Skills/Selection and Training of Trainers/
Training Aids/Legal and Ethical Issues in HRD/Classroom Methods/Outward
internal resources for training and development of their
Bound Methods/E-learning/Community Camp/On the Job Methods/Coaching workforce. While giving stress on management
for Performance Improvement/Mentoring/ Executive Coaching for Leadership/ development, most organizations ignore development and
Developmental Job Assignment/Employee Counselling/Higher Education for training of operatives who constitute the bulwark of their
Employed People human capital. This aspect has been suitably taken care of
in this book.
Instructor Manual Available
2007 / 518 Pages / PB / Rs. 295 TEXTBOOK This comprehensive book covers all aspects of training and
ISBN: 978-81-7446-565-8 / 71/4x91/2 development—starting from conceptual inputs to
management of training environment, instructor’s
competencies, transfer of learning, IT based training, to
Globalization and mention a few should be presented to line managers.
Human Resource Management The book is divided into four parts—Training and
SUJATA MANGARAJ, RCM, Bhubaneshwar Development, Training Delivery, Evaluation of Training,
and the last part containing eleven Appendices relating to
the Text.
Attempt has been made to present the subject in a succinct
and lucid manner, bringing the latest on the subject. The
text focuses not only on the traditional training methods,
but also on the importance of development dimensions.
2008 / 282 Pages / PB / Rs. 350 This comprehensive compendium on training and
ISBN: 978-81-7446-611-2 / 71/4x91/2
development, sprinkled with copious examples, will be
useful for the budding trainers, HR practitioners and
academicians alike.
The Performance CONTENTS INCLUDE:
Connection Introduction to Training and Development/Training
Needs Assessment/All about Learning/Effective
DENNIS DEWILDE
Trainer: Instructor’s Competencies/Management of
GEOFF ANDERSON Training Environment/Training Methods with
Illustrations/Effectiveness and Evaluation of Training/
Development Discussions on Human Resource/New
Areas in Training and Development/Organisation of
Training/Strategic Training with Reference to Strategic
Human Resource Management
2007 / 222 Pages / PB / Rs. 395
ISBN: 978-81-7446-568-9 / 61/4x91/2 2007 / 370 Pages / PB / Rs. 295
ISBN: 978-81-7446-563-4 / 71/4x91/2 TEXTBOOK
34

second edition
Human Resource Planning
D K BHATTACHARYYA, IISWBM, Kolkata
Human Resource Planning has globally become
a much discussed issue. Throughout the world,
manpower redundancy has become so common
that it is no more catching the attention of media,
India is also no exception to this.
Many management institutions and universities
have now included HRP as a core paper for their
MBA curriculum. We really do not have adequate
literature in HRP—more specifically to Indian
situations. Apart from this, corporate practitioners
also like to get some insight to the nitty-gritty of
HRP. Keeping all these factors in view, the present
book has been developed by the author
considering the different aspects of HRP. The
book aims to fulfill the need for MBA course on
HRP and also for the practitioners as a reference
manual to help successful HRP practice in
organizations.
CONTENTS INCLUDE:
Human Resource Management/Human
Resource Policies and Strategies/Strategic
Human Resource Planning/Human
Resource Planning/Human Resource
Planning Process/Productivity, Technology
and HRP/Job Analysis, Description, and Job
Evaluation/HRP, Recruitment, Selection and
Induction/Career Planning, Development
and Succession Planning/Training and
Performance Appraisal/Skills and Multi
Skilling/HRP, Transfer, Promotions and Job
Rotation/Human Resource Information
Systems/Human Resource Costs/Human
Resource Accounting and Audit/Emerging
Trends and Issues in HRP
Instructor Manual Available
2006 / 464 Pages / PB / Rs. 295
TEXTBOOK
ISBN: 81-7446-498-0 / 71/4x91/2
human
resource
management
Compensation Management
MOUSUMI S. BHATTACHARYA
NILANJAN SENGUPTA
Compensation Management is an emerging discipline in the
human resource management field which intends to leverage
compensation as a key resource to gain and sustain competitive
advantage by organizations in a globalized economy. Compensation management is a vast
and dynamic discipline which seeks to bridge the longstanding gap in the Indian context of a
quality and comprehensive textbook on compensation management. It is highly useful for
management students, teachers and professionals at the same time.
CONTENTS INCLUDE:
Introduction to Compensation Management / Theories related to Compensation
Management / Job Analysis / Job Evaluation / Performance Appraisal / Performance-related
Pay / Person Based Compensation / Wage Differentials / Wage Fixation / Pay Design and
Pay Structure / Executive Compensation / International Compensation Management /
Compensation Management: Strategic Perspective
2008 / 210 Pages / PB / Rs. 225
ISBN: 978-81-7446-696-9 / 71/4x91/2 TEXTBOOK
Compensation and Reward
Management
B D SINGH, IMT, Ghaziabad
Compensation and Reward Management remains one of the
most critical issues of human resource management from the
standpoints of both the employer and the employees. The
employer wants to offer the most attractive pay package in order to attract the most talented
employees from the market and at the same time wants to keep his compensation cost under
control. In the same way, employees want to bargain for the best pay package along with the
career opportunities and better work culture from the employer. Therefore, C & R becomes
very important and strategic in human resource management. The student must know the
basics and fundamentals of compensation and reward management and the emerging trends.
This book precisely provides this in a simple and effective manner.
There has been no comprehensive book in this area in the Indian context. This book fills the
gap. The book provides live cases from industries, which provide opportunities to the students
for developing practical insight in the subject.
Some of the special features of the book are:
Conceptual dimension of C & R and its emerging trends, including the concept of three
P-compensation system.
Theoretical base—both economic and behavioral.
Micro and Macro perspectives of C & R.
Traditional and emerging pay structures.
Performance Linked Compensation and Variable Compensation.
Managerial Pay including CEO's Compensation.
Expatriate Compensation.
Tax Plan etc.
This book will be of immense helps to students as well as practicing managers.
Instructor Manual Available
2007 / 380 Pages / PB / Rs. 295
ISBN: 81-7446-546-4 / 71/4x91/2 TEXTBOOK
35
human
resource
management
Organisation
second edition
Behaviour
Human Resource Management P G AQUINAS, Aloysius
Institute of Business
text and cases Administration (AIBA),
St. Aloysius College,
V S P RAO
Mangalore

The book presents the fundamentals of Human Resource Management in a simple, Some Distinctive Pedagogical Features:
lucid and easily understandable style. It provides a comprehensive coverage to a vast, Organizational Behaviour offers a number of
growing discipline – well supported by a wealth of research data collected from multifarious distinctive, time tested and interesting features for
sources, potently and carefully. A notable feature of the book is that it gives extensive students as well as new and innovative features. These
coverage to HRD topics. The book contains a number of informative tables, summary features should facilitate the students' acquisition and
boxes and useful diagrams. It is also liberally sprinkled with current examples and retention of the material.
illustrations designed to convey the information in an uncomplicated manner. The book
Learning objectives focus student attention on
is primarily meant for students pursuing advanced courses in Human Resource
upcoming chapter content and show what
Management such as MBA, PGDBA, M Com and IAS.
happens to the manager or organization.
Cases at the end of the chapter provide students
CONTENTS INCLUDE:
an opportunity to apply their knowledge in
The Strategic Role of Human Resources Management / Personnel Management:
Functions, Policies and Roles / HRM in a Dynamic Environment / Job Analysis /
making managerial decisions and
Human Resource Planning / Recruitment / Selection / Placement, Induction, Internal recommendations.
Mobility and Separations / Training / Executive Development / Career and Succession Numerous review and discussion questions follow
Planning / HRD in India / Job Design, Work Scheduling and Motivation / Job each chapter. These questions are designed to
Evaluation / Performance and Potential Appraisal / Compensation Administration / enhance student learning and interest.
Incentives and Employee Benefits / Health and Safety / Employee Welfare / Social CONTENTS INCLUDE:
Security / Teams and Team Work / Employee Grievances and Discipline / Collective PART 1 FOUNDATIONS OF
Bargaining / Participation and Empowerment / Trade Unions and Employers’ ORGANIZATIONAL BEHAVIOUR/An
Associations / Industrial Relations and Industrial Disputes / Personnel Records, Introduction to Organizational Behaviour/Issues
Audit and Research / Human Resource Accounting and Information System / Job and Research Methods in Organizational
Stress, Counselling and Mentoring / International Human Resource Management / Behaviour/A Conceptual Model for
Index Organizational Behaviour/
PART 2 INDIVIDUAL PROCESSES AND
Instructor Manual Available B E H AV I O U R / Pe r s o n a l i t y / Pe rc e p t i o n ,
2005 / 710 Pages / PB / Rs. 350 Attribution and Individual Decision Making/
TEXTBOOK
ISBN: 81-7446-448-4 / 81/4x11 Attitudes, Values, Ethics and Job Satisfaction/
Basic Motivation Concepts/Motivation in
Organizations/Learning and Performance
Comprehensive Human Resource Management Management/Stress and Well-being at Work/
PART 3 GROUP BEHAVIOUR/Foundations
P L RAO, Managing Director, Polar Management Services (P) Ltd of Group Behaviour/The Informal Organization
and Understanding Work Teams/
Communication/Leadership/Behavioural
CONTENTS INCLUDE: Aspects of Decision Making/Organizational
PART-I Introduction/Human Resource Management/PART-II Human Resource Conflict and Inter-group Behaviour/
Acquisition/Human Resource Planning/Recruitment/Employee/Socialising the New Organizational Power and Politics/PART 4 THE
Employee/PART-III Human Resource Maintenance/Compensation Management/ ORGANIZATION SYSTEM/Foundations of
Understanding And Maintaining HR/PART-IV Human Resource Integration/ Organization Structure/Strategic Organization
Integration/People Skills/PART-V Human Relations/Employee Relations/Industrial Design/Job and the Design of Work/
Organizational Culture/PART 5
Relations/PART-VI Development & Evaluation of HR/Education/Training/
ORGANIZATIONAL DYNAMICS/Managing
Development/PART- VII Modern Human Resource Management/Human Resource
Change/Organization Development
Process/Quality Management/HRM In New Technology/PART-VIII HRM - New
Frontiers/ International HRM

Instruction Manual (CD) for faculty members available on request. Instructor Manual Available
2004 / 344 Pages / 71/4x91/2 2006 / 424 Pages / PB / Rs. 350
HB / Rs. 750 / ISBN: 81-7446-374-7 ISBN: 81-7446-474-3 / 81/4x11 TEXTBOOK
PB / Rs. 275 / ISBN: 81-7446-373-9 TEXTBOOK
36
human
resource insurance
management
second edition A Textbook
Volume One
on Principles
360 Degree Feedback and Performance
& Practice of
Management System
EDITORS: T V RAO, RAJU RAO
Life
This book has a comprehensive coverage of 360 degree feedback,
Insurance
performance management system, linking 360 degree feedback G KRISHNASWAMY
with performance management and finally pay strategies. The
primary objective of TVRLS in compiling this book is to encourage more indigenous
innovations and enhance learning through mutual sharing. This book is an effort by the author, who has
2000 / 306 Pages / PB / Rs. 295 been associated with the Life Insurance industry
ISBN: 81-7446-206-6 / 51/2x81/2 TEXTBOOK
for almost half a century, to impart extensive
Volume Two knowledge in each subject. The book should
ideally be possessed by the employees of every
360 Degree Feedback and Performance Life Insurance company besides helping the MBA
Management System students to acquire the working knowledge in
Life Insurance.
EDITORS: T V RAO, GOPAL MAHAPATRA, RAJU RAO,
NANDINI CHAWLA CONTENTS INCLUDE:
History of Insurance and Insurance Contract
This is competency era. Organizations with competent people / Distribution Channel / Life Insurance
are likely to go ahead. How do you know if you have competent Products / Concept of Premium, Investment
people? How do you know if you are one of them? 360 degree and Solvency Margin / Life Insurance
Assessment and Feedback has come to be accepted as a good tool for competency assessment Underwriting / Insurance Documents,
and leadership building. Conditions and Privileges / Survival Benefit
TVRLS has developed its own models of competency and leadership building (RSDQ) Claim, Maturity Claim and Death Claim /
Office Management, Information Technology,
through 360 Degree Assessment. This book is the outcome of the experience shared at the
etc. / Legislative Matters / Financial Planning
second conference on 360 Degree Feedback and performance insights into how Indian
and Insurance Marketing
Organization are using 360 DF and PMS to improve themselves.
2002 / 268 Pages / PB / Rs. 200 2009 / 312 Pages / PB / Rs. 360
TEXTBOOK TEXTBOOK
ISBN: 81-7446-315-1 / 51/2x81/2 ISBN: 978-81-7446-712-6 / 71/4x91/2

Volume Three
360 Degree Feedback and Assessment & Sell Crores
Development Centres Earn Lakhs
EDITORS: how to sell life
T V RAO, insurance for
NANDINI CHAWLA high income
360 Degree Feedback, often used in tandem with Assessment and S M DEVADASON
Development Centres, is a powerful technique pioneered in India
by TV Rao Learning Systems, who have over the last five years
applied this very successfully to many of India's large companies.
This volume, the third and last in the series, is an indispensable corollary and companion to CONTENTS INCLUDE:
the second volume, in as much as the focus is on Leadership Development, one of the most Introduction for New Entrants/Building
urgently felt needs of the Corporate sector. Spurred on by the threats and opportunities of Self-Confidence/Goal Setting/Planning to
global competition, companies are now focusing on developing talented leaders. This book, Win/Prospecting - Finding Gold in the
in mapping the terrain and the strategies needed to compete, focuses inter alia on: Rocks/Pre-Approach/Entry/The
Presentation/Objection Handling/
Assessment Centres Negotiation/Closing/After Sales Service/
New Case Studies Pertaining to Top Indian Corporates From the Internet/Quick Comparisons
Critical essays pertaining to Competency Mapping, 360 Degree Feedback, Assessment of some of the life Insurance Plans of LIC
Centres, and Mergers & Acquisitions and some other Companies/Customer
In-house Work by Organizations without outside Assistance Psychology/ A Day in the life of an
Insurance Professional
These vital issues explored in elaborate detail in this book will be appreciated not only by
2006 / 212 Pages / PB / Rs. 195
practicing HR professionals and senior executives, but also by management students. ISBN: 81-7446-513-8 / 61/4x91/2
2005 / 352 Pages / PB / Rs. 350
ISBN: 81-7446-414-X / 51/2x81/2 TEXTBOOK
37
insurance
Principles of Insurance
Management
A Special Focus on Developments
in Indian Insurance Sector —
Pre and Post Liberalisation
NEELAM C GULATI, Programme
Director, Exclusive ICWAI Study
Centre, Faridabad
This book is a comprehensive insight
into basics of insurance and types of
insurance with a special focus on the
life insurance industry. This book has
been written keeping in mind mainly
the interest of students pursuing
specialization in insurance both at
graduate and postgraduate level. This
book will be of benefit to students
appearing for various diplomas in
insurance as well as to the insurance
industry professionals at large.
CONTENTS INCLUDE:
The Concept of Risk/The
Evolution and Meaning of
Insurance/Essentials of Insurance
Contracts/Risk Appraisal and
Selection/Premium/Classification
of Insurance/Basics of Life
Insurance/Life Insurance
Documents/Classification of Life
Insurance Policies/Annutities/
Claims Management in Life
Insurance/Principles of General
Insurance/General Insurance
Business/Fire and Motor
Insurance/Nature of Marine
Insurance Contract/Marine
Losses/Reinsurance/Information
Technology, the Key to Success of
Insurance Services/Insurance
Distribution in India/Ethics in
Insurance Distribution/Loss
Prevention and Control
Instructor Manual Available
2007 / 338 Pages / PB / Rs. 250
ISBN: 81-7446-556-1 / 71/4x91/2 TEXTBOOK
38
marketing
Negotiation and Selling
R K SRIVASTAVA
Negotiation is the process of communicating back and forth, for the purpose
of reaching a joint agreement about differing needs or ideas. It is becoming
an important function in today’s scenario. This book presents a broad
perspective of the subject to develop a correct perception about it.
The book describes the basic types of negotiation and seems to incorporate
the best means to derive a win-win situation in its totality of expression. In
an attempt to make the book more practical, a lot of research-based articles have been incorporated in
the text. The main focus areas of the book are International Negotiation and Impact of different
cultures on negotiation.
The book would prove to be an excellent developmental tool, which will provide sound basics in
learning negotiation skills. The analytical approach to understanding the counterparty perspective and
the issues offers many practical guidelines that will be of great benefit for any negotiation situation. The
book conforms to the syllabi of most of the Indian universities and would serve as a useful text for the
students of MBA, BBA and other diploma course in management.
CONTENTS INCLUDE:
Negotiation / Types of Negotiation / Preparing for Negotiation / Organisational Structure—The
Interface for Negotiation / Impact of Culture on Negotiation / International Negotiation / Negotiation
- How Can it be taught Effectively to Students? (Article) / Understanding Culture in International
Negotiations Case Studies: Applications in Negotiation
2010 / 202 Pages / PB / Rs. 175
ISBN: 978-81-7446-818-5 / 71/4x91/2 TEXTBOOK
Marketing Strategy
ANIL MISHRA
AMIT MISHRA
This book emphasises specifically at marketing strategy and, in particular,
the strategy concerning the formulation and implementation of the
marketing mix. The successful implementation of the marketing mix leads
to satisfaction of customer wants and needs and increases the likelihood of
achieving an organisation’s objectives in the market place.
When changes in the market and the marketing environment are incremental in nature, firms can
successfully adapt themselves to the new situation by modifying current marketing and other functional
programmes. Such changes can be introduced through technological innovations, changes in customer
tastes, changes in legal regulations, economic and financial constraints or any change in environmental
conditions. This book discusses the nature and formulation of business and marketing strategy and
point to the need for marketing strategy management in order to carry it out. Also, it outlines the
nature of the marketing management process that is involved.
This book is divided into four parts: First part (Chapter 1&2) deals with the understanding of
Marketing Strategies and Market Research. Second Part (Chapter 3 to Chapter 6) includes Marketing
Mix and Strategies for these mixes. Third Part (Chapter 7 to Chapter 9) carries 3 C Analysis i.e.,
Competitor Analysis, Customer Analysis and Company Analysis. In addition, Fourth Part (chapter 10
and 11) includes recent trends of market structure and environment. It also carries 10 caselets to make
topics more clear.
This book would prove to be a reliable source of material on the subject of marketing management
containing some of the old and familiar terms.
CONTENTS INCLUDE:
Marketing and Strategy: A Modern Prospect / Researching Markets and the Consumer Base / Product
Strategies / Pricing Strategies / Promotion Mix / Place Mix Strategies / Assessing the Capabilities of
Competitors / Understanding the Requirements of Consumers / Mapping the Competency Profile of
the Company / Identifying the Market Structure and Trends / Marketing Environment
2010 / 332 Pages / PB / Rs. 275
ISBN: 978-81-7446-831-4 / 71/4x91/2 TEXTBOOK

Consumer Behaviour
& Marketing
Communication
S H H KAZMI
Over the years, the complexity and competition in the
marketplace have made the study of consumer behaviour of
vital importance. It is a vast and complex subject and
understanding and ‘knowing consumers’ is not that simple. It
is almost impossible to predict with total accuracy how
consumer(s) will behave in a given situation. Marketers develop
and direct their communications to influence consumers’
behaviour in a desired manner and for this reason they are
keenly interested in the wide variety of behaviours that
consumers display.
On the other hand, consumers are moved by a complex set of
deep and subtle emotions. Their behaviour springs from deeply
held cultural values, motivations, perceptions of the world,
their attitudes and situations, common sense, impulse or
whimsy. As one can imagine, all this is the outcome of a large
number of external and internal influences.
In an attempt to meet the students’ requirements, this book
discusses the topics of advertising and sales promotion in
sufficient detail. The book is divided into two sections. The
first part deals with the aspects of Consumer Behaviour and the
second part consists of the topics of Advertising and Marketing
Communication. This book would be relevant to the Indian
students as it contains lots of Indian examples. Every effort has
been made to make the book student friendly and the text is
easy to comprehend.
CONTENTS INCLUDE:
Section I: Consumer Behaviour / Consumer Behaviour
and its Applications / Market Segmentation / Consumers
and Cultural Influences / Social Class Influences and
Consumer Behaviour / Group Influences and Consumer
Behaviour / Communication within Groups and Opinion
Leadership / Innovations and the Diffusion Process /
Motivation / Personality / Perception / Learning / Attitude
Formation and Change / Situational Variables and Problem
Recognition / Information Search and Evaluation / Outlet
Selection and Purchase Behaviour / Post Purchase Behaviour
/ Consumer Behaviour Models (Nicosia, Howard-Sheth
and EKB) / Organisational Buyer Behaviour / Section II:
Advertising and Marketing Communication / Advertising
/ Advertising Classification, Functions and Benefits /
Economic, Social and Ethical Issues / Client and Advertising
Agency / Marketing Communications / Source, Message
and Medium Factors / Positioning / Brand Equity, Image
and Personality / Advertising Objectives and Budget
Allocation / Media Planning / Creativity, Appeals, Execution
Styles, Headline, & Layout / Planning Advertising Campaign
/ Testing Advertising Effectiveness / Sales Promotion
2010 / 480 Pages / PB / Rs. 250
ISBN: 978-81-7446-844-4 / 71/4x91/2 TEXTBOOK
marketing
second edition
Advertising
An IMC Perspective
S N MURTHY
U BHOJANNA
This book deals individually with various communication tools as well as how
they could be combined to get optimum results. Integration is the key to
success. The major factors affecting the sale of a product are advertising, sales
promotion, direct marketing, public relations, personal selling, internet and
event management. Equal importance has been given to each of these factors in
this book.
Throughout the text, current advertisement examples on important issues are
presented. This book would help the readers to understand the different aspects
of advertising in a better way.
CONTENTS INCLUDE:
SECTION-I / An Introduction to Advertising / Role of IMC in Marketing
Process / Role of Advertising Agencies & Other Marketing Communication
Organizations / The Communication Process / Perspective on Consumer
Behaviour / SECTION-II / Source, Message and Channel Factor / Advertising
Objectives and Budgeting / Message and Creativity / Advertising Headlines
/ SECTION-III / Media Planning and Strategy / Support Media / Evaluation
of Media / SECTION-IV / Direct Marketing / Sales Promotion / Event
Management / Public Relation, Publicity and Corporate Advertising / Personal
Selling / Web Advertising: Internet and IMC / SECTION-V / Monitoring,
Evaluation and Control / Economic, Social and Ethical Implications of
Advertising / Regulation of Advertisement / SECTION-V / Industrial
Advertising / International Advertising / Advertising Art, Graphic, Layout
and Visualization / Merchandising / CASE STUDIES / Case-1 It is simply
not a Jam — It’s a GEM / Case-2 Ad campaign for a young consumer / Case-
3 Mumbai Stores / Case-4 Crest TV manufacturing company / Case-5
Energy Booster – Malt / Case-6 Ad Agency / Case-7 Situation Analysis
2010 / 458 Pages / PB / Rs. 295
ISBN: 978-81-7446-835-2 / 71/2x91/2 TEXTBOOK
Retail Management
An Indian Perspective
R GOPAL
PRADIP MANJREKAR
The Department of Business Management,
Padmashree Dr. D. Y. Patil University, Navi
Mumbai, had organised a one day International
Research Conference on Retail Management.
Research papers presented in this seminar have
addressed the issues of e-retailing, Retailing in Financial Services, Retail
Shoppers Behaviour, Store/Mall Management, Visual Merchandising, etc. This
book is a compilation of the selected 64 research papers.
The book has deliberated upon some of the current issues to draw viable
solutions and to suggest the ways to fortify research in Retail areas for win-win
outcomes. This book is a result of the inputs made by some of the enthusiastic
researchers. It will provide a good platform for dissemination of the additional
knowledge generated in this field by various investigators.
2010 / 684 Pages / PB / Rs. 850
ISBN: 978-81-7446-813-0/ 71/4x91/2
39
marketing

Rural Markets Cases in

Understanding Consumers & Developmental Issues Services
EDITED BY Marketing
SANAL KUMAR VELAYUDHAN
GUDA SRIDHAR VINITH KUMAR NAIR

Rural markets are critical for marketers today because of the market size and the potential that it The tertiary sector of the Indian economy–services
holds for marketers. The academic interest in the subject is created by the challenges that this
sector–covers a wide gamut of activities like trading,
market holds to marketers in the field. The widely dispersed market and limited infrastructure
banking and finance, infotainment, real estate,
to access the markets, and also the diversity within the rural market have posed a serious challenge
transportation, security, management and technical
to marketers and aroused the intellectual curiosity among academia.
consultancy among several others.
In order to address the need for grouping some of the research on rural marketing, Marketing
Area of Indian Institute of Management, Kozhikode, initiated conferences on the subject to This book is a collection of case studies developed on
examine the boundaries of rural marketing, understanding rural consumers, communications different service providing firms like hotel, hair fixing,
and channels, environment of rural consumers that included agriculture, developmental issues film processing, hospitals, etc. The book tries to cover
and ICTs. This book is the result of the 2nd conference on ‘Marketing to Rural Consumers’ held all the facets of Services Marketing and can be used
in 2009. as a supplementary book along with any standard
The select papers from the conference are part of this compilation. This book contains 18 selected Services Marketing textbook. It can also be used as a
and edited papers presented in the conference. These papers are organised in two sections: core book to understand the different facets of service
Consumer Behaviour, and Developmental Issues. marketing in a very practical sense and in the Indian
Surge in the publications on rural marketing is an indicator of the growing interest in this Context. The cases in this book are based on Medium
emerging domain of knowledge. This book intends to fulfill the aim of the contributors to and Small Service Enterprises. All the case studies are
consolidate the knowledge that has evolved over the past years. open ended, discussing business dilemmas that these
2010 / 278 Pages / PB / Rs. 450 organizations are facing.
ISBN: 978-81-7446-834-5 / 71/4x91/2
This book also includes cases written by different
authors. An important case of this book is the case of
Rambhai who runs a tea stall outside IIM-A. This
Scope & Challenges of Rural Marketing particular case got a lot of media attention because of
its uniqueness. This book will, therefore, help the
in India students to get a practical insight into how the service
EDITED BY firms manage their business.
SUMESH RAIZADA
CONTENTS INCLUDE:
VISHAL AGARWAL
Case 1: Prasad Film Laboratories / Case 2: The
Business of “RBK”— A Role to be Understood
/ Case 3: Rama Varma Club / Case 4: Planet
Health: The Next Big Battleground? / Case 5:
This book is a compilation of the select papers received for presentation at the National Hotel Indraprastha / Case 6: Gulf Gate Hair
Conference on Rural Marketing organized by the BLS Institute of Management. The Fixing / Case 7: OLEE Beauty Saloon / Case 8:
papers have been clubbed into four major sections: Coconut Bay Beach Resort / Case 9: Success
Story of Koumudi Grameena Netralaya / Case
Rural Retail and Distribution ICT Interface in Rural Markets Strategies for the
10: CABEE — Call Taxi Service / Case 11:
Rural Marketing Emerging Trends and Opportunities
Cirus Computers / Case 12: Traveller’s Point:
These papers cover wide-ranging aspects of rural marketing and are based on conceptual Bringing Life to Your Journey… / Case 13:
analysis, experiences as well as research findings of the contributors. The broad issues Kerala Institute of Medical Sciences / Case 14:
discussed in these papers include various sub-themes related to rural markets such as, Professional Couriers — A Franchisee Model of
consumer buying behaviour, marketing mix strategies, recession, organized retail, scope Service Delivery / Case 15: Madonna Ladies
of ICT, etc. Collections and Footwears / Case 16: Sri
Vinayaka Service Station / Case 17: Rent A Car
This book is expected to explore and bring forth the thought provoking strategies that Services — Paradise Tours
would assist business organizations in their rural venture. It aims at generating new
streams of ideas on the contemporary field of Rural Marketing. The book would prove to 2010 / 104 Pages / PB / Rs. 195
be immensely useful to the researchers, academicians as well as practitioners. ISBN: 978-81-7446-840-6 / 61/4x91/2
2010 / 390 Pages / PB / Rs. 595
ISBN: 978-81-7446-842-0 / 71/4x91/2

40

fourth edition
International
Marketing
P K VASUDEVA, Principal,
Bhartiya Vidya Bhawan,
Chandigarh.
This is the 4th edition of the book which has been written in
response to the continuous and rapid changes in international
marketing and the new challenges that are arising, including
increased coverage of cultural differences, logistics, supply chain
management, retailing and the impact of the internet on
international marketing and exports.
This book comprehensively covers both international marketing
and a part of export management with a focus on marketing
decisions and management processes involved in exporting and
not simply a ‘how to’ give treatment of technical export details.
A new Chapter on India and World Trade has been included in
this edition. Basically it covers the World Trade Organisation
which is very rare in the books on international marketing. The
coverage of WTO starts from GATT to WTO to Doha Round
which is highly controversial and damaging for the developing
countries especially Agreement on Agriculture, TRIPS and GATS.
Another chapter on Currencies and Foreign Exchange has also
been added as it has gained importance in recent times due to a
downturn in global financial crisis.
There is an increased coverage of the two most important
emerging markets of the 21st century; China and India. New
cases from companies including DELL, Unilever, Hero Honda,
Tata Indicom, RP Group of Live Sciences,
PricewaterhouseCoopers and Microsoft will help students to
apply the theory. The latest Foreign Trade Policy 2009-2014 has
also been included in this edition which has become important
due to global recession.
CONTENTS INCLUDE:
Introduction to International Marketing / Economic
Environment of International Marketing / Dynamics of World
Market: Identifying and Satisfying Global Needs,
Coordinating Activities and Recognizing Constraints /
International Institutions – World Bank, IMF, UNCTAD,
Customs Union, Common Markets, Free Trade Zones,
Economic Communities, Special Economic Zones, NAFTA,
SAFTA and EU / Constraints on International Marketing –
Fiscal and Non-Fiscal Barriers, Tariffs and Non-Tariff Barriers
/ Trading Partners – Bilateral Trade Agreements, Commodity
Agreements and GSP / India and World Trade / EXIM
Policy / Foreign Trade Policy: 2004-2009 and 2009-2014
/ International Product Policy and Planning / Pricing Policy
/ Logistic Management, International Distribution and Sales
Policy / Promotional Management and Advertising /
International Marketing Research / International Retail
Marketing / Currencies and Foreign Exchange / Settlement
of International Disputes
Instructor Manual Available
2010 / 618 Pages / PB / Rs. 375
ISBN: 978-81-7446-817-8 / 81/4x11 TEXTBOOK
marketing
Travel and Tourism
Management
V V VARA PRASAD, Associate Professor and
HOD, Dept. of Business Administration, Raghu
Engineering College
V B T SUNDARI, Reader and HOD, History and
Tourism in St. Joseph's College for Women
The present book is aimed to bring out the important concepts and features
of tourism management. It is well-designed to cover the basic concepts required
for the UG and PG level students to understand the process of tourism
management and its ingredients. The entire gamut of tourism management is
adequately covered spreading into Six Units. Unit-I covers the introduction
to tourism management and advent of tourism at the international and domestic
levels. Unit-II describes the concept of tourism organisation at national and
international levels. Unit-III analyses the significance of travel and its
components. Unit-IV is devoted to explain the role of accommodation in
tourism. Unit-V explains the marketing of tourism products. It examines the
various features of tourism marketing vis-à-vis strategies for concentrated
effort to enhance customer satisfaction. Unit-VI deals with exploring the
avenues of growth and government initiatives to develop the sector.
Simple language is deliberately chosen to reach the average student and
illustrations are provided, to the extent possible, with real life examples. The
book would prove to be very useful and rewarding for the student community
and faculty interested in the subject of tourism management.
CONTENTS INCLUDE:
UNIT I: INTRODUCTION TO TOURISM / Introduction to Tourism /
Evolution of Tourism / Implications of Tourism / UNIT II:
ORGANISATION AND TOURISM / Tourism Organisation / Indian
Tourism Organisation / World Tourism Organisation / UNIT III: TRAVEL
AND TOURISM / Introduction to Travel / Modes of Travel / Air Travel
Organisation / UNIT IV: ACCOMMODATION AND TOURISM /
Hotel Industry / UNIT V: MARKETING AND TOURISM / Introduction
to Marketing / Services Marketing Mix / UNIT VI: PLANNING AND
TOURISM / Tourism Planning
2009 / 252 Pages / PB / Rs. 200
ISBN: 978-81-7446-768-3 / 71/4x91/2
Customer Relationship Management
A Key to Corporate Success
V VENKATA RAMANA, University of Hyderabad
G SOMAYAJULU
2003 / 392 Pages / PB / Rs. 195
ISBN: 81-7446-321-6 / 71/2x91/2
Marketing to Rural Consumers
Understanding and tapping the rural
market potential
EDITED BY
SANAL KUMAR VELAYUDHAN
GUDA SRIDHAR
2009 / 366 Pages / PB / Rs. 400
ISBN: 978-81-7446-720-1 / 71/2x91/2
41
marketing
second edition
Marketing
Management
text and cases
Indian Context
TAPAN K PANDA, Professor,
Marketing, Indian Institute of
Management, Indore
Student CD Included
Marketing combines application of multiple disciplines like
Economics, Psychology, Sociology, Statistics, Information
Systems and many other subjects with emerging areas of
information technology. While attempting to understand
and apply various concepts and strategies of marketing,
Indian students often confront unrelated foreign market
issues, inapplicable examples for Indian markets and
unbelievable situations of marketing warfare. Such an
orientation crippled with complex use of language reduces
the student's ability and intent in such an interesting
discipline of management. Hence, this book is written
keeping in mind the above listed problems. The author has
tried to develop a conceptual orientation palpable to Indian
students.
CONTENTS INCLUDE:
BLOCK-1: INTRODUCTION TO MARKETING
/ Introduction / Creating and Delivering Customer
Value / BLOCK-2: ANALYZING MARKET
OPPORTUNITIES / Marketing Planning / Demand
Measurement and Forecasting / Marketing Information
System and Marketing Research / The Environment
for Marketing Decisions / Indian Marketing
Environment / Consumer Behavior / Organizational
Buyer Behavior / Market Segmentation, Targeting and
Positioning / BLOCK-3: PRODUCT AND BRAND
MANAGEMENT DECISIONS / Managing the
Product / The Marketing of Services / Management of
New Product Development Process / Managing the
Product Life Cycle / Managing Brands / BLOCK-4:
PRICING DECISIONS / Developing Pricing Strategies
and Programs / Pricing Applications / BLOCK-5:
CHANNEL MANAGEMENT DECISIONS /
Managing Marketing Channels / Management of
Logistics and Physical Distribution / Retail Management
/ Channel Management and Indian Distribution System
/ BLOCK-6: MARKETING COMMUNICATION
DECISIONS / Integrated Marketing Communication
/ Advertising Management / Sales Promotion
Management / Publicity and Public Relations / Sales
Management / Direct Marketing / BLOCK-7:
CONTROLLING MARKETING DECISIONS /
Marketing Organization / BLOCK-8:
CONTEMPORARY ISSUES IN MARKETING /
Non-Profit Marketing / Environmental Marketing /
Rural Marketing / Global Marketing / Index
Instructor Manual Available
2006 / 750 Pages / PB / Rs. 350
ISBN: 81-7446-548-0 / 81/4x11 TEXTBOOK
42
second edition
Sales and Distribution Management
Text and Cases
with SAP Applications
An Indian Perspective
DR. S L GUPTA, BITS, Noida
CONTENTS INCLUDE:
Block I : Basics of Sales Management / Sales Management Strategy / Personal
Selling / Sales Organisation / Recruitment and Selection / Selection and Training
of Representatives / Compensation and Motivation of Sales Force / Salesman's
Compensation and Motivation / Monitoring and Performance Appraisal / Planning
of Promotions of Sales Force / Sales Forecasting, Quotas and Territory Management
/ Sales Budgeting and Control / Block II : New Techniques of Sales Management
/ Sales Management Information System and Sales Training / Relationship
Marketing / Internet as an Emerging Selling Technique / Direct Marketing /
International Sales Management / Block III : Sales Promotion Management / Sales
Display and Sales Promotion / Sales Promotions Strategies / Sales Promotion
Budget and Evaluation / Types and Techniques of Sales Promotion / Block IV :
Basics of the Distribution System / Distribution System / Distribution Costs,
Control and Customer Service / Selection of Channels / Selecting a Suitable
Channel Partner / Role and Function of Channels of Distribution / Selection and
Motivation of Distribution Channels / Motivational Tools of Distribution Channels
/ Distribution Analysis, Control and Managemen / Block V : Physical Distribution
Management / Logistics for Customer Satisfaction / Physical Distribution
Management – Transportation and Warehousing / Block VI : New Techniques of
Managing Distribution / Retail Management / Merchandise Techniques / Retail
Selling / Distribution of Services / SAP Sales & Distribution
TEXTBOOK
International Marketing
RAJENDRA NARGUNDKAR, Director of PES
Institute of Management, Bangalore
This book is going to be a trendsetter in the field of
international marketing. It is a storehouse of the latest
developments in international marketing from a unique
Indian perspective. With a lot of contemporary cases (up to early 2008) that cover
issues related to organizational and marketing strategy, including sensing opportunity
and fulfilling global ambitions, it is an exciting new addition to the options available
to an Indian business school professor.
SPECIAL FEATURES
Original cases based on Indian companies / Easy to read text / Coverage of major
concepts in international marketing / Focus on marketing - no overlap with
international business or similar courses
CONTENTS INCLUDE:
Why International Marketing / Entry Strategies / Challenges in International
Marketing / Segmentation and Product Market Strategy / Branding Internationally
/ Pricing Internationally / International Promotions / International Distribution
/Organisation and Control / A Long-term Strategy—Firmness of Goals and
Flexibility of Mind / Case Studies
2008 / 266 Pages / PB / Rs. 195
TEXTBOOK
ISBN: 978-81-7446-628-0/ 71/4x91/2

Marketing Research
AVINASH KAPOOR, Faculty, Marketing,
MDI, Gurgaon
CHINMAYA KULSHRESTHA, Faculty,
Marketing, MDI, Gurgaon
The book engages and guides the readers to comprehend that the vehicle and
engine of marketing runs on dynamic market, marketing research tools and
innovative and strategic planning...
DR. ARVIND KALIA, National Head, Rajasthan Patrika Ltd.
A timely and comprehensive dossier that can help acquiring skills necessary to
be a good executioner as well as user of research.
MS. SHEFALI CHHACHHI, Marketing Director,
Max Bupa Health Insurance
The text is exhaustive and elaborating in nature providing/covering all aspects
and dimensions of Marketing Research and processes.
DR. AJAY KUMAR JAIN, Associate Professor, MDI, Gurgaon
The book is designed to serve as a text for the students of PhD, MBA,
Executive MBA and the undergraduate Programmes, and also as a
ready reference for marketers, researchers and practitioners.
CONTENTS INCLUDE:
Unit-I: Introduction, basic concepts, Research Problem
Formulation & Research Dynamics / Research Basics / Planning
the Research / Research Design / Unit-II: Data Collection
Techniques / Secondary Data / Primary Data / Unit-III: Scaling
And Sampling Techniques / Measurement and Scaling Techniques
/ Sampling: Design, Size and Procedure / Unit-IV: Data Analysis
/ Data Processing / Data Analysis - I / Data Analysis - II / Testing
Hypothesis / Unit-V: Data Interpretation & Application / Research
Report / Application of Marketing Research / Case Studies /
Glossary / Bibliography / Index
2010 / 368 Pages / PB / Rs. 265
ISBN: 978-81-7446-786-7 / 71/4x91/2
Customer Relationship
Management
SUBHASISH DAS, Dean, Institute of
Business & Computer Studies, Bhubaneswar
CONTENTS INCLUDE:
Call Center and Contact Center/Effective Communication Skills/
Customer Handling Skill/Protocols for Customer Handling/
Customer Handling Skills/International Selling – Introduction to
Selling Techniques
2007 / 130 Pages / PB / Rs. 175
ISBN: 81-7446-531-6 / 61/4x91/2
marketing
third edition
Advertising and
Sales Promotion
S H H KAZMI, Bhartiya Vidya Bhawan
SATISH K BATRA, University of
Rajasthan
ADVERTISING is a brilliant form of art that has become an indispensable
part of our lives. As the business scene has transformed for the better in
our country, much is happening on the advertising front. To tap the
progress of Indian Advertising in this changed scenario, a third edition of
the book ‘Advertising and Sales Promotion’ has been prepared for the
students. In this new edition, all the chapters have been revised and some
moderately updated with more relevant text, figures, boxes, exhibits and
references.
Highlights of this edition:
Matter on Segmentation now includes current framework of Values
and Lifestyle and Positioning topic has been re-written.
Text on Brand Personality and Image has been updated.
New Appendices have been added at the end of Part -I and Part -
IV, respectively.
Some new Boxes with insightful contents have been added.
Some of the old exhibits have been replaced with the new ones.
The book essentially deals with the dynamic concept of Sales Promotion
and its effect on the consumer. Particularly meant for the students of
management, specialising in marketing; the book provides a thoroughly
educative and interesting reading.
CONTENTS INCLUDE:
SECTION ONE: ADVERTISING
Part-1 / Introduction to Advertising and a Brief History/Advertising
Classification, Functions and Benefits/Economic, Social, and Ethical
Issues/Client and Advertising Agency / Part-II / Marketing
Communications/Source, Message, and Medium Factors/Consumer
Behaviour Perspective/Advertising Response Process (How Advertising
Works)/Attention, Comprehension and Recall / Part-III / Segmentation
and Positioning/Brand Awareness, Brand Attitudes and Feelings/Brand
Equity, Image and Personality/Advertising Objectives and Budget
Allocation / Part-IV / Media Planning and Strategy/Media Evaluation/
Support Media/Internet / Part-V / Creative Strategy – Planning and
Development/Creative Strategy – Execution and Evaluation/Planning
Advertising Campaign /Advertising Research
SECTION TWO: SALES PROMOTION
Part-VI / Sales Promotion/Sales Promotion and Consumer Behaviour
and How Promotions Affect Sales/Sales Promotion – Objectives and
Budget Allocation/Sales Promotion – Design Issues, Planning Guidelines
and Evaluation / Part VII / Sales Promotion – Tools and Techniques
Instructor Manual Available
2008 / 658 Pages / PB / Rs. 325
ISBN: 978-81-7446-639-6 / 71/4x91/2 TEXTBOOK
43
marketing

Basics of Tourism Management Negotiations &

SUDDHENDU NARAYAN MISRA Selling
SAPAN KUMAR SADUAL SAMEER A KULKARNI

The present book incorporates the rudiments of tourism

management for the students. It takes a global look at what
tourism is all about, with adequate examples wherever
necessary, and every effort is made to make the text interesting
for the readers. The book is comprehensive in the sense that
it treats the different facets of tourism industry.
This book is designed to introduce the context and
The book will provide an essential reading for anyone interested in tourism, whether a
models practiced in negotiations and sales. It provides
student, a teacher, a professional, or even a common man. It is written in simple and
an incisive discussion about the suitability of various
lucid manner so as to be understood without hiccups. The book examines all the key
negotiation models and their applications. The
elements of tourism – why it is an important global business and how it affects our
objective of this book is to assist the readers to
everyday lives. In simple terms, it shows how the tourism industry is organized, run and
understand the theory and introduce them to the vast
managed.
scope of Negotiation and Selling in Marketing
CONTENTS INCLUDE: discipline.
Introduction / Tourism Industry / Tourist Destinations / Tourist Products / Tourism
Organizations / Planning / Marketing / Travel Formalities / Thrust Areas of Tourism The book is divided into thirteen chapters,
/ Emerging Sectors of Tourism / Tourism Policy of India / Human Resource and encompassing what is negotiation and its application
Tourism in selling and sourcing. It is well-equipped with hardcore
2008 / 242 Pages / PB / Rs. 245 technique like 'Sales Funnel'. It will explain about 'How
TEXTBOOK
ISBN: 978-81-7446-681-5 / 71/4x91/2 to close Negotiation'. 'Negotiations and Tenders' is
the 'gem' chapter of this book. One entire chapter
Services Marketing deals with e-negotiations. The book would prove to be
concepts, planning and implementation very beneficial for the readers, including both students
C BHATTACHARYA, Head, Training, Wadhwan Retail,
and professionals, as far as the tools and concepts are
Mumbai concerned. At the end of the book, there are five latest
vibrant case studies namely,
Ranbaxy Dalichi Negotiation case study
While most books on marketing and services are readable, Inter-state Bus Terminal at Dwarka and
very few take the student's viewpoint and set out to answer contractor's case study
the question “Is it understandable?” in the affirmative. This
Sun and Taro Pharma case study
book and its pedagogy has been designed precisely with this in mind:
Design: The book has a consistency of design that is innovative, with aesthetic appeals. Bharti and MTN case study
Opening and Closing Cases: Every chapter begins and ends with a case. The cases introduce Yahoo and Microsoft case study
the primary theme and issues discussed in the chapter and closes with analytical tasks for the
students. CONTENTS INCLUDE:
Objectives: Every chapter has clear learning expectations. What is Negotiation? / Types of Negotiation / The
Process of Negotiation / Negotiation Strategies /
CONTENTS INCLUDE: Negotiations in Sales and Sourcing / Customer
Part I: An Overview of Services / An Introduction to Services / The Services Environment Focused Selling Models / Types of Selling / Sales
/ Service Models / Classification of the Service Industry / Managing of Relationships Funnel / Closing of a Sales Negotiation /
in Services Marketing / Part II: Service Marketing / Service Marketing— An Introduction Negotiation and Tenders / Contribution of Culture
/ Marketing Planning / Managing Knowledge in a Service Firm (Through Marketing in Negotiation / Mastering the Art of Selling /
Research) / Buying Behaviour of the Service Consumer / Target Marketing in Services What are E-negotiations? / Case Studies /
/ How to Address the Unique Characteristics of the Service Industry— Strategies and Appendices / Glossary / References / Index
Tactics / The First P: Service Product / The Second P: The Pricing of Services / The
Third P: Developing the Service Communication Mix (Promotion) / The Fourth P: 2008 / 214 Pages / PB / Rs. 195
ISBN: 978-81-7446-693-8 / 51/2x81/2 TEXTBOOK
Service Channels and Distribution / The Fifth P: Managing the Internal and External
Customers / “Sixth and Seventh P: Managing the Physical Evidence and Process in
Service Marketing” / Impact of Technology on Services Marketing (Technology Adoption Marketing Skills in Management
in Service Firms to Enhance Competitiveness) / Part III: Assessment and Improvement
/ Measuring Service Quality / Customer Retention through CRM / Part IV: Cases in DR. MEENU GUPTA
Service Sectors DR. UPALI MAHANAMA
Instructor Manual Available DR. RANJAN MADANAYAKE
2006 / 698 Pages / PB / Rs. 350 2007 / 152 Pages / PB / Rs. 225
ISBN: 81-7446-477-8 / 81/4x11 TEXTBOOK ISBN: 978-81-7446-573-3 / 71/4x91/2
44

second edition
Consumer Behaviour
Text and Cases
SATISH K BATRA, University of Rajasthan
S H H KAZMI, Bhartiya Vidya Bhawan
We are all consumers living in a society. The most important concern
for marketers is to influence consumer behaviour in a desired manner.
This book attempts to answer the big question, “Why do people behave
the way they do as consumers of all sorts of goods and services?”
The focus of this book is to acquaint management students with a
managerial understanding and insight of our behaviour as consumers.
Students, who aspire to become marketing managers, brand managers,
sales managers, or want to take up a career in advertising etc., need to
acquire the knowledge and skills which would be critically useful to
them in these careers.
The text is comprehensive with relatively recent research inputs from
scholars describing various behavioural concepts and theories that are
believed to be fundamentally useful for developing an understanding of
consumer behaviour. Wherever possible, to clarify the concepts, it has
been endeavoured to use Indian examples to make it more relevant to
Indian conditions and easier for students to understand.
In this new edition, all the topics have been revised, and some moderately
updated, with more recent or relevant material on the subject to make
the text richer and more useful. Overall, the book has been made more
comprehensive and relevant. This book would be quite useful and will
meet the requirements of students pursuing management studies and
specialising in marketing.
CONTENTS INCLUDE:
Part 1 / Consumer Behaviour and its Applications / Consumer
Research / Market Segmentation and Positioning Concepts / Part 2 /
Consumer Motivation / Consumer Personality / Consumer Perception
/ Consumer Learning, Memory & Involvement / Consumer
Attitudes / Attitude Change Strategies / Marketing Communications
Process / Part 3 / Consumer and Cultural Influences / Social Class
Influences and Consumer Behaviour / Group Influences and
Consumer Behaviour / Household Decision-making /
Communications within Group and Opinion Leadership /
Innovations and the Diffusion Process / Part 4 / Consumer Decision
Models-(Nicosia, Howard-Sheth, and EKB) / Consumer Decision
Process-Situational Influences / Consumer Decision Process-Problem
Recognition / Consumer Decision Process – Information Search /
Consumer Decision Process – Evaluation of Alternatives and Selection
/ Consumer Decision Process – Outlet Selection and Purchase /
Consumer Decision Process – Post-purchase Action / Part 5 /
Organisational Buyer Behaviour
Instructor Manual Available
2008 / 544 Pages / PB / Rs. 295
ISBN: 978-81-7446-644-0 / 71/2x91/2 TEXTBOOK
marketing
Customer Satisfaction
Delight
the success mantra of the 21st century
B N DASTOOR
This excellent book by B.N.Dastoor very effectively introduces the reader to the
art of delighting the customer. After all, in the global markets of today, you either
delight the customer or disappear.
Rajiv Vastupal, President, Ahmedabad Management Association
Today’s marketplace is teeming with diversities. Customers differ in
their education, occupation, perceptions, attitudes, lifestyles,
preferences, expectations and opinions. And all of them do not want
the marketer to “satisey” them. They demand that they must be
“delighted”.
Customer’s expectations keep on changing significantly and
unpredictably. But even today, many marketers concentrate on ‘selling-
the product focus’ instead of ‘delight-the customer focus’.
2008 / 128 Pages / PB / Rs. 150
ISBN: 978-81-7446-633-4 / 71/4x91/2
Services Marketing
the Indian perspective
Text & Readings
RAVI SHANKER, Indian Institute of Foreign
Trade, New Delhi
Services Marketing: Text & Readings is an anthology of original works of
corporate leaders from the India Services Sector. In addition, a detailed
section deals with the conceptual issues of services marketing.
The organization of the book is as follows:
SERVICES MARKETING: CONCEPTUAL ISSUES Understanding
Services Phenomenon, Role of Services in Economy, Services
Characteristics and Marketing Implications, Marketing Mix in Services:
The Traditional 4Ps, Extended Marketing Mix for Services,
Differentiation Strategies, Demand Management and Productivity,
Services Quality, Services Strategies
SECTOR SPECIFIC MARKETING: CHALLENGES AND
PRACTICES Tourism and Travel Services, Transportation and Logistics
Services, Financial Services, Information Technology and
Communication Services, Media Services, Health Care Services,
Professional Services, Educational and Extension Services, Public
Services
Instructor Manual Available
2002 / 650 Pages / 71/2x91/2
HB / Rs. 650 / ISBN: 81-7446-270-8
TEXTBOOK
PB / Rs. 325 / ISBN: 81-7446-267-8
45
marketing
Sales Management
R K SRIVASTAVA
ERNEST CYRIL DE RUN
KIM SHYAN FAM
The survival and success of many products and companies
depend upon the marketing strategies adopted by them. In
the rapidly changing scenario of markets, when even
propaganda and advertisements are unable to do the magic,
it is the dedicated marketing professionals who compel the
customer to purchase their goods and services. In today’s
business strategies, production of goods and services are
not the end and means of everything. Neither financial or
personnel management, nor inventory or time management
are important today. It is SALES MANAGEMENT which
has the last laugh over every other aspect of the business.
Many a time it has been seen that a better quality product
or service has given place to an inferior quality product or
service only due to superb marketing management.
This book is a path-breaking effort and opens up a new
dimension in the field of sales management, which is
suitable to the present day needs and requirements. It
takes into consideration the different academic aspects of
Marketing and Sales Management for undergraduate and
postgraduate students.
This book would be of great help to managerial practitioners
at any organisational level who are responsible for a
function, department or a set of responsibilities.
CONTENTS INCLUDE:
Sales Planning / The Selling Process / Territory
Management / Sales Control / Sales Training / Role of
an Area Sales Manager / How can First Line Sales
Managers be more effective? – A Research Finding
Report / How to Build Team Spirit and Get Best Sales
Performance / Sales Incentives / What Motivates the
Indian Managers? / Job Description and Analysis of
Sales and Marketing Personnel / Recruiting and
Selecting / Wave after Wave Working (WaW) – A
Strategy for Increasing Sales Productivity of Field
Personnel in Today’s Competitive Environment /
Consultative Selling: A Tool to Improve the Medical
Representative’s Image and his Productivity /
Collectivism and Personal Selling in Small Businesses
–The Case of New / How UCP Pulls the Customers to
Increase Sales – An Innovative Approach in
Communication – An in-depth Analysis / Impact of
Positioning on Sales – Case Study of Newspapers /
Emerging Role of Event Management in Pharma
Marketing / Are Standards of Medical Representatives
Really Falling? / Negotiation — How it can be taught
effectively to Students
2008 / 222 Pages / PB / Rs. 200
TEXTBOOK
ISBN: 978-81-7446-652-5 / 71/4x91/2
46
Applied Marketing
COMPILED BY
GITHA S HEGGDE, PSGIM, Coimbatore
This book has been written keeping in mind the
requirements of the management students to realize
the importance of marketing of FMCG, Agricultural,
technological and pharmaceutical products and
understanding that there is a vast difference in marketing
strategies that needs to be adopted in each of the category and the challenges faced
in each of these industries. The book also highlights the strength of the rural market
and its effect on organizations. These five areas are taken into consideration because
of the magnitude of business that they generate.
CONTENTS INCLUDE:
Rural Marketing / Agricultural Marketing / FMCG Marketing / Pharmaceutical
Marketing / Marketing of Technological Products
2008 / 244 Pages / PB / Rs. 200
TEXTBOOK
ISBN: 978-81-7446-606-8 / 71/4x91/2
Rural Marketing
text and cases
U C MATHUR
India is a country where majority of the population
lives in villages. Appreciating the size and business
potential of the rural sector, major companies, including
Hindustan Unilever and P&G have made special
strategies for targeting rural markets. The thrust on rural markets is getting stronger
day by day and it needs complete knowledge base of rural marketing. The book is
meant to create interest in business management students to get into the rural
marketing mindset for bringing the desired organisational focus on the subject.
Considering the importance of rural markets, most business schools have included
Rural Marketing Management as a key knowledge area in their syllabus. The
present book has endeavoured to cover the entire gamut of Rural Marketing with
inputs from discussions with rural marketing practitioners, besides valuable studies
conducted by the major companies and the author’s own experience in the area.
There are few books on rural marketing which mostly deal with the subject as
extending the urban marketing process into the rural zones. The book contains a
number of live-wire national and international case studies, meant to enthuse the
students in probing the business opportunities and threats in the rural markets. The
method of handling the case studies is also provided for the convenience of students.
The book is written in simple, easy to understand and lucid language.
CONTENTS INCLUDE:
Rural Marketing: An Introduction / Marketing Management: An Introduction
/ Rural Marketing Management: Concepts and Systems / Rural Marketing:
Plans and Policies / Pricing Systems / Rural Customer Purchase Process /
Advertising, Sales Promotion and PR in Rural India / Marketing Research /
Rural Competitions / Rural Development Plans / Rural Sales Force Management
/ Distribution of Goods / Rural Product Plans / Rural Marketing for the 21st
Century / Indian Village Vignettes / Critical Marketing Strategies / Strategic
Innovations in Marketing / Strategic Audit / Marketing of Agricultural Produce
/ Rural Cottage Industry and Artisan Products / Case Studies / Index
Instructor Manual Available
2008 / 496 Pages / PB / Rs. 275
TEXTBOOK
ISBN: 978-81-7446-640-2 / 71/4x91/2
 marketing

Fundamentals of Marketing A Text Book of

M S RAJU Virtual Marketing
J V PRABHAKARA RAO
SAMEER A KULKARNI

For the students as well as teachers of Marketing in the

Commerce stream or Management, here is a
comprehensive textbook following the syllabi of Indian
Universities with additions to make it contemporary in
the new millennium.
… most useful, takes into account the technological changes ..I strongly recommend this book to
the present generation of marketing students…
Prof. Dr. Dominique Xardel, Assoc. Dean, ESSEC, France
…excellent text, simple writing style, backed by vast academic and field experience, the student
community is bound to be benefited from this book.
Prof. Dr. Sharad Sarin, Head, Marketing; XLRI, Jamshedpur
.. fills the current vacuum for a ready teachable text for undergraduates, introduces the student
to use of Information Technology in effective marketing. The book is eminently readable with
well-designed chapters and glossary.
Prof. Dr. V Balamohan Das, Vice Chancellor, Acharya Nagarjuna University
CONTENTS INCLUDE:
Understanding Markets, Marketing and Marketing Management / Marketing
Environment / Consumer Behaviour / Market Segmentation / Market Research
and MIS / Marketing Mix / Special Subjects and Modern Trends in Marketing /
Typical Advertisements
2008 / 174 Pages / PB / Rs. 160
ISBN: 978-81-7446-623-5 / 71/4x91/2 TEXTBOOK
Marketing Research
S L GUPTA, BITS, Noida
Marketing Research is designed to serve as a textbook on
marketing research and design for people studying or
pursuing the discipline of management. The book contains
Indian examples on Product Research, Consumer
Research, Motivation Research, etc. It also includes more
than 50 cases which would enable the reader in
understanding even the most complex multivariate technique in a very simple manner.
The book contains 20 chapters with computer based approach, the SPSS/PCT
system, the use of which has also been described in this book.
This book has been written as a courseware for the MBA,
MMM, MMS, and PGDM courses where ‘Virtual
Marketing’ is one of the subjects. The text of this book
consists 9 chapters, each aspect is discussed in the most
lucid, concise and non-technical manner to help students
to understand the subject at conceptual level and develop
their basic knowledge in Virtual Marketing.
It is aimed at university students pursuing PGDBA, MBA,
MMM, MMS or equivalent courses in marketing.
Students of different Indian universities and institutes
will definitely find it suitable.
The objective of this book is to assist the readers to
understand the theory and introduce them to the vast
scope of Modern Marketing discipline. The book begins
with the development of the Internet to the latest
emerging concept of interactive TV. Further, the book
takes a non-technical approach, thereby presenting the
essentials of some concepts in a more understandable
manner.
KEY FEATURES:
Comprehensive glossary / ‘Alt’ Codes / Supplemented
with figures, tables and Screenshots.
CONTENTS INCLUDE:
Role of the Internet / Internet Strategy / Intranet and
Extranet / Consumer Behaviour / Internet Market
Research / Internet Retailing / Internet Promotion and
Advertising / Website Designing / Modern
Developments
2008 / 218 Pages / PB / Rs. 195
ISBN: 978-81-7446-634-1/ 51/2x81/2 TEXTBOOK

The content of the book makes it equally useful for both basic and advance course
in Marketing Research. It is indispensable for students of MBA, M.Com, MBE,
BBA, BBS, BCA, PGDBM, MCA, M Tech and practising marketing managers. It is
Building Brands in the Indian
a valuable reference source for research agencies. Market
CONTENTS INCLUDE: TAPAN K PANDA, IIM, Indore
Marketing Research: An Introduction / Research Design / Value of Information in
Decision-making / Marketing Information System and Marketing Research / Attitude
Measurement and Scaling / Primary Methods of Data Collection / Samples and
CONTENTS INCLUDE:
SECTION A: Building Brand Strategies in the indian
Sampling Distribution / Testing of Hypothesis / Secondary Data / Processing of
market / SECTION B: Brand Extension Strategies in
Data and Tabulation / Univariate Data Analysis: Non-parametric Tests / Multivariate
the Indian Market / SECTION C: Role of customer
Analysis / Applications of Marketing Research / Product Research / Consumer
relationship management in Building Brands in the
Research / Distribution Research / Advertising Research / Motivation Research /
Indian Market / SECTION D: Role of
Research Report and Proposal Writing / Case Study Method in Marketing Research
Communication in Building Brands in the Indian
Instructor Manual Available Market
2003 / 600 Pages / 71/4x91/2
HB / Rs. 595 / ISBN: 81-7446-353-4 2004 / 482 Pages / PB / Rs. 395
PB / Rs. 295 /ISBN: 81-7446-345-3 TEXTBOOK ISBN: 81-7446-391-7 / 61/4x91/2
47
marketing
Marketing Management
text and cases
S H H KAZMI
Marketing is a fascinating subject. It is of interest to everyone whether
they are students of marketing, or marketers of tangibles or non-tangibles.
The subject coverage in this text is comprehensive, has depth and is
relevant. Over the years, the environment in which businesses operate
has been changing and companies have changed or adjusted their
marketing mantras.
This book is written keeping focus on the needs of Indian students. A
full chapter is devoted to Rural Marketing with some comprehensive
cases. The text is simple and easy-to-read with many suitable examples.
Most of the examples relate to Indian businesses. Many examples from
other countries have also been included keeping in view the present
context of open borders for companies.
CONTENTS INCLUDE:
PART I / Introduction to Marketing / Strategic Market Planning /
Marketing Implementation & Control / Ethical and Social Issues in
Marketing / PART II / Marketing Environment Analysis /
Information System & Marketing Research / Measuring Market
Demand / Consumer Behaviour - Personal and Organisational /
Market Segmentation, Targeting, & Positioning / PART III / Product
Concepts / New Product Development & Adoption Process /
Branding, Packaging & Labelling / PART IV / Marketing
Communications / Advertising & Sales Promotion / Personal Selling
/ Public Relations and Publicity / Direct Marketing / PART V /
Marketing Channels and Physical Distribution / Wholesaling and
Retailing /
PART VI / Pricing Concepts, Strategies and Price Setting Approaches
/ PART VII / Product Life Cycle / Competition Analysis and Strategic
Options Across PLC Stages / PART VIII / Marketing of Services /
International Marketing / Rural Marketing / Internet and Marketing
/ Index
Instructor Manual Available
2007 / 694 Pages / PB / Rs. 350
ISBN: 81-7446-542-1 / 81/4x11 TEXTBOOK
Floriculture Marketing in
India
DEBASHISH SENGUPTA
RAJ KAMAL
2009 / 146 Pages / PB / Rs. 225
ISBN: 978-81-7446-789-8 / 71/4x91/2
48
Retail Marketing
A SIVAKUMAR, TAPMI, Manipal
This book focuses on the marketing
dimension of retailing. The Retail
marketing mix is addressed keeping
shopping and shopper behavior in mind.
This book can be used as a text for advanced
retail marketing classes in retail
management programs that would emphasize on marketing. Another
unique feature is the inclusion of the chapter on specialty retailing
where category specific retailing has been discussed. An important
aspect of the book is that concepts and practices in developed retail
markets have been analyzed and their applications in the Indian context
illustrated. Practitioners in the retail sector would be greatly benefitted
with this aspect of the book. An in-depth understanding of the various
facets of retail marketing is required in succeeding in the present
competitive retail scenario. This book on retail marketing seeks to
achieve this to benefit the students, teachers, managers, entrepreneurs
and practitioners alike interested in the retail business.
CONTENTS INCLUDE:
Retail Marketing – An Introduction / Shopper/Shopping Behaviour
/ Merchandise Management / Retail Pricing and Communication /
Trading Area and Site Analysis / Store Atmospherics / Retail Strategy
and Challenges / Specialty Retailing / Selected References
2007 / 226 Pages / PB / Rs. 225
ISBN: 978-81-7446-575-7 / 71/4x91/2 TEXTBOOK
Dictionary of Marketing
B NANDHAKUMAR
As a comprehensive vocabulary of terms used in marketing, this book
covers different aspects of the subject such as market research, advertising,
promotional aids, selling techniques, etc. It has been complied to meet
the needs of the students of marketing at all levels. The terms and
definitions have been frequently presented along with the functional
phrases, thus avoiding the more comprehensive type of treatment
appropriate to larger reference works. An attempt has also been made
to write the entries in a clear and lucid style to provide both
straightforward definitions and invaluable background information.
The words and terms are explained in simple English and clear and easy
illustrations have been included, where appropriate, to explain their
meaning and usage.
This dictionary will be of immense value to the students of management
and others studying or working in the related fields. Also, it will help
the students to locate, identify and expound day-to-day terminology in
its proper context.
2009 / 340 Pages / PB / Rs. 400
ISBN: 978-81-7446-742-3 / 51/2x81/2

Product Management and
New Product Development
DR R K SRIVASTAVA
This book presents a broad perspective of the subject to
develop a correct perception about it, and is divided into
twenty seven chapters.
This is the first attempt by the author to bring out the essential facets of product
management. The book contains a mix of text as well as research based articles.
This book covers the following topics:
How to be an effective product manager?
Changing job function of product managers
How to select the right product managers?
How to improve the efficiency of resources?
Effective marketing plan
New product development and selection procedure
Factors that can influence the success of a brand
Measuring brand equity and valuing brands
Brand architecture
Concept of UCP
New product introduction
The book conforms to the syllabi of most of the Indian Universities and would serve
as a useful text for students of MBA, BBM and other diploma courses in management
as well as practicing managers.
2006 / 234 Pages / PB / Rs. 195
ISBN: 81-7446-478-6 / 61/4x91/2 TEXTBOOK
Product and Brand Management
U C MATHUR
With an increase in the number of international players for
almost all products, with better products, with several
international brands in the market and with newer ways of
product placement and product communication, the
corporate world has realised the urgency and importance
of learning the newer ways of product sales. Competition has become intense and
chaotic with, on the one hand great international brands, on the other, locally assembled
products in the unorganised sector and opening of the vast international arena both for
imports and exports of products. Therefore, for the students of Marketing Management,
study of Product Management has become imperative. The book offers extensive and
yet in-depth learning experience with interactive sessions, including Management
Games and Case Studies that create a virtual world enabling the students imbibe the
nuances of the subject with interest and comparative ease.
CONTENTS INCLUDE:
Part-I Product Marketing and Economy/Market Potential for Countries/Customer
Purchase Process/Marketing Research/ Marketing Controls/Part-II Introducing New
Products and Product Life Cycle/Product Plans/Brand Value/Brand Equity and
Brand Extensions/Part-III Organization Structure for Product Sales/Marketing Mix
Factors and Products/Products, Brands and Advertising/Brand Name Plans/Pricing
Systems/Product Distribution Systems/ Advertising and Sales Promotion/Product
Sales Management/Product and Public Relations/Part-IV Service Product Marketing/
Industrial Product Marketing/Product Exports and International Marketing/Case
Studies
2007 / 530 Pages / PB / Rs. 325
ISBN: 81-7446-549-9 / 71/4x91/2 TEXTBOOK
marketing
Industrial
Marketing
HORY SANKAR MUKERJEE
The concept of Industrial Marketing has started gaining
prominence in India since the last decade. This book
deals with this vast subject in a very lucid manner. The
objective of this textbook is to develop an interest among
the students for the subject. The book contains eighteen
chapters that ideally cover a semester for an introductory
course in Industrial Marketing. The salient features of
this book are:
Mind power: These are articles, case studies and
write ups which have been taken from the leading
practitioners across the globe, and specialists of
the particular areas. Each chapter of this book
contains ‘mind power’ at the beginning and at the
end.
The chapters of this textbook are highly
comprehensive. The language has been kept as
simple as possible with the least use of technical
words or jargons.
There are case studies at the end of the book,
covering the entire text, which can be used by the
teachers to help the students in putting the theory
to practice.
CONTENTS INCLUDE:
Introduction to Industrial Marketing / The
Industrial Markets / Industrial Marketing
Environment / Industrial Buying and Buying
Behaviour / Managing Customer Relationship /
Strategic Planning Process / Industrial Marketing
Research and Demand Forecasting / Segmenting,
Targeting and Positioning / Industrial Products, New
Product Development and Services / Marketing
Channels / Marketing Logistics and Supply Chain
Management / Industrial Salesforce: Developing and
Managing them / Industrial Salesforce: Planning,
Organizing and Controlling / E-commerce /
Industrial Marketing Communication: Advertising,
Sales Promotion and Publicity / Industrial Pricing /
Industrial Marketing for Global Markets / Business
Ethics and Corporate Social Responsibility
Instructor Manual Available
2008 / 654 Pages / PB / Rs. 375
ISBN: 978-81-7446-700-3 / 81/4x11 TEXTBOOK
49
marketing

Fundamentals of Marketing Customer Relationship

ATUL NAYAK Management
An Indian Perspective
MUKESH CHATURVEDI, Birla
This book, Fundamentals of Marketing, offers Institute of Management Technology,
much detailed coverage of marketing. This Greater Noida
book focuses on the key concepts and functions ABHINAV CHATURVEDI, Customer
that are common to most marketing situations. Care Associate & Department Manager,
It (the book) covers the entire gamut of this Shoppers' Stop Ltd., Ghaziabad.
core course ‘Fundamentals of Marketing’.
Instructor Manual Available
In the first section, we lay the groundwork for our study of the field of 2005 / 208 Pages / PB / Rs. 220
marketing with a close look at marketing key concepts and the important ISBN: 81-7446-456-5 / 71/4x91/2 TEXTBOOK
tasks marketers perform. In the next part, we begin a multi part discussion
of research in marketing. This part also looks at the elements of good
research including factors that distinguish good research from poor.
Marketing
In another part, we take a close look at the key concepts all marketers
Management
should consider when faced with product decisions. In next part, we cover text & cases
the basics of distribution including defining what channels of distribution
S JAYACHANDRAN, IIT, Chennai
are and why these are important. Then we begin our discussion of the next
major area of the marketing mix-promotion. In next part, we begin a two-
part discussion of the fourth marketing mix variable-price.
In the final chapter, we take all that has been discussed to this point and
see how marketers use this information to manage business decisions.
CONTENTS INCLUDE:
CONTENTS INCLUDE: UNIT I “Emerging Global Trends in Marketing”/A Review of
About Marketing / Marketing Research / Consumer Buying Behaviour Current Trends in Global Economic and Marketing Environment/
/ Business Buying Behaviour / Targeting Markets / Product Decisions MNCs and their Strategies/U NIT II Basics in Marketing
/ Managing Products / Distribution Decisions / Retailing / Wholesaling Management/From Barter to Complex Marketing-A Historical
/ Product Movement / Promotion Decisions / Advertising / Managing Perspective/Marketing–Core concepts, Scope and as a Discipline/
the Advertising Campaign / Sales Promotion / Public Relations / Personal Marketing–Functions, Tasks and Philosophies/UNIT III Basics
Selling / The Selling Process / Pricing Decisions / Setting Price / in Strategic Marketing/The Company's Marketing Environment/
Managing External Forces / Marketing Planning and Strategy / Index Corporate Strategic Planning and Marketing/Research For
2008 / 258 Pages / PB / Rs. 195 Marketing Information/Forecasting Market Demand/Market
TEXTBOOK
ISBN: 978-81-7446-631-0 / 71/4x91/2
Segmentation, Target Market Selection and Market Positioning/
UNIT IV Assembling of Marketing Strategic Variables/Product
Marketing of Healthcare Decisions/Pricing Decisions/Marketing Communication-
Services Advertising, Sales Promotion and Publicity/Personal Selling, Sales
Force Management and Direct Marketing/Marketing Channels
P G RAMANUJAM and Physical Distribution/Relationship Marketing/UNIT V
Markets and their Behaviour/Consumer Market and Buying
Behaviour/Industrial Marketing/Services Marketing/Global
In recent years, the healthcare sector has Marketing/UNIT VI Marketing Cases
become very competitive and is changing 2004 / 522 Pages / PB / Rs. 275
rapidly. The rise of the patient as a consumer, ISBN: 81-7446-362-3 / 71/2x91/2 TEXTBOOK
the introduction of innovative technologies and
a new breed of entrepreneurial managers are the main factors behind this
industrial metamorphosis. Today’s healthcare market has become consumer- Real Estate Market
driven. Patients are better informed and they know more about health and New Economy New Business
medical services. It is against this background that this book has been BISWAJIT DAS, IBAT, Bhubaneswar
developed as the marketing of hospital services assumes significance in the
ASHIS KUMAR PANI, XLRI, Jamshedpur
field of hospital management.
The findings and suggestions of the study will be useful not only to the
academicians, teachers, students, hospital management and its personnel,
but also to the government and health policymakers in formulating the
future policies and strategies of the healthcare sector.
2009 / 308 Pages / PB / Rs. 450 2005 / 394 Pages / PB / Rs. 395
ISBN: 978-81-7446-728-7 / 71/2x91/2 ISBN: 81-7446-444-1 / 71/4x91/2 TEXTBOOK

50
marketing personality
development
second edition Recipient of ISTD Book Award- 2009
Brand Management Heart Skills
text and cases
HARSH V VERMA, FMS, Delhi University, Delhi
Emotional Intelligence for
work and life
MALA KAPADIA

The twentieth century witnessed dramatic changes in the concept and process
of value and value creation, though market forces debilitated the products and
assets that firms once banked upon to create wealth. As the product transcends
its traditional role of satisficer, brands and branding acquire a dominant role in
re-defining marketplace performance. Product superiority is no longer the sole
driver of business performance since high quality products are all-pervasive,
generic entities and a powerful brand can transform products into value
powerhouses that command customer preference, loyalty and commitment.
Effective branding gives a firm immunity from the parity spiral that can suck
companies into ruinous pricing wars. Brand Management has been written
against this backdrop of redefinition of value and value creation processes.
CONTENTS INCLUDE:
Competition and Brand / Concept of a Brand / Brand Evolution / Brand
Positioning / Brands and Consumers / Brand Equity / Brand Inside and
Outside / The Extensions / Brand Over Time / Brand and Firm / Cases /
Index
An excellent and informative book combining yoga, ayurveda and new
age teachings for body and mind in a unique and insightful manner. Dr.
Mala Kapadia has made an important contribution to the study of
emotional intelligence and its connection to our inner being. Her book
helps heal the heart.
Dr. David Frawley
CONTENTS INCLUDE:
Expanding Horizons of Intelligence / Feng Shui for
Emotional Intelligence / Understanding Process of Emotions-
East and West / Rainbow of Emotions / e-Dramas and
Alchemy of Strokes / Breathing as Trasformational Tool /
Normal to Natural Intelligence
2009 / 230 Pages / PB / Rs. 350
ISBN: 978-81-7446-723-2 / 61/4x91/2
fourth edition

Instructor Manual Available Foundation of Success

SUBHASH JAGOTA, CEO, Global
2006 / 476 Pages / PB / Rs. 325
ISBN: 81-7446-480-8 / 71/4x91/2 TEXTBOOK Business Solutions

Marketing Research
DR. P NARAYANA REDDY, Professor and Head,
School of Management Studies, CBIT, Hyderabad 2009 / 78 Pages / PB / Rs. 125
ISBN: 978-81-7446-721-8 / 61/4x91/2
DR. G V R K ACHARYULU, Faculty member, School of
Management Studies, University of Hyderabad
The Art of Effective Communication
CHARLES J MARGERISON

This is the manager’s handbook of how to become more effective

This textbook on Marketing Research presents extensive coverage of the syllabus in your dealings with people. It enables you to get your message
of many Universities in the country and more specifically Osmania University. across and understand others more quickly. You will be able as
a result to get more done in less time—and what you do will be
accepted and more effectively implemented than before.
SPECIAL FEATURES
Covers all the relevant topics of the Marketing Research / Written in simple, 1998 / 206 Pages / PB / Rs. 125
lucid style, focused on conceptual clarity / Topics are logically sequenced in ISBN: 81-7446-034-9 / 51/2x81/2
accordance with the syllabus of Osmania University / Multiple choice questions
and fill in the blanks are given at the end of each chapter / Previous question
papers are presented for students’ reference / Model questions and some
questionnaires are also provided to benefit the students for their projects / To
facilitate the students to analyse the data with the help of statistical tools

2008 / 404 Pages / PB / Rs. 295

ISBN: 978-81-7446-616-7 / 71/4x91/2
TEXTBOOK
51
personality
development
Recipient of ISTD Book Award- 2008 Happiness is a Choice
Emotional Intelligence Choose to be happy
myth or reality J S MISHRA, CEO,
DR. MOUSUMI S BHATTACHARYA, Professor, Khadi Gram Udyog
IFIM, Bangalore
DR. NILANJAN SENGUPTA, Professor, Alliance
Business Academy, Bangalore

CONTENTS INCLUDE:
Section-I: Emotional Intelligence -Myth or Reality/Emotional Intelligence:
The Genesis/Emotional Intelligence – Theory and Research Work/Section-II:
Dimensions of Emotional Intelligence/‘Self’ and Emotional Intelligence/Social
Dimensions and Emotional Intelligence/Section-III: Applications of Emotional
Intelligence/Emotional Intelligence in Classroom/Emotional Intelligence at
Workplace – Leadership Dimensions/Emotional Intelligence – Group and
Organizational Effectiveness/Bhattacharya Instrument on Emotional Intelligence
(BEIS-In)/Guidelines to Improve Emotional Intelligence
2007 / 234 Pages / PB / Rs. 295
ISBN: 81-7446-543-X / 61/4x91/2
second edition
This book delves deep into the nature of happiness and analyses its
constituents. The book is like a mirror reflecting the secret knowledge,
which lies within us. It is a book, which educates and enables each
individual to decide which path to happiness he should follow. It provides
a fascinating reading, as each of us will be able to relate to some of the
thoughts and concepts expressed here and yet find something new, yet to
be discovered.
Dr. Yogendra Narayan
Secretary General, Rajya Sabha
Mr. Mishra's book brings a unique and refreshingly holistic view where
both philosophy and techniques are judiciously combined. The book is
very well written and has a rhythmic river-like flow. Once you get
caught in the book, it's difficult to put it down -such is its captivating
power.
Padmashri Dr. Pritam Singh
MDI, Gurgaon
2007 / 150 Pages / PB / Rs. 195
ISBN: 81-7446-530-8 / 61/4x91/2

Leadership’s Winning Power of One

Software ABHISHEK MISHRA, IIM,
Banking on Motivation and Morale Ahmedabad

M C JACOB, GM, State Bank of Indore

‘Most of the concepts chiseled with paramount perfection by Mr. Jacob are ground breaking
and original as they emerge from his substantial experience in serving the internal and
external customers of mainstream banking’. A masterpiece, a gem, a rare find.
Prof. Biswajeet Pattanayak, Ph.D., D. Sc., D.Litt., Fellow (AIMA) Tchefor J., Researcher Particle Physics and Mechanics,
Former Professor IIM, Lucknow & Indore, Cameroon
Former Director IIBM, Guwahati, Founder Director ASBM, Bhubaneshwar A brilliant book which will change your life.
‘Much of what is stated would be known to many people in the banking system when they Alexander Blandl, Mckinsey Consultants, Germany
are junior officers...... but when they become leaders(bosses), they tend to forget the wisdom’.
An Excellent book. Very Impressive indeed.
Shri R. Viswanathan, Ex. Dy. Managing Director, State Bank of India
Dr. C.W.R.D. Moseley, Senior Tutor,University of Cambridge
2008 / 140 Pages / PB / Rs. 200
ISBN: 978-81-7446-694-5 / 61/4x91/2 Congratulations! Good Work! Very impressive. Its like a thread that
chains all the everyday shining ideas together. Resonance sparkled by
third edition the book is enormously helpful when you are bewildered by the difficulties
Succeeding through Communication and need these ideas to carry on treading your journey. Should be one
of the books within easy reach.
SUBHASH JAGOTA, CEO, Global Business Solutions Ying Zhang, Film Critics, L.A. Californria, USA
2009 / 102 Pages / PB / Rs. 150
ISBN: 978-81-7446-722-5 / 61/4x91/2 A most encouraging book to be kept close at all times.
The Right Worshipful, Phillipa Slatter, Mayor City of
Succeeding in Interviews Cambridge, UK

SUBHASH JAGOTA, CEO, Global Business Solutions I have read the book with great intrest and found it very useful.
Prof. Peter Richards, The President, Hughes Hall, University of
2001 / 168 Pages / PB / Rs. 150
Cambridge
ISBN: 81-7446-254-6 / 51/2x81/2 2007 / 250 Pages / PB / Rs. 295
ISBN: 978-81-7446-571-9 / 61/4x91/2
52

Competency based
Interviewing Skills
S PRABAKAR KAMATH
2008 /122 Pages / PB / Rs. 150
ISBN: 978-81-7446-590-0 / 61/4x91/2
Personality
Development
Planning your Success in Campus
Interviews and Job Fairs
G SUBRAHMANYAM
V KRISHNA MOHAN
V V VARA PRASAD
2008 / 92 Pages / PB / Rs. 125
ISBN: 978-81-7446-686-0 / 61/4x91/2
You can Beat your
Stress
DEBASHISH SENGUPTA, Assistant
Professor, Lal Bahadur Shastri Institute of
Management & Technology
2007 / 64 Pages / PB / Rs. 95
ISBN: 81-7446-544-8 / 61/4x91/2
Creativity for Managers
ALAN BARKER
“Offers a pragmatic and persuasive framework for fostering innovation and
improvement, the twin elements of creativity.”
-National Herald
1998 / 128 Pages / PB / Rs. 145
ISBN: 81-7446-078-0 / 61/4x91/2
personality
development
Business Communication and
Personality Development
Lessons for Paradigm Change in
Personality
BISWAJIT DAS, IPSEETA SATPATHY
This book highlights the need, importance and essence of business
communication and personality development in the domain of business
under the turbulent times. The language provided in the book is concise,
lucid and forceful. It comprehends a vast array of subjects applicable to
humanity. The book emphasizes on the topics which are utterly relevant for
students, budding managers, managers and professionals from all walks of
life in the new economy. The topics that are befitting to hyper-competitive
environment where 'change' is the only thing that is 'constant'. It is essential,
ultimate and must for everybody globally; for their business development
strategies. The book believes that the power of communication through
proper pedagogy can create a magic in the business and society. Thoughts,
text and cases scientifically conceived in the book motivate the readers to
make their learning experience interesting, influencing and touchy.
This book speaks on the traditional knowledge of communication and
business communication, and has radical chapters on neuro-linguistic, neuro-
marketing, TQM, decision making, motivation, etiquette, good health,
food culture, holiday retreat, spiritual journey apart from interpretations
on Stephen Covey, Shiv Khera, Muriel James, Dale Carnegie. The book is
primarily meant for core and elective subjects in the syllabus of MBA,
PGDM, B.E., B.Tech, MBBS, Tourism Management, Hospital Management
and all kind of personality development programs designed for campus
interviews and personal interviews.
2006 / 330 Pages / PB / Rs. 275 TEXTBOOK
ISBN: 81-7446-504-9 / 71/4x91/2
Recipient of DMA-NTPC Book Award-2004
Passion to Win
ABAD AHMAD, Former Dean, Faculty of Management Studies and Former
Pro-Vice-Chancellor, Delhi University
O P CHOPRA, Professor, Faculty of Management Studies (FMS), Delhi
2004 / 322 Pages / PB / Rs. 250
ISBN: 81-7446-389-5 / 61/4x91/2
Recipient of ISTD Book Award- 2005-2006
Stress Management through Ancient Wisdom
and Modern Science
DR UMESH SHARMA
2005 / 390 Pages / PB / Rs. 275
ISBN: 81-7446-451-4 / 61/4x91/2
53
economics
Dictionary of
Economics
B NANDHAKUMAR
Economics is the basis of our daily
lives, even if we do not always realize
it. Whether it is an explanation of
how firms work, or people vote, or
customers buy, or government subsidises, economists have
examined evidence and produced theories which can be checked
against practice.
This dictionary aims to cover the main aspects of the study of
economics, which students will need to learn when studying for
examinations at various levels. It would prove to be useful for the
general reader who comes across these terms in the financial
pages of newspapers as well as in specialist magazines.
Every effort has been made to write the entries in a clear and
lucid style to provide both straightforward definitions and
invaluable background information. At some appropriate places,
line drawings have been incorporated to supplement the meaning
of a word explained by means of a diagram.
This dictionary includes some selected terms concerning to the
topics on International Trade, Industry, Finance, Banking,
Taxation, Demand and Supply theories of the firm, and Public
and Private Companies. The purpose of this Dictionary is to
enable the reader, who is not equipped much with the knowledge
of economics, to face economic affairs in his day-to-day life.
2010 / 248 Pages / PB / Rs. 200
ISBN: 978-81-7446-857-4 / 51/2x81/2
Transforming Present
Economic Challenges
into Global Prosperity
EDITED BY
NISHITH DUBEY
IRA BAPNA
2010 / 400 Pages / PB / Rs. 550
ISBN: 978-81-7446-824-6 / 71/4x91/2
Real Estate Market
New Economy New Business
BISWAJIT DAS, IBAT, Bhubaneswar
ASHIS KUMAR PANI, XLRI,
Jamshedpur
2005 / 394 Pages / PB / Rs. 395
ISBN: 81-7446-444-1 / 71/4x91/2
54
Micro Clusters
Feel Global, Be Local
V S SOMANATH
SOMANATH
This book is a successful attempt to analyse and
explain the various aspects of clusters with
particular reference to the micro and the small
enterprises in the country. It reiterates that the
cluster development approach undeniably enables
the micro and the small enterprises to withstand the challenges thrown by
the global competition. It presents a global view of Micro Clusters as a
valuable option in strategic economic planning and development of the society.
The book will be useful to the community of teachers in finance and
economics and also for the policy-makers in the fiscal and monetary field.
CONTENTS INCLUDE:
Introduction / Migration of Micro and Small Enterprises to Micro Clusters
/ Do Micro Clusters Benefit Communities? / Micro Clusters & Economic
Performance / Overview of Micro, Small and Medium Enterprises (MSME)
Cluster in Indian Context / Why Does Cluster Analysis Matter? / Prospects
and Challenges of Micro Clusters
2009 / 174 Pages / PB / Rs. 300
ISBN: 978-81-7446-801-7 / 51/2x81/2
Microeconomic
Theory and Applications
(Part I)
S K AGARWALA
CONTENTS INCLUDE:
Introduction / Concepts of Demand and Supply / Elasticity of Demand
and Supply / Revenue / Indifference Curve Analysis / Income–consumption
and Price–consumption Curves / Income and Substitution Effects /
Applications of Indifference Curves / Revealed Preference / Short-run
Production Function / Long-run Production Function / Cost of Production
/ Perfect Competition
2008 / 238 Pages / PB / Rs. 175
ISBN: 978-81-7446-665-5 / 71/4x91/2 TEXTBOOK
Microeconomic
Theory and Applications
(Part II)
S K AGARWALA
CONTENTS INCLUDE:
Monopoly / Price Discrimination / Monopolistic Competition / Oligopoly
/ Factor Pricing / Some Aspects of Factor Pricing: Monopsony and Economic
Rent / Intertemporal Choice / Choice Under Uncertainty / General
Equilibrium / Market Failure / Asymmetric Information / Public Goods
and Externalities
TEXTBOOK 2008 / 162 Pages / PB / Rs. 145
ISBN: 978-81-7446-666-2 / 71/4x91/2 TEXTBOOK

Business
Environment
SURESH BEDI,
MDU, Rohtak
CONTENTS INCLUDE:
The Nature and Dynamics of Business Environment/
Key Indicators of Macro-Environment/The Dynamics
of Business Environment And Corporate Adjustment/
Risks in Business Environment/Business Ethics and
Corporate Social Responsibility/The Structure and
Working of An Economy/Determination of National
Income/The Process of Economic Growth/Business
Cycles/The Dynamics of Inflation/How Monetary Policy
Works/The Operation of Fiscal Policy/Nature And
Resources of Indian Economy/Current State of Growth
Environment/The Process of Economic Reforms/
Current Fiscal Environment/Monetary and Credit Policy
Environment/Current Inflationary Scenario/The MRTP
Act and the Competition Law/Technological
Environment/Corporate Governance/Consumer
Protection/Competitive Environment/Indian Money
Market/Indian Capital Market/Pattern of India’s
Industrialisation/Present Industrial Policy
Environment/Public Enterprise Reforms and The
Disinvestments Programme/The Small Scale Industry:
Current Status, Challenges And Prospects/The Services
Sector in India/Infrastructure Development and Policy/
Present Labour Environment/Globalisation of The
Economy: Trends and Issues/Foreign Trade
Environment/Foreign Direct Investment
Instructor Manual Available
2004 / 650 Pages / 71/4x91/2
HB / ISBN: 81-7446-376-3 / Rs. 750
PB / ISBN: 81-7446-375-5 / Rs. 325 TEXTBOOK
Microeconomics
S K AGARWALA,
Delhi University
CONTENTS INCLUDE:
Preferences/Utility/Budget Constraint/Choice/Demand/
Revealed Preference/Slutsky Equation/Buying, Selling
and Intertemporal Choice/Choice Under Uncertainty/
Production Function/Cost/Perfect Competition/
Monopoly and Monopolistic Competition/Price
Discrimination and the Two-Part Tariff/Oligopoly/Game
Theory/General Equilibrium with Pure Exchange/
Production and General Equilibrium/Welfare/
Externalities/Public Goods/Asymmetric Information
2007 / 392 Pages / PB / Rs. 195
ISBN: 81-7446-554-5 / 71/4x91/2 TEXTBOOK
economics
Globalization and
Sectoral Development
EDITED BY
RAJ AGRAWAL
RASHMI BANGA
A N BHATTACHARYA
2009 / 360 Pages / PB / Rs. 495
ISBN: 978-81-7446-669-3 / 61/4x91/2
Strategies of Developing Countries
Opportunities & Challenges
EDITORS
SANJAY DUBEY
RAJENDRA JAIN
In different parts of the world, the developing economies and communities are
facing increasing economic, social and cultural hardships. Stringent environmental,
health and safety standards for everything from electronics to food are making it
difficult for the world’s poorer nations to export their products to developed
countries—but the right approach could turn these barriers into newer
opportunities. The developing countries must adopt an integrated approach to
deal with current economic breakdown and varying circumstances of all the aspects
of political and cultural environment. Developing and developed countries,
businesses and organizations, therefore, have a shared responsibility to ensure that
new requirements promote environmental protection.
The present book deals with some of these issues broadly classified into four parts.
The first part covers the study of behavior of investors in insurance sector, impact
of FIIs on the movement of Indian stock market during US economic crisis,
impact of foreign direct investment on export and imports, competence of the
economy to face US meltdown, changing global scenario of mergers and acquisitions
in service sector, and so on. The second part mainly deals with corporate
entrepreneurship and the pursuit for competitive advantage, study of effectiveness
of banner advertisements among young executives, corporate governance at
crossroads, etc.
Rural marketing, a study on the need of internet security for consumers at various
levels, a key to assorted data problems, data warehousing, demand forecasting in
supply chain management using neural network, fingerprint authentication using
supervised neural network, intensity of e-banking products and services usages in
public and private sector banks, opportunities and challenges of IP telephony,
problem of effort estimation, open ID based system architecture for social network
interoperability, the impact of IT & media on the capital market and equity
research, and other such issues are covered in the third and fourth part of the book.
This book, therefore, makes an attempt to focus on a wide range of subjects and
issues that exist in today’s vibrant and competitive environment.
2009 / 314 Pages / PB / Rs. 495
ISBN: 978-81-7446-749-2 / 71/4x91/2
Economic Freedom for States of India 2007
BIBEK DEBROY, Professor, International Management Institute (IMI), Delhi.
LAVEESH BHANDARI, Director, Indicus Analytics
2008 / 50 Pages / PB / Rs. 100
ISBN: 978-81-7446-597-9 / 61/4x91/2
55
economics
Towards
Powering India
Policy Initiatives and
Implementation
Strategy
R V SHAHI
Shri R.V. Shahi has been deeply involved in policy-making
and implementing some of the most important reforms in
the power sector. This book describes the changes that occurred
over the Tenth Five Year Plan period in the sector. Shri
Shahi provides an insider's view on the important measures
and initiatives taken during this period. The Electricity Act
2003, Electricity Policy and Tariff and other Policies required
to operationalize the Act, the Accelerated Power Development
Reforms Programme (APDRP), and the initiation of Rajiv
Gandhi Grameen Vidhyutikaran Yojana (RGGVY) were
some of the initiatives that Shri Shahi was involved in. The
competitive tariff-based bidding for ultra-mega power projects
which led to unprecedented low electricity tariff is one of his
major contributions. This book deals with these and almost
all issues connected with the power sector, its development,
its management and its efficiency, by a man who has seen it
all. No one interested in this sector can afford to miss this
book.
Dr. Kirit S. Parikh, Member, Planning Commission,
Yojana Bhavan
It is indeed very heartening to see Mr. R.V. Shahi providing
his deep understanding of the power sector and the insights
that he has gained in yet another book that comes at a
critical juncture of the country's development. Mr. Shahi
brings with him a wealth of practical experience in
implementing power projects and managing operations
within the power sector, which has been enriched by his
experience as Secretary in the Ministry of Power. In that
position, he not only initiated several new measures and set
new directions, but also gave shape to a vision of what the
country needs in the future. All of this is put forward with
rigour and analysis in his new book. India's growth and
economic progress depends critically on the growth of the
power sector, and this book would be a valuable basis for
formulation of future strategy at the national level and in
the states of India.
R.K. Pachauri
Director General, The Energy and Resources Institute
(TERI) & Chairman, Intergovernmental Panel on
Climate Change (IPCC)
2007 / 496 Pages / HB / Rs. 595
ISBN: 81-7446-559-6 / 61/4x91/2
second edition
Business Environment
RAJ AGRAWAL, IILM, Delhi
Instructor Manual Available
2000 / 818 Pages / PB / Rs. 295
ISBN: 81-7446-216-3 / 71/4x91/2
TEXTBOOK
56
International Economics
RAJ KUMAR
International Economics is one of the most important and
dynamic disciplines of economics. The subject has become all
the more complex and interesting because of the intricacies
involved in economic factors, international relations, and the
socio-economic environment.
This book captures all the recent developments in the international economics and
business scenario. The contents of the book are divided into four parts. The book has a
special section on Case Studies which contains cases pertaining to International Economics
and International Business.
The book has been written in a clear, crisp and lucid style. Authentic (up-to-date) data
and proper illustrations have been provided to facilitate proper understanding of the
subject. This book has been designed keeping in view the standard requirements of the
undergraduate and postgraduate students of various areas of Economics, International
Business and Management.
CONTENTS INCLUDE:
International Economics and Trade / Analytical Tools of International Economics /
Theory of Comparative Costs / Modern Theory of International Trade or Heck Scher-
ohlin Theory / Gains from International Trade / International Trade: An Engine or an
Obstacle to Economic Development / Terms of Trade / Tariffs and International Trade
/ Contribution of Economic Growth to International Trade – An Analysis of Growth
Parameters / Free Trade vs Protection / Non-Tariff Trade Barriers – Quota System /
Dumping and State Trading / Balance of Payments / Foreign Trade Multiplier /
Monetary Policy – Fiscal Policy Mix: Internal and External Balance / Foreign Exchange
Management / International Business Environment - An Overview / Strategy towards
Globalisation / Theory of Economic Integration: Customs Union / Theory of Economic
Integration: Regional Blocs and Groupings / WTO Framework: An Analysis and
Future Policy Options / International Financial Institutions – IMF and World Bank
Instructor Manual Available
2008 / 552 Pages / PB / Rs. 345 TEXTBOOK
ISBN: 978-81-7446-648-8 / 71/4x91/2
Second Edition
Business Economics
M ADHIKARY
CONTENTS INCLUDE:
Part 1 Concepts And Techniques Business and Economics / Forms and Facets of
Business Organisation / Forms and Fallacies of Economic Analysis / Basic Concepts
and Precepts / Basic Tools and Techniques of Economic Analysis / Part 2 Microeconomic
Analysis Of Business Units Market Analysis / Consumption and Demand Analysis /
Production and Supply Analysis / Cost Analysis / Industry and Market Structure
Analysis / Theory and Models of Firm and Industry / Business Risks and Uncertainty
Analysis / Part 3 Macroeconomic Analysis Of Business Environment Macroeconomic
Environment of Business / Macroeconomic Concepts of Stocks and Flows /
Macroeconomic Analysis / Macroeconomic Problems of Fluctuations and Growth /
Government and Business: Macroeconomic Policy Matters / Part 4 Overview And
Integration Foundations of Economic Analysis / Business Ethics and Economic Offences
/ Business Cases
Instructor Manual Available
2000 / 622 Pages / PB / Rs. 250
TEXTBOOK
ISBN: 81-7446-215-5 / 71/4x91/2

second edition
Managerial
Economics
ATMANAND, MDI, Gurgaon
This book is an attempt to assist
students who have little or no
prior knowledge of the subject.
The book presents the text
explaining the principles of managerial economics in a candid
manner. The emphasis of the book is on relating principles of
microeconomics at the firm level and discusses basic
techniques in managerial economics, demand and supply,
elasticity of demand and supply, demand forecasting,
production analysis, cost analysis, profit analysis, input-output
analysis, investment decisions, market analysis and price
determination under different market structures, pricing
methods and approaches, theories of firm, business decision
under risk and uncertainty, advertising, effects of taxation,
location decision, etc., at length.
The book has been written in a simple and reader friendly
style. The students as well as the working managers will find
it an effective tool for making decisions on microeconomic
problems.
CONTENTS INCLUDE:
Introduction / Basic Techniques in Managerial Economics
/ Demand and Supply / Elasticity of Demand and Supply
/ Demand Forecasting / Cost Analysis / Production
Analysis / Profit Analysis / Input-Output Analysis /
Investment Decisions / Market Structure and Price
Determination / Perfect Competition / Monopoly /
Imperfect Competition / Pricing Methods and Approaches
/ Theories of the Firm / Business Decision Making Under
Risk and Uncertainty / Advertising / Location Decision of
a Firm / Effects of Taxation / Welfare Economics /
Introducing Macroeconomics / National Income: Concepts
and Measurement / Consumption, Savings and Investment
/ Money, Interest and Expectations / Investments, Interest
and Income: IS - LM Model / Theories of Inflation /
Balance of Payments and the Foreign Sector / Globalisation
of Indian Business / Economic Environment of
International Trade / Glossary / Index
Instructor Manual Available
2008 / 768 Pages / PB / Rs. 350
ISBN: 978-81-7446-691-4 / 71/4x91/2 TEXTBOOK
Where is Oil in
National Reforms
FOREWORD BY
KIRIT PARIKH
PARAG DIWAN
DEBESH C PATRA
2008 / 304 Pages / PB / Rs. 595
ISBN: 978-81-7446-656-3 / 61/4x91/2
economics
Indian Power Sector
Challenge and Response
R V SHAHI
Electricity is a concurrent subject. And as all of us
know, up to 1975, generation, distribution and
transmission, all were handled practically only by the
State Electricity Boards. The Central Government has
entered this sector only after 1975, and has played an
important role by contributing about 32% of the total generation capacity of the
country, Out of 1,00,000 ckm of high voltage transmission lines, about 50,000
ckm is contributed by Central Government. It will continue to play an important
role in future too.
The power sector requires an investment of more than Rs. 8 lakh crore so as to
have one of the best and contemporary power infrastructures in the world.
Private participation is encouraged.
The power sector at present suffers from shortages, high level of Aggregate
Technical and Commercial Losses, fuel shortages, low Plant Load Factor in some
plants, inadequate rural electrification, as also its slow pace, inefficient use of
energy, etc. Union Government and States are seized of these problems.
This book “Indian Power Sector – Challenge and Response” highlights these
problems and also gives some suggestions to combat these troubles. This book
will be of immeasurable use to all the technocrats, professionals and investors in
power sector.
2005 / 710 Pages / HB / Rs. 450
ISBN: 81-7446-369-0 / 61/4x91/2
Privatization
models and experiences
R K MISHRA
D GEETA RANI
Privatization has been the most widely used and
extensively debated topic in the world for the last quarter
century. The book considers various policy issues of the
governments in relevance to the privatization. It also
examines the effects of privatization from various angles like, employment,
distribution effects and so on.
The book is organized into seven chapters. The first chapter introduces the
reader to the theory of privatization. The second chapter presents a detailed
account of privatization models and their relevance to policy formulation. The
third chapter deals with the key perspectives of privatization. The modalities of
the privatization, presented in the fourth chapter, sensitize the readers about
exploring the various possibilities open for the transfer of control and ownership
from the State Owned Enterprises (SOEs) to the private sector. The fifth chapter
summarizes the international experiences with privatization. The sixth chapter
incorporates the case studies on privatization. Brief annotations of path-breaking
works on privatization have been included in the seventh chapter.
This book will help the researchers to overcome the methodological problems by
making available at their dispense the various theories and models, linked to the
privatization studies.
CONTENTS INCLUDE:
Introduction / Privatization: Theories and Models / Privatization: Key
Perspective / Modalities of Privatization / International Experiences / Case
Studies / Annotated Bibliography
2008 / 174 Pages / PB / Rs. 295
ISBN: 978-81-7446-674-7 / 71/4x91/2
57
economics
Managerial Economics
KARAM PAL
SURENDER KUMAR
The present book on Managerial
Economics is an attempt to come up
to the expectations of those readers,
particularly students at graduation and
postgraduation levels, who are
wandering for an ingenious and evocative solo textbook on the
subject. For the last more than a decade or so, Managerial
Economics is being taught as a compulsory course in all the
management programmes where the students wish to have a
textbook in self-instructional format for their quick learning of
the fundamentals.
The basic concepts of the subject have been elucidated in these
wide-ranging chapters with suitable examples. All the chapters
have been designed in a lucid manner and the details provided in
this text are in self-instructional manner. It is expected that the
readers would find this book quite valuable and receptive.
CONTENTS INCLUDE:
Introduction to Managerial Economics / Managerial Economics
vis-à-vis Economic Analysis: An Overview / Objectives of the
Business Firm / Fundamental Concepts of Economics / Law of
Demand / Elasticity of Demand / Demand Forecasting /
Consumer Behaviour: Cardinal Analysis / Consumer
Behaviour: Ordinal Analysis / Production Function /
Economies of Scale / Cost Analysis / Price Determination:
Perfect Competition and Monopoly / Price Determination:
Monopolistic Competition and Oligopoly / Dumping and
Transfer Pricing / Business Cycles / Inflation and its
Applications / National Income Analysis / Balance of Payments
/ Monetary Policy / Fiscal Policy / Theory of Multiplier /
Theory of Income, Output and Employment / Contemporary
Issues in Managerial Economics
2008 / 406 Pages / PB / Rs. 280
ISBN: 978-81-7446-677-8 / 71/4x91/2 TEXTBOOK
second edition
Principles of Economics
S K AGARWALA, Delhi University
CONTENTS INCLUDE:
Exploring the Subject Matter of Economics / Supply and
Demand / Households / Perfect Market Structure / Imperfect
Market Structure / Input Markets / Exploring International
Economics / Introduction to Macroeconomics / Introduction
to National Income Accounting / The Classical System: The
Full Employment Model / The Keynesian Model / Money in
the Modern Economy / Inflation / Macroeconomics in an
Open Economy / Solution to Numerical Questions / Index
2008 / 324 Pages / PB / Rs. 195
ISBN: 978-81-7446-692-1 / 71/4x91/2 TEXTBOOK
58
Business Environment
VIVEK MITTAL, CEO and Dean, Narayan
College of Management, Bareilly
This book is an effort to make the students of
management and commerce understand about
the environment about which they have to take
decisions in future. Extensive effort has been
made to cover all the aspects of external
environment that is Political, Technological, Global and Socio - Culture,
which influences business decisions.
Effort have been made to include the current topics like WTO, Regional
Groupings, VAT, Corporate Governance, Competition Law, FEMA etc.
CONTENTS INCLUDE:
Part 1 Environment of Business / Business Environment / Economic
Environment / Technological Environment / Political and Government
Environment / Constitutional Environment / Part 2 Economic Policies /
Inflation / Fiscal Policy / Foreign Trade Policy / Economic Reforms /
Industrial Policy / Monetary Policy / Public Sector / Privatisation /
Development Planning / Small Scale Industries / Industrial Sickness in
India and its Exit Policy / Part 3 Legal Environment / Company Law /
Industries (Development and Regulation) Act, 1951 / MRTP Act / The
Competition Bill, 2001 / Foreign Exchange Management Act / Consumer
Protection / Intellectual Property Rights / Value Added Tax / Part 4 Socio-
culture Environment / Ethics / Social Responsibility of a Business / Corporate
Governance / Socio-cultural Environment / Indian Rural Market / Part 5
Financial Environment / Indian Financial System /Development Banking
/ Stock Exchange and SEBI / Commodity Exchange / Part 6 International
Environment / Globalisation / World Trade Organization & India / Regional
Groupings / The IMF / International Bank for Reconstruction and
Development (World Bank) / Multi National Corporations / FDI in India
/ The Environment
Instructor Manual Available
2007 / 612 Pages / PB / Rs. 325
ISBN: 81-7446-557-X / 81/4x11 TEXTBOOK
Business Perspectives
S PRABAKARAN
CONTENTS INCLUDE:
Nature and Scope of Business / Forms of Business Enterprise / Public
Sector Enterprises / Business as a System / Business and Environment
Interface / Business Objectives / Business Ethics and Values / Corporate
Governance / National Income / Indian Agriculture / Related Issues /
Relationship among Government, Business and Industry / Industrial
Policy / Privatisation / Problems and Prospects of Small Scale Industries
/ Industrial Growth of India / Industrial Sickness / Status of
Entrepreneurship in India / Social Responsibilities of Business /
Technology Environment / Monetary Policy / Fiscal Policy / Finances of
Union and States / Features of Global Business / Globalisation /
Infrastructure Development (Infrastructure Perspectives) / Multinational
Corporations / International Business Risks
2008 / 210 Pages / PB / Rs. 175
ISBN: 978-81-7446-655-6 / 71/4x91/2 TEXTBOOK

Contemporary Issues and
Challenges in Banking and
Financial Sector in India
EDITORS
U BHOJANNA
S N MURTHY
This book is a compilation of the articles
received on twelve major contemporary issues
namely, Mergers and Acquisitions, HR Issues
in Banking, Microfinance, Risk Management,
E-Banking, Merchant Banking, Retail Banking,
Customer Relationship Management in
Banking, Globalisation issues in banking,
Capital Market and Banking Sector, Role of
Banks and Issues of Banking Sector, for the
National Conference on “Contemporary Issues
and Challenges in Banking and Financial Sector
in India” organized by RNS Institute of
Technology, Bangalore. These topics are of great
interest to academicians, research scholars and
industry professionals in the banking sector.
Changes in economic scenario are responsible
for various banking reforms. The articles in this
book highlight the opportunities and challenges
faced by the banking and finance sector in the
country, the origin and growth of the sector
over a period and the impact of advancement
in technology on the sector.
The articles on Risk Management highlight the
problems witnessed by the bank due to default
in payment and the dynamics of credit risk.
Talent is scarce, hence retaining the talent is
another challenge in front of the banks. The
articles on this topic deliberate upon several
HR issues such as identifying, hiring and
knowledge updation of human resources
through training to meet the challenges of the
economy. The papers on the topic of CRM
make an attempt to unfold the customer
relationship management in banking and
financial sector and discuss how customer
centric organizations have won high net-worth
customers.
2010 / 728 Pages / PB / Rs. 950
ISBN: 978-81-7446-848-2 / 71/4x91/2
finance
The Impact of Foreign Direct Investment
on Indian Economy
EDITED BY
AROCKIA BASKARAN
J J SOUNDARARAJ
Globalisation of economic activities has increased the importance of multinational enterprises
in the development process of a country. The inflow of Foreign Direct Investment (FDI)
increased rapidly during the late 1980s and the 1990s in almost every region of the world
revitalizing a contentious debate about the costs and benefits of FDI inflows. The reforms
undertaken in India since 1991 have unleashed the potential growth of the economy and
stimulated trade, outsourcing and the entry of multinational enterprises under the banner FDI.
In recent years, India has become one of the attractive destinations for overseas investment as
adduced by FDI inflow figures of India which have reached a historic high in recent years and
is ranked 3rd among the most attractive locations for foreign investments by UNCTAD. The
fact to be noted here is that a large amount of foreign direct investment has been chasing too
few sectors like Computer Software & Hardware, Financial Services and Automobiles.
This book discuss the wonders and the blunders of foreign direct investments in the post
Liberalisation era in India. It also contains the contributions of foreign direct investment to
India which require investments that will strengthen the infrastructure industries and services
that are so essential for sustainable growth and also for the social well-being of the poor and
marginalised.
2010 / 334 Pages / PB / Rs. 595
ISBN: 978-81-7446-843-7 / 71/4x91/2
Macro Dynamics of Micro Finance
EDITORS
DANIEL LAZAR
P NATARAJAN
MALABIKA DEO
Micro finance is one of the most efficient and effective tools to fight
against poverty. It is flexible in nature and is acclaimed globally as a
tool for eradicating poverty and improving the socio-economic
condition of the disadvantaged of the society. Micro finance
institutions have expanded the frontiers of institutional finance and have brought the poor,
especially poor women, into the formal financial system and enabled them to access credit and
fight poverty.
This book contains 50 research papers contributed by scholars in the field of micro finance.
These have been categorized into the following five theme parts:
Micro Finance in Priority Communities and Priority States, Innovation in Micro Finance,
Micro Finance for Regional Development, Micro Finance and Poverty Eradication, and
Issues in Micro Finance.
In order to have symmetric growth across the country through micro finance, policy orientation
is getting shifted to states and communities with high poverty and low micro finance
concentration, and therefore, they are presented separately. Case studies on poverty eradication
and regional developments with micro finance are presented in different parts. Present day
mantra of effective and efficient delivery of credit through innovation and technology for the
masses is discussed under innovations for micro finance. Issues which are new and important for
up scaling micro finance are also presented for the benefit of readers, researchers and practitioners.
This volume would be used as ready reference materials for further enhancement in various
aspects for better micro finance and micro finance industry.
2010 / 612 Pages / PB / Rs. 795
ISBN: 978-81-7446-807-9 / 71/4x91/2
59
finance

Dynamics of Financial
Markets and Institutions in
India
R M SRIVASTAVA
DIVYA NIGAM

The Kernel of the present work with its unique concoction of innovativeness, eloquence,
perspicaciousness and discernment is to capture the dynamically changing architecture,
Principles of Banking
policies, strategies and practices of Indian financial markets and institutions and convey Management
them to avid learners in a structured and stimulating manner.
NEELAM C. GULATI
The present work is gravid with the following immanent features:
This book is an attempt to provide a
The present work is an eclectic presentation of contemporary financial concepts,
comprehensive introduction to the theoretical and
skills, techniques pertaining to management of financial markets and institutions.
applied issues relating to the Indian banking
The work presents a unique mélange of a descriptive narration of the operations of the industry. It provides a detailed coverage of the
financial system with a sufficient amount of theory so that the learner understands the basics of banking, risks in banking and their
principles underlying therein. management, principles of banking, products, role
of technology in banking sector and history and
This work is consecrated to provide an analytical view of dynamics of various financial
future expectations of Indian banking sector. The
markets and institutions operating in Indian financial system in terms of evolving
text aims to familiarize students with the reasons
vision, business models, innovative instruments, new architectures and new financial
for banks’ existence, the different services they offer,
practices.
and the recent trends impacting the banking
The present work provides a balanced view of the various institutional participants business. The content of the book has been
and markets in the Indian financial system. supported with a good number of keywords and
The present work unwaveringly focuses on managerial aspects of the financial system annexures.
which would be of great value to the learners. This book has been written keeping in mind the
A glossary at the end of the book provides a terse view of key financial terms used in the interest of students pursuing specialisation in
text. banking both at graduate and postgraduate levels.
This book will be of immense benefit to the
As such, the work is expected to best suit the needs of practicing managers and learners students appearing for various diplomas in banking
pursuing management, commerce and other sectoral programmes. as well as banking industry professionals at large.
CONTENTS INCLUDE: A strong focus on contemporary central banking
Section I:Introduction / Economic Growth and Financial System / Types of Financial and bank regulation issues provides students with
Markets / Categories of Financial Institutions / Section II:Financial Markets in India / the most up-to-date information on banking
Money Market in India and Abroad / Dynamism of Indian Money Market / Capital practice.
Market in India and Abroad / Primary Market in India / Dynamics of New Issue Market
in India / Stock Market in India / Major Stock Exchanges in India—A Synoptic Profile / CONTENTS INCLUDE:
Government Securities Market in India / Corporate Debt Market in India / Derivative Introduction to Banking / Structure of Indian
Market in India / Foreign Exchange Market / Regulation of Securities Market in India / Banking System / The Reserve Bank of India /
Section III:Management of Commercial Banking Institutions / Reserve Bank of India— Banking Sector and Organisation of Banks /
Nucleus of Indian Banking System / Dynamic Profile of Indian Banking Industry / Electronic Banking / Bank Loans / Priority
Corporate Governance in Commercial Banks / Competitive Strategy to Meet Challenges of Sector Lending / Export Credit / Annual Report
Commercial Banks in India / Commercial Banking Restructuring / Management of and Balance Sheet of A Bank / Project and
Capital Funds in Commercial Banks / Relationship Banking / Dynamics of Bank Credit Working Capital Finance / Banking Legislation
Management in India / Financial Inclusion / Micro Finance in India / Risk Management / Banking Sector Reforms: NPAs and Capital
in Commercial Banks / Management of Non-Performing Assets in Commercial Banks / Adequacy in Indian Banks / Banking Products
Operational Efficiency of Commercial banks in India / Regulation and Supervision of / Development Banking / Bank Marketing
Commercial Banks in India / Section IV: Management of Development Financial
2010 / 404 Pages / PB / Rs. 295 TEXTBOOK
Institutions in India / Development Financial Institutions in India—An Overview /
ISBN: 978-81-7446-827-7 / 71/4x91/2
Performance Evaluation of All India Financial InstitutionsSection V: Management of
Investment Institutions in India / Insurance Industry in India / Life Insurance Corporation
of India / Mutual Funds in India / Section VI:Non-Banking Finance Companies in India
/ Non-Banking Finance Companies in India—An Overview / Housing Finance Companies
in India / Venture Capital

60

Security Analysis and
Portfolio Management
ROHINI SINGH
Investment is the commitment of funds for a
period of time with the expectation of
receiving more than the current outlay. This
book examines financial decisions from the
perspective of people investing in corporate
securities and other assets. As investors, we
need to understand the implications of
investing in various assets and the associated
risks and returns. This book aims to provide
an introductory course in investment
management. It contains a blend of theory
and practice based on the Indian Financial
System, and is presented in a manner that is
easy to comprehend.
The book contains computer exercises to
promote understanding and analytical skills.
It also provides guidance for term papers and
projects. It is, therefore, suitable as a
textbook for undergraduate and postgraduate
students studying the subject for the first
time. It can also serve as a reference book for
the practicing managers and investors.
CONTENTS INCLUDE:
Part I: Background / Introduction / Risk
and Return / A Brief Overview of the
Indian Financial System / Part II: Debt
Markets / Systematic Risk / Unsystematic
Risk / Bond Management / Part III:
Fundamental Analysis and Valuation /
Economy Analysis / Industry Analysis
/ Company Analysis / Valuation / Part
IV: Price Analysis and Strategy /
Technical Analysis / Market Efficiency
/ Part V: Derivative Securities / Options
and Futures / Part VI: Investment
Analysis and Management / Portfolio
Analysis / Portfolio Planning and
Management / Asset Pricing Models:
Required Return Analysis / Mutual
Funds and Performance Analysis / Part
VII: Research / Writing a Project Report
or Journal Paper
2009 / 382 Pages / PB / Rs. 295
ISBN: 978-81-7446-748-5 / 71/4x91/2 TEXTBOOK
finance
third edition
International Financial Management
MADHU VIJ, FMS, Delhi University
This book is the revised and expanded edition of International Financial
Management. It attempts to equip the students and financial managers
with the complete information of the international financial markets
as well the foreign exchange markets and also provides them with the
analytical tools they need to make sound business decisions in the present competitive global
scenario.
Contents of the book have been revised completely to include a comprehensive coverage of the
concept. Each chapter is self contained and to help the students, many new examples and text
have been added in the present edition.
Key features of the third edition are as follows:
A detailed discussion of the monetary system in the Indian context with new solved problems
and caselets has been included.
Annexures on ‘A History of the International Monetary System’ and ‘The World’s Major
Economic Cooperation and Free Trade Agreements’ have been included.
It contains a detailed discussion on foreign exchange quotations, spot market and the foreign
exchange market and foreign premiums and discounts.
It reflects a new perspective on Euro and presents new dimensions on depository receipts.
Latest developments in the foreign direct investment, techniques of capital budgeting, dividend
growth model and CAPM, and a new section on the evidences from Asian countries are the other
highlights of this new edition.
CONTENTS INCLUDE:
Part-1 The International Financial Environment / International Financial Management: An
Overview / International Monetary System / International Financial Institutions/Development
Banks / Balance of Payments / Part-2 The Foreign Exchange Markets / Derivative / Foreign
Currency Futures / Foreign Currency Options / The Foreign Exchange Market / Theories of
Foreign Exchange Rate Movement and International Parity Conditions / Part-3 Managing
Foreign Exchange Exposure / Management of Foreign Exchange Risk / Management of Translation
Exposure / Management of Transaction Exposure / Management of Economic Exposure / Part-
4 Financial Management of the Multinational Firm / Foreign Direct Investment / Cost of
Capital and Capital Structure of the Multinational Firm / Multinational Capital Budgeting –
Application and Interpretation / Multinational Cash Management / Country Risk Analysis /
International Taxation / Part-5 Managing Foreign Operations / International Banking /
Eurocurrency Market / Interest Rate and Currency Swaps / Depository Receipts – Global
Depository Receipts and American Depository Receipts / Euro and its Implications for Indian
Banking
2010 / 738 Pages / PB / Rs. 350
ISBN: 978-81-7446-821-5 / 81/4x11 TEXTBOOK
Emerging Financial Markets
EDITED BY
DR. R NANDAGOPAL, Professor and Director, PSG Institute of
Management, PSG College of Technology, Coimbatore, India.
DR. V SRIVIDYA, Assistant Professor, PSG Institute of Management, PSG
College of Technology, Coimbatore, India.
2007 / 300 Pages / PB / Rs. 450
ISBN: 978-81-7446-583-2 / 71/4x91/2
61
finance
Security Analysis and
Portfolio Management
SUDHINDRA BHAT, Director, SRN Adarsh
Department of Management Studies
KEY FEATURES:
186 Solved Problems / 237 Review questions
(Theoretical Questions / Guidelines for
investment / Investing Tips - profiles sound
investing tips and considerations / Mistakes
investors make and how to avoid them / Detailed
material on derivatives, options, mutual funds,
Swaps, Behavioural Finance / Explanation by real
world examples and investment strategies / Focus
on stock market instruments / New avenues of
investment opportunities / Balanced coverage of
individual and institutional investment / More
than 2400 Investment Terminologies
CONTENTS INCLUDE:
Part I: The Investment Environment /
Nature and Scope of Investment Decisions
/ Stock Markets in India/Stock Exchanges
in India / New Issue Market / Stock Market
Regulation / Intermediaries / Market
Indices / Capital Market Reform / Part II:
Alternative Investment Outlets / Avenues
of Investment / Bond and Preference Share
Valuation and Analysis / Equity Shares
Valuation and Analysis / Part III: Risk and
Return, Security analysis / Risk and Return
/ Fundamental Analysis 1: Economic
Analysis / Fundamental Analysis 2:
Industry Analysis / Fundamental Analysis
3: Company Analysis / Technical Analysis
/ Efficient Market Theory / Behavioural
Finance / Part IV: Portfolio Analysis and
Management / Portfolio Analysis: Risk and
Return / Portfolio Selection / Capital Market
Theory / Portfolio Revision / Performance
Evaluation of Portfolio / Forecasting of
Portfolio Performance / Portfolio
Management / Part V: Derivatives /
Financial Derivatives Markets / Hedging,
Options, Futures, Forward and Swaps /
Part VI: General Topics on Investment /
Commodity Market / Foreign Portfolio
Investment / Mutual Fund / Guidelines
for Investment
Instructor Manual Available
2007 / 686 Pages / PB / Rs. 370
ISBN: 978-81-7446-580-1 / 81/4x11 TEXTBOOK
62
Sustaining Shareholder Value
Role of Investors and Regulations
EDITORS
SHANTANU MEHTA, NEERAJ AMARNANI
This book contains some of the selected papers presented at the
Nirma International Conference on Management (NICOM 2010)
held in January, 2010, at the Institute of Management, Nirma
University, Ahmedabad, on the theme of ‘Managing Finance: Sustaining Shareholder Value’.
The contents of the book have been organized under three sections viz., Capital Markets;
Financial Services; and Government Policy and Corporate Finance. The reader of the book
would gain a better understanding of the financial markets, services and policy environment that
immediately impact corporate finance and eventually shareholder value.
2009 / 542 Pages / PB / Rs. 795
ISBN: 978-81-7446-803-1 / 71/4x91/2
Sustaining Shareholder Value
Corporate Finance Practices
EDITORS
SHANTANU MEHTA, NEERAJ AMARNANI
CFO is transitioning from being a check on the flow of funds to a
This book contains selected papers from those presented at the Nirma
International Conference on Management (NICOM 2010) held in
January, 2010, at the Institute of Management, Nirma University,
Ahmedabad, on the theme of ‘Managing Finance: Sustaining Shareholder Value’. The contents of
the book have been organized under three sections viz., Corporate Finance; Financial Reporting
and Corporate Governance; and Emerging Trends in Finance.
2009 / 520 Pages / PB / Rs. 795
ISBN: 978-81-7446-802-4 / 71/4x91/2
Dictionary of Finance
SHEETAL THOMAS
In general terms, a dictionary is a collection of words listed
alphabetically, along with definitions and other information. This
book contains more than 3000 words that describe some important
terms of finance and accounting. As a comprehensive vocabulary of
terms used in finance, this book covers different aspects of the subject
such as trial balance, balance of payments, debt financing, JIT, overhead budget, ratio analysis,
risk, etc.
This book provides concise definitions of important financial terms. An attempt has been made
to write the entries in a clear and lucid style to provide straightforward definitions and invaluable
background information. The words and terms are explained in simple language and clear and
easy illustrations have been included, where appropriate, to explain their meaning and usage. It
has been compiled to meet the needs of the students of finance at all levels.
The dictionary will be of immense value and will serve as a ready-reckoner to the students of
management and others studying or working in the related fields. Also, it will help the students
to locate, identify and expound day-to-day terminology in its proper context.
2010 / 438 Pages / PB / Rs. 300
ISBN: 978-81-7446-847-5 / 51/2x81/2

Management Accounting
SUDHINDRA BHAT
Management accounting is concerned with providing information
to managers¯that is, people inside an organization who direct and
control its operations. These operations include making decisions
regarding planning the future course of the business, pricing products
or services so as to cover costs and make profit, planning and allocating
capital resources, acquiring and evaluating human resources, and
evaluating the business segments and its managers. This book is
designed as a comprehensive and analytical treatise to fill the gaps
created by the non-availability of good management books.
This book describes both theory and common practices in simple
and lucid manner so that the students can understand how to produce
information that is useful in day-to-day decision making. It is
particularly written for the managers, management accountants and
professional students to reason out the cost and management
accounting issues for themselves. Also, this would prove to be very
useful for the students who do not have a basic knowledge of
management accounting or who need help in improving their
performance as the concepts are explained with a number of
illustrations and diagrams for clear understanding of the subject
matter.
The book seeks to build and develop familiarity with analytical
techniques in internal and external decision-making in the competitive
world. It contains 786 solved problems, 189 unsolved problems,
around 300 theoretical questions and 14 case studies for class
discussion, EDP and FDP.
This book is structured in such a way that it can be used in both
semester as well as trimester patterns of various MBA, MCom,
PGDM, PGP, PG courses of all major universities, and CA, CS,
CFA, CWA, CPA of professional and autonomous institutions.
CONTENTS INCLUDE:
Part I: Introduction / Management Accounting / Part II: Financial
Statement Analysis / Financial Statement and Accounting Practice
/ Funds Flow Statement / Cash Flow Statement / Financial
Statements: Analysis and Interpretation / Ratio Analysis / Working
Capital Management / Part III: Cost Determination / Concept of
Cost / Material Control / Costing and Control of Labour /
Overheads / Machine Hour Rate / Process Costing / Contract
Costing / Operating Costing / Unit or Output Costing /
Reconciliation of Cost and Financial Accounts / Part IV: Planning
/ Marginal Costing and Cost Volume Profit Analysis / Budget
and Budgetary Control / Capital Budgeting / Part V: Control /
Standard Costing / Variance Analysis / Responsibility Accounting
/ Part VI: General Topics / Accounting for Price Level Changes /
Value Added and Shareholder Value Analysis / Human Resource
Accounting / Financial Forecasting and Balance Scorecard
Instructor Manual Available
2009 / 818 Pages / PB / Rs. 380
ISBN: 978-81-7446-763-8 / 81/4x11 TEXTBOOK
finance
Cost Accounting
Theory and Practice
K S THAKUR
A business enterprise operates in a dynamic
environment which creates many new facets
of management problems characterized by the presence of large scale
production, research, expansion, product improvement and diversification,
widening of the market and cut-throat competition, leaving narrow margin
for profit. The importance of cost accounting has risen due to this
competitive environment. It is a significant aspect in the field of Commerce,
Management and other important functional areas.
This book covers all the advanced topics of cost accounting included in
the syllabi of BCom, MCom, BBA, MBA and other similar professional
courses of Indian Universities. Every chapter is well-equipped with solved
problems as well as theoretical and numerical questions for better
understanding of the graduate and postgraduate syllabi of Commerce and
Management.
CONTENTS INCLUDE:
Cost Elements and Classification / Material Cost and Control / Labour
Cost Control / Overheads / Unit or Output Costing / Job and Batch
Costing / Contract Costing / Process Costing / Operating Costing /
Reconciliation of Cost and Financial Accounts / Uniform Costing and
Inter–Firm Comparison / Marginal Costing (Cost–Volume–Profit
Analysis and Decision-making) / Standard Costing / Budgetary Control
/ Cost Audit / Cost Reduction
2009 / 764 Pages / PB / Rs. 360
ISBN: 978-81-7446-750-8 / 81/4x11 TEXTBOOK
Second Edition
Corporate Accounting
DR. V K GOYAL, SRCC, Delhi
Accounting for different types of corporations comes under the sphere of
Corporate Accounting. This book primarily deals with the preparation
and presentation of accounts strictly in accordance with the provisions of
Indian Company Law. It is written as per the revised syllabus of B.Com.
courses of Indian Universities, particularly of Delhi University. This book
provides a comprehensive coverage of the subject in a lucid style making
it easy for the students to grasp the subject.
CONTENTS INCLUDE:
Issue of Shares - Forfeiture and Reissue of Forfeited Shares / Issue and
Redemption of Preference Shares and Bonus / Purchase of a Business /
Profits Prior to Incorporation / Loan Capital (Issue of Debentures) /
Redemption of Debentures / Final Accounts / Internal Reconstruction /
External Reconstruction [Amalgamation, Absorption and Merger] / Cash
Flow Statement / Ratio Analysis
2009 / 486 Pages / PB / Rs. 210
TEXTBOOK
ISBN: 978-81-7446-751-5 / 71/4x91/2
63
finance
Management Control Systems
a managerial emphasis
PRADIP KUMAR SINHA
This book is intended for various management
courses. The objective of writing this book is to set a
new standard for the Management Control Systems
textbooks. An attempt has been made to write this book with the following
features:
A comprehensive and up to date coverage of all the issues with special reference
to India. Uncontroversial presentation with detailed explanation in simple
language. An integrated and logical flow of the text from the beginning to the
end. Focuses managerial implications which cater to the needs of business
school students. Makes important theories accessible and interesting to the
students with live examples.
CONTENTS INCLUDE:
Nature of Management Control System / Contributing Theories of Management
Control Systems / Major Influencing Factors on the Design of Management
Control Systems / Infrastructure Organising / for Management Control / The
Managerial Process of Crafting and Executing Strategy / Responsibility Centre
/ Strategic Planning / Budgetary Control as an Instrument of Management /
Control / Performance Measurement and Balanced Scorecard / Management
Compensation / Designing of Management Control Systems in Indian Context
and Importance of MCS in the / Backdrop of Opening up of Indian Economy
/ Management Control of Service Organisations, Non-profit Organisations
and Government Organisations / Audit / Management Control and Emerging
Areas / Management Control of Multinational Organisations / Management
Control of Projects / A Guide to Case Analysis in Management Control
Systems / Managerial Costing Traditional Systems and Activity Based Systems
Instructor Manual Available
2008 / 518 Pages / PB / Rs. 295
TEXTBOOK
ISBN: 978-81-7446-680-8 / 71/4x91/2
Risk Management in Banks
concepts and applications
S SINGH
YOGESH SINGH
CONTENTS INCLUDE:
Part I: Banking Service in India – Then & Now/Commercial Banking in
India/Development Banks & FLS in India/Financial Sector Reforms in India
- An Overview/Part II: Risk Management: Concept and Application/Asset
Liability Management (ALM) in Banks/Introduction to Risk Management in
Banks/Credit Risk Management in Banks/CRM Policy and Application Road
Map/Market Risk Management (MRM)/Operational Risk Management
(ORM)/Building Block for Integrated Risk Management (IRM)/Integrated
Risk Management (IRM)/Part III: Corporate Governance Complements Risk
Management/Corporate Governance and Risk Management are Complementary/
PNB — A Case Study of the Risk Management Division/Part IV: Application
of Risk Management/Policies and Tools
2008 / 224 Pages / PB / Rs. 225
ISBN: 978-81-7446-641-9 / 71/4x91/2 TEXTBOOK
64
third edition
Financial Accounting
a managerial emphasis
ASHOK BANERJEE, Professor,
Finance and Control, Indian
Institute of Management, Kolkata
Management Accounting has two broad branches—Financial
Accounting and Cost Accounting. This book covers the first
aspect of Management Accounting. It seeks to delve deep
into all the aspects of Financial Accounting from a manager’s
perspective. The objective is to present the concepts,
applications and practices of Financial Accounting in such a
manner that even those readers having no prior exposure to
the subject can understand its theory and practice. A manager
is more interested in understanding various elements in
financial statements and thereby being able to analyze and
interpret the financial health of a business entity on the basis
of financial statements. Apart from this, the readers will also
become thoroughly acquainted with the financial disclosure
practices followed in India.
The highlights of the book are discussions on:
Accounting Standards in India Understanding Published
Financial Statements Inventory Valuation and Depreciation
Accounting Cash Flow Reporting and Interpretation Financial
Statements Analysis Intra-firm and Inter-firm Comparisons
Consolidated Financial Statements Valuation Techniques
Accounting for Amalgamations Selected Solved and
Unsolved Cases Financial Statements Analysis by Banks
Investment Accounting for Banks Accounting for Share buyback
ESOP Accounting
New to the Third Edition
Accounting for Financial Instruments, including Derivatives
Illustrations on Pricing of Derivatives Accounting for Demerger
Share based Payments
CONTENTS INCLUDE:
Financial Accounting—An Introduction / Recording in the
Primary Books / Postings in the Secondary Books / Bank
Reconciliation Statement / Trial Balance and Final Accounts
/ Accounting Standards in India / Revenue Recognition /
Corporate Financial Statements—Part-I / Corporate
Financial Statements—Part-II / Understanding Published
Financial Statements / Cash Flow Reporting / Financial
Statements Analysis / Intra-firm and Inter-firm
Comparisons / Lease Accounting and Analysis /
Consolidated Financial Statements / Valuations / Accounting
for Amalgamations / Accounting for Investments / Financial
Instruments
Instructor Manual Available
2009 / 794 Pages / PB / Rs. 360
ISBN: 978-81-7446-743-0 / 71/4x91/2 TEXTBOOK
 finance

Multinational Financial Management

R M SRIVASTAVA

This book deals with the modern concepts, approaches, skills,

techniques and practices of the international financial management.
The book is organized in such a manner as to provide clear, authoritative
and comprehensive idea about the background on the international
financial environment, followed by a focus from a corporate
perspective. The entire text is divided into four major sections. The
first two sections of the text provide the macroeconomic framework for the text and the remaining
two sections furnish a microeconomic framework, in an enlightening manner and lucid style. Accounting and Costing for
As such, the text is expected to best suit the needs of practicing managers and students pursuing Management
management, commerce and other sectoral programmes.
PRADIP KUMAR SINHA
CONTENTS INCLUDE:
SECTION I: INTRODUCTION / Introduction / International Monetary System / International This book attempts to provide a detailed
Financial Flows / SECTION II: MANAGEMENT OF FOREIGN EXCHANGE / Foreign description of the concepts of accounting
Exchange Market / Exchange Rate Determination and International Parity Conditions /
and costing. It covers the basics of financial
Management of Country Risk / Management of Exposure to Exchange Risk – An Aggregate View
/ Management of Operating Exposure / Internal Hedging Techniques of Transaction Exposure accounting and costing and is focused on to
Management / External Hedging Techniques of Transaction Exposure Management / Management meet the learning requirements of those
of Translation Exposure / Foreign Exchange Control / SECTION III: MULTINATIONAL learners who do not have any basic knowledge
INVESTMENT DECISIONS / Foreign Direct Investment (FDI) / Capital Budgeting for of management accounting and costing,
Multinationals / Multinational Portfolio Investment / Multinational Working Capital Management particularly PGDM and MBA students in
/ Taxation and Foreign Investment Decision / SECTION IV: MULTINATIONAL FINANCING the first year. However, even those who are
DECISIONS / Financing Multinational Operations / MNC’s Capital Structure Decision / Cost familiar with the basic concepts of accounting
of Capital for MNCs and costing may find the book very useful as
2008 / 358 Pages / PB / Rs. 275 it covers live examples from the corporate
ISBN: 978-81-7446-670-9 / 71/4x91/2 TEXTBOOK
world. The author has used innovative and
Financial Management simplistic method to explain the concepts.
tools and techniques CONTENTS INCLUDE:
UNIT 1: Accounting as an Information
DR PRADIP KUMAR SINHA System / Uses of Accounting Information
With the liberalization of Indian economy, the Indian corporate world and the Basic Financial Statement /
Measuring Business Transactions /
has found itself in an environment where it has to contest with the
Measuring Business Income /
market forces, large corporations with significant brand equity and
Completing the Accounting Cycle /
also follow different resource strategies and practices. India faces the Accounting for Trading Operations /
task of not only integrating itself with the rest of the world, but more Financial Reporting and Analysis /
importantly, of understanding future global trends to work towards Analysis and Interpretation of Financial
finding a place among the leading economies. Statements using the Techniques of Fund
In this book, the author has endeavoured to provide a firm grounding in the principles, techniques Flow Analysis and Ratio Analysis /
and practice of financial management. Accounting Standards / Nature and
CONTENTS INCLUDE: Incidence of Window-dressing / UNIT
PART I: INTRODUCTION TO FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT / Nature of Financial 2: Management and Cost Accounting /
Management / Indian Financial System / Time Value of Money / Risk and Return Fundamentals Introduction to Management and Cost
/ PART II: FINANCIAL ANALYSIS, PROFIT PLANNING AND CONTROL / Analysis and Accounting / Materials / Labour Cost /
Interpretation of Financial Statements using the Techniques of Fund Flow Analysis and Ratio Overheads / Methods of Costing / Non-
Analysis / Cost -Volume- Profit Analysis and Break-Even Point / Financial Planning and Budgetary Integrated Accounts and Reconciliation
Control / PART III: LONG-TERM INVESTMENT DECISIONS / Capital Expenditure of Cost and Financial Accounts /
Planning and Control / Risk Analysis in Capital Budgeting / PART IV: LONG TERM Marginal Costing and Cost-volume-
FINANCING AND DIVIDEND DECISIONS / Leverage and Capital Structure / Sources of profit Analysis / Financial Planning and
Long-Term and Medium Term funds / Dividend policy considerations / PART V: WORKING Budgetary Control / Standard Costing /
CAPITAL MANAGEMENT / Working Capital Management / Management of Cash / Receivable
Management Information and Reporting
Management / Inventory Management / Current Liabilities Management / PART VI:
MISCELLANEOUS TOPICS IN FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT / Concept of Micro-Finance System / Responsibility Accounting and
/ Mergers, Acquisitions and Restructuring / Corporate Governance / Performance Measurement, Transfer Pricing / New Concepts for
ROI, EVA and Balanced Scorecard / Recent Trends in Accounting and Finance / Value Based Decision-making – ABC Cost
Management-Introduction / Introduction to derivatives and Financial Risk Management / Financial Management, Value Chain Analysis,
Management of Multinational Firm / A Guide to Case Analysis / Appendix Target Costing and Life Cycle Costing
2010 / 650 Pages / PB / Rs. 350
2009 / 856 Pages / PB / Rs. 395 ISBN: 978-81-7446-806-2 / 81/4x11 TEXTBOOK
ISBN: 978-81-7446-737-9 / 81/4x11 TEXTBOOK
65
finance
Management Accounting
theory and practice
M P PANDIKUMAR, Professor, Business
Administration, Infant Jesus College of Engineering.
Free Student CD Included
This book presents the concepts, techniques and
application of management accounting in a lucid
and learner friendly manner. Special efforts have been
made to explain the context of the problems through step by step approach.
Salient features:
Coverage of major and modern aspects in management accounting.
Pictorial illustrations for better understanding.
Corporate live examples.
Seven case studies for better application of concepts.
Meaningful explanations of the formula for easy retrieval to the tune of theoretical
aspects.
CD consisting additional solved problems.
Instructor manual for faculty members.
The book is comprehensive in presentation and will facilitate PG students of
management discipline to understand the subject as well as take rational decisions.
The book will also help non-finance executives gain more insight about the
subject.
CONTENTS INCLUDE:
Introduction/Financial Accounting - Introduction/Financial Statements/
Depreciation Accounting/Financial Statement Analysis/Ratio Analysis/Fund
Flow Statement Analysis/Cash Flow Statement Analysis/Capital Budgeting/
Unit Costing/Inventory Valuation/Inventory Control & Management/Process
Costing/Job Order Costing/Marginal Costing/Standard Costing/Budgetary
Control/Activity Based Costing/Human Resource Accounting/Responsibility
Accounting
Instructor Manual Available
2007 / 454 Pages / PB / Rs. 295
ISBN: 978-81-7446-564-1 / 81/4x11 TEXTBOOK
Capital Market and
SEBI Regulations
TAPASH RANJAN SAHA
This book provides a detailed analysis of the Indian
Capital Market. It starts with elaborating the basic
concepts of Capital Market and thoroughly discusses
the SEBI norms/guidelines covered in around 20
chapters of the book. The unique feature of this book is the incorporation of
Case Study section, derived from the actual events of Indian Capital Market in
the recent past. The theory part coupled with case study and exercise shall
provide the student an exposure to the puzzling world of Finance Market. The
book is aimed for undergraduate as well as postgraduate students in commerce
and management courses of various Indian Universities.
This book provides a comprehensive coverage of the subject in a lucid style
making it easy for the students to grasp the subject as well as for the working
executives, to understand the day-to-day matters for operating in the Indian
Capital Market.
2009 / 174 Pages / PB / Rs. 195
ISBN: 978-81-7446-769-0 / 71/4x91/2
66
Contemporary
Issues in Finance
JAGADEESHA
SHIVAKUMAR DEENE
With the globalization of economy,
the financial system has become a
major player in the management
of business. The development in the capital market and the
new avenues available to gear the traditional financial
constraints have placed the present day finance manager in a
position to discover new skills and relentlessly update the
knowledge. This book has been compiled in order to fill the
gap between traditional and modern finance.
This book is a collaborative effort to present an insightful look
into the theoretical and empirical aspects of contemporary
issues in finance. Under the 33 chapters, from Stock Market
Development to Cross-border investment, from Venture
Capital to Debt Market and from impact of Futures on Spot
Market Volatility to Impact of Global Crisis, the book covers
various aspects of contemporary and emerging trends in finance.
This book is a sincere attempt from the side of contributors to
familiarize the emerging issues in finance. In general, this book
will help the academicians, researchers, practitioners and
investors in their particular areas.
2009 / 396 Pages / PB / Rs. 500
ISBN: 978-81-7446-725-6 / 71/4x91/2
third edition
Financial Accounting
DR. V K GOYAL, SRCC, Delhi
This is the third edition of the book
‘Financial Accounting’, completely
revised and updated as per the latest
syllabus of B.Com (Course) of
Indian Universities, particularly of Delhi University. It is
designed to explain the meaning, principles and concepts of
Financial Accounting in a very interesting and lucid style.
Sufficient number of solved illustrations are given in a graded
manner which would prove to be a boon for the readers to
understand and grasp the subject clearly.
CONTENTS INCLUDE:
Meaning and Objectives of Accounting and Accounting
Information / Theory Base of Accounting and Accounting
Standards / Accounting Process / Source Documents and
Vouchers for Recording of Transactions / Subsidiary Books
of Business / Trial Balance and Errors and their Rectification
/ Depreciation—Reserves and Provisions / Final Accounts
of Trading Concerns / Accounts of Non-trading
Organizations / Accounts from Incomplete Records: Single
Entry System / Consignment Account / Joint Venture
Accounts / Hire Purchase System / Branch Accounts /
Dissolution of a Partnership Firm
2009 / 622 Pages / PB / Rs. 245
TEXTBOOK
ISBN: 978-81-7446-746-1 / 71/4x91/2
 finance

Working Capital Management Mutual Funds in

KRISH RANGARAJAN, Director, IIFT, Kolkata India
ANIL MISRA Emerging Issues
NALINI PRAVA TRIPATHY,
Professor, IIM, Shillong

This is a textbook on concepts involved in and techniques used for effective Working KEY FEATURES:
Capital Management of an enterprise. It is meant for postgraduate students of financial Pedagogically rich to help students retain and apply
management pursuing M.Com, M.B.A., Post Graduate Diploma studies in universities chapter concepts
and institutes of management; students of professional courses like C.A., Company Comprehensive coverage of bodies and practices
Secretaries, Cost & Works Accountants. On a selective basis, practicing managers can Discusses in detail about the current status of
also use this book with advantage in reformulating and improving upon the existing
development and future prospects of mutual fund
practices, techniques and generalizations relative to Working Capital Management of
industry in India
their enterprises.
Provides exercises to test the students grasp of the subject
It is intended to assist students in developing the analytical skills necessary for dealing Cases in the Indian context
with the problems of Working Capital in the Indian context. It contains descriptions Highlights latest trends with figures and tables
and explanations of generalizations related to Working Capital Management with
desirable application. CONTENTS INCLUDE:
The coverage of the book extends to important decision-making areas of Working The Financial Market in India/Securities Exchange
Board of India (SEBI)/Mutual Funds in India/
Capital Management, viz., Current Assets Management, Working Capital Financing,
Regulatory Framework and Organisation of Mutual
Inventory and Receivables Management, Cash Management and Financial policies Funds in India/Investment Management/Mutual
affecting Working Capital Finance. Funds Marketing/Mutual Fund Derivatives/Future
Scenario of the Mutual Fund Industry/A Message
CONTENTS INCLUDE:
Introduction to Working Capital Management/Short-Term Financing/Management for Investors Relating to Investing in Mutual
of Cash/Receivables Management/Inventory Management/Working Capital Funds/Cases
Management and Dividend Policy/Loans and Lines of Credit 2007 / 264 Pages / PB / Rs. 225 TEXTBOOK
ISBN: 81-7446-535-9 / 71/4x91/2
Instructor Manual Available
2005 / 256 Pages / PB / Rs. 220
Mergers,
ISBN: 81-7446-453-0 / 71/4x91/2 TEXTBOOK
Acquisitions and
Business
Accounting and Finance for Valuation
Managers RAVINDHAR VADAPALLI
NITIN BALWANI

CONTENTS INCLUDE:
The World of Finance/Accounting Simplified/Financial Markets and Financial
Instruments/Financial Reporting/Balance Sheet Demystified/Profit & Loss A/c
Demystified/Cash Flow Statement Demystified/Financial Statement Analysis/
Accounting for Decision Making/Standard Costing & Variance Analysis/Activity
Based Costing/Cost-Volume-Profit Analysis/Investment Appraisal – Basic Concepts/
Investment Appraisal: Methods and Considerations/The Financing Mix/Payout
Decisions/Budgets as a Basis for Planning and Control/Introduction to Working
Capital/Managing Liquid Assets
2001 / 608 Pages / PB / Rs. 310
TEXTBOOK
ISBN: 81-7446-265-1 / 71/4x91/2
CONTENTS INCLUDE:
Activities in Mergers and Acquisitions: Worldwide
Trend / How to Go About-Due Diligence Process
/ Synergy Value / Leveraged Buyouts / Divestitures
/ Acquiring or Merging Across Borders / Employee
Stock Ownership Plans (ESOPs) / Taking an Ethical
Approach to Mergers and Acquisitions / Cultural
Due Diligence / Evaluation of Merger and
Acquisition Reference / The Case Against Mergers
and Acquisitions / Financing M and A / Business
Valuation Methods / Business Valuations – Analysis
of Methods / Classic Examples of Acquisitions in
Indian Scenario –2006
Instructor Manual Available
2007 / 266 Pages / PB / Rs. 225
TEXTBOOK
ISBN: 978-81-7446-570-2 / 71/4x91/2
67
finance
Introduction to Banking
VIJAYARAGAVAN IYENGAR, Director,
AICAR, Mumbai
This book meets the requirements of
the subject in all its angles and intends
to serve the requirements of
management students who would like
to make a career in banking and for those in pursuit of promotional
avenues within the bank.
CONTENTS INCLUDE:
Indian Banking System/Reserve Bank of India/Reforms in
Financial and Banking Sector/Different types of Accounts/Banker
Customer Relationship/Customer Service in Banks/KYC Norms
and Anti-money Laundering/Banking Laws/Other Important
Laws as Applied to Banking/Technology in Banks/Payment and
Settlement System – New Age Clearing/New Age Payment –
National Gateways/New Age Payment – International Gateways/
Financial Innovations/Retail Banking/Book Keeping and
Accountancy for Bankers/Treasury Management /Loans and
Advances/Credit Management/Documentation/Operational Risk
Management/Foreign Exchange/Priority Sector Lending/Non
Performing Assets/Latest in Banking
Instructor Manual Available
2007 / 640 Pages / PB / Rs. 350
ISBN: 978-81-7446-569-6 / 81/4x11 TEXTBOOK
Financial Derivatives
BISHNUPRIYA MISHRA, Principal,
Academy of Management Studies,
Krupajal Group of Institutions,
Bhubaneswar
SATYA SWAROOP
In recent years, derivatives have become
increasingly important in the field of
finance. The book discusses at large the
meaning, basic understanding, pricing and trading strategies of the
financial derivatives. Common derivatives include options, forward
contracts, futures contracts, and swaps. This book provides a broad-
based introduction to the technical aspects of the main classes of
derivatives, the markets in which they are traded and the underlying
concepts. This book is a comprehensive, industry-independent
exploration of financial derivatives which offers an insightful look
inside financial derivatives that is sweeping corporate world, banks,
and investment finance. This book is intended as a text for MBA
students specializing in the area of Finance, students of CA/ICWA,
students of M.Com, academicians, researchers, practitioners and
investors in general.
CONTENTS INCLUDE:
Introduction to Derivatives/Forward Contracts/Futures Contracts
– Basic Principles/Pricing of Futures Contracts/Hedging
Strategies Using Futures/Options Contracts – Basic Principles/
Valuation of Options/Hedging Strategies using Options/Financial
Swaps-Principles and Valuation
2007 / 248 Pages / PB / Rs. 195
ISBN: 978-81-7446-572-6 / 71/4x91/2
68
Indian Stock Market
BISHNUPRIYA MISHRA, Professor, Department
of Business Administration, Regional College of
Management, Bhubaneswar
SATHYA SWAROOP DEBASISH, Lecturer,
Department of Business Management, Fakir
Mohan University, Balasore, Orissa
2008 / 210 Pages / PB / Rs. 295
ISBN: 978-81-7446-605-1 / 71/4x91/2
Microfinance
redefining the future
V S SOMANATH
CONTENTS INCLUDE:
PART I Microfinance: Redefining the Future / Overview of
Microfinance / Magnitude of Poverty in India / Subsidized Credit
to Microcredit / PART II Microfinance: Connect, Communicate
and Link Credit / Microfinance Institutions / Self-help Group
and Bank Linkage / Challenges Facing SHG Federation / NGO-
SHG-Bank Linkage / State Sponsored Microfinance / PART III
MICROFINANCE: EPICYCLE / Attaining Outreach and
Viability / Role of Technology to Reach the Unbanked
2008 / 282 Pages / PB / Rs. 525
ISBN: 978-81-7446-705-8 / 61/4x91/2 TEXTBOOK
Corporate Accounting
DR. K K VERMA
The book is designed as per the latest
amendments of the Company (Amendment)
Act 2002. It covers the latest syllabus of
B.Com. and M.Com. of the UGC. It is also useful for the students pursuing
Management, Commerce and PG courses of all the major universities.
CONTENTS INCLUDE:
Issue of Shares / Company Accounts – Redeemable Preference Shares/
Company Accounts – Issue and Redemption of Debentures/Acquisition
of Business or Purchase of Business/Profit or Loss Prior to Incorporation
and Post-Incorporation/Underwriting of Shares & Debentures & Under-
writing Commission/Valuation of Goodwill/Valuation of Shares/
Liquidation of Companies/Accounts of Holding Companies/Final
Accounts of Companies (Managerial Remuneration)/Final Accounts of
Companies (With Disposal of Profit)/Accounting for Amalgamation,
Absorption and Reconstruction of Companies as per AS-14/Internal
Reconstruction and Alteration of Share Capital
Instructor Manual Available
2007 / 990 Pages / PB / Rs. 375
TEXTBOOK ISBN: 978-81-7446-578-8 / 81/4x11 TEXTBOOK

Dictionary of
Computer &
Internet
B NANDHAKUMAR
BHUVANESHWARI
LALITHA
This dictionary provides the user with a comprehensive
range of the vocabulary used in the field of computing.
It covers all the aspects of computing, including
hardware, software, peripherals, networks and
programming, as well as many applications in which
computers are used, such as the Internet or desktop
publishing. It also describes the latest developments in
networks, Internet, communications, programming,
multimedia, and processor design and storage
technology.
General comments about particular items of interest,
complex ideas or hardware or software applications are
given in separate boxes. Quotations from magazines
and journals are given to show how the words are used
in real text. This book's coverage isn't restricted to
Microsoft Windows systems; in fact, the reader will
find full coverage of Macintosh and OS/2 terms as
well. Anyone using a personal computer of any brand
or model will find this book to be a valuable reference
and learning tool.
This book can be used as a handy reference material
regarding the computer system. One can also use it to
figure out what's available on the Internet and on-line
services.
2010 / 300 Pages / PB / Rs. 250
ISBN: 978-81-7446-855-0 / 51/2x81/2
BPO/KPO
Management
an industry perspective
EDITED BY
R GOPAL
PRADIP MANJREKAR
2008 / 356 Pages / PB / Rs. 595
ISBN: 978-81-7446-672-3 / 71/4x91/2
information
technology
Engineering MIS for Strategic
Business Processes
ARPITA GOPAL
This book talks of different business situations and the process of engineering
Management Information System (MIS) framework for these business situations. This
text is not aimed to cover the theoretical concepts related to MIS but consciously
makes an effort towards application of these concepts to various business domains.
There are thousands of ways of developing MIS solutions for a business situation. But
the perfect fit is rare. This text explains simple techniques of developing perfect fit MIS
solutions for specific business situations. The text is specifically written to successfully
bridge the gap between MIS concepts and their applications. The text is most suitable
for students pursuing various management and computer courses at graduation and
postgraduation levels.
CONTENTS INCLUDE:
SECTION 1: Thinking in Terms of Management Information Systems / Overview of
Concepts / Education Institute Management System / Petrol Pump Management
System / Payroll Management System / Resource Allocation Management System /
Sports Management System / Banking Management System / Hospital Management
System / Library Management System / SECTION 2: Strategic Business Processes
Related MIS Case Studies / Human Resource Department / Marketing Department /
Inventory Department / Assembly and Dispatch Department / Production Department
/ Purchase Department Financial Accounting System
2008 / 434 Pages / PB / Rs. 295
ISBN: 978-81-7446-688-4 / 81/4x11 TEXTBOOK
Management Information
Systems
A Computer oriented approach for business
operations
DHARMINDER KUMAR, Guru Jambheswar University, Hisar
SANGEETA GUPTA
Divided into thirteen chapters, the book exhaustively covers every possible aspect
of the subject, including:
Evolution, Myths, Concepts, Limitations, Benefits, Significance and Role
Internal and Environmental drivers, Dimensions & Scope, and Sources
Definitions, Characteristics, Design, Challenges, and the Future
Various functional areas of the Organization, and related MIS Sub- systems
Implementation, Evaluation and Maintenance
Controlling MIS, Security Hazards, Security Techniques
Database Types/Management Systems/ Relational Database Design
Computer Networks, Topology, LAN, MAN, WAN, Architecture
11 case studies provide accelerated learning and problemsolving ability
…& much, much more.
2005 / 490 Pages / PB / Rs. 250
ISBN: 81-7446-427-1 / 71/4x91/2 TEXTBOOK
69
information
technology
IT Enabled Practices and Data Analysis using
Emerging Management Microsoft Excel
Paradigms ASH NARAYAN SAH

EDITORS
I C GUPTA The focal point of this book is the use of
DEEPAK JAROLIYA Microsoft Excel for data analysis from the
researchers’ perspective. It is aimed at
researchers in economics and management
2008 / 376 Pages / PB / Rs. 595 who just want to apply econometric methods sensibly to the real world
ISBN: 978-81-7446-676-1 / 71/4x91/2 data for analysis and empirical works.
This book has been divided into 9 chapters. The first chapter
Management Information Systems ‘Elementary Data Handling’ deals with summarizing data graphically
ASHOK ARORA, and by descriptive statistics. The second chapter is ‘Correlation Analysis’
AKSHAYA BHATIA which studies the nature of relationship between two variables. The
CONTENTS INCLUDE: third chapter aims to familiarize the reader with various concepts of
Overview of Management, Organization & Systems/Management simple linear regression model where one phenomenon has been
Information Systems/Office Automation/Fundamentals of explained in terms of another phenomenon. The fourth chapter stretches
Computers/Prominent Information Systems/Communication the basic concepts of the third chapter and explains one variable in
Concepts & Networking/Telecommunication/Project Planning, terms of one or more variables. The fifth chapter discusses the Dummy
Analysis & Design of MIS/Database Management/Typical Information Regression Model—a technique used to incorporate qualitative
Systems/Case Studies information into regression model. This is also used for studying
seasonality in data. The sixth chapter deals with time series analysis.
Instructor Manual Available The seventh chapter describes Box-Jenkins methodology. It also
1999 / 532 Pages / PB / Rs. 320 TEXTBOOK
ISBN: 81-7446-188-4 / 71/4x91/2 discusses distributed lag model and Granger causality. The eighth
chapter explains the concept of co-integration and error correction
mechanism. The last chapter discusses the extensions and limitations
of regression analysis.
This book would be extremely beneficial for the students pursuing
Effective Call Center postgraduate economics and MBA programmes.
Training 2009 / 196 Pages / PB / Rs. 225
TEXTBOOK
ISBN: 978-81-7446-716-4 / 71/4x91/2
soft skills

Business Essentials for

This book, perhaps among the first few of Software Professionals
its kind, explores in a unique way G P SUDHAKAR
management concepts like customer
centricity and core competency. Examples, illustrations and tables guide
the reader on how to provide superior customer satisfaction to existing
customers, acquire new customer and build customers loyalty.

A lucid book on the ins and outs of the much-in-vogue call centers. It
caters to the need of a global audience with panache. The focus is on
2008 / 192 Pages / PB / Rs. 250
honing personal relation skills and educating the reader on what it ISBN: 978-81-7446-637-2 / 71/4x91/2
takes to thrive in the highly competitive, vibrant and rapidly evolving
world of call centers. IT & Business Intelligence
CONTENTS INCLUDE: EDITED BY
The history of the industry/Opportunities and challenges in India/ R K JENA
How a call center functions/How to handle a telemarketing call/How
to satisfy different types of customers/The nuances of American
English/How to overcome communication barriers/How to build a
successful team/Customer relationship management/Web-based
customer support/Windows Explorer/Outlook Express/MS-Word/
MS-Excel and/MS-PowerPoint
2001 / 220 Pages / PB / Rs. 200
ISBN: 81-7446-255-4 / 71/4x91/2 2009 / 294 Pages / PB / Rs. 495
70 ISBN: 978-81-7446-715-7 / 71/4x91/2
 information
technology
Visual Basic 6
SANJEEV SHARMA,
third edition Asian Development Bank
Fundamentals of Information NANDAN TRIPATHI,

Technology Barkatullah University, Bhopal

DEEPAK BHARIHOKE, Perot Systems Ltd.

The third edition of “Fundamentals of Information Technology” is a 'must have'
book not only for BCA and MBA students, but also for all those who want to
strengthen their knowledge of computers. The additional chapter on MS Office
is a comprehensive study on MS Word, MS Excel and other components of the
package. This book is packed with expert advice from eminent IT professionals,
in-depth analysis and practical examples. It presents a detailed functioning of
hardware components besides covering the software concepts. A broad overview
of Computer architecture, Data representation in the computer, Operating
systems, Database management systems, Programming languages, etc., has also
been included. An additional chapter on Mobile Computing and other state-of-
the-art innovations in the IT world have been incorporated. Not only that, the
latest Internet technologies have also been covered in detail. Each chapter is
followed by a number of review questions.
CONTENTS INCLUDE:
Introduction to Computer Basics/Data Representation/Input and Output
Devices/Computer Memory/Processor/Binary Arithmetic/The Basic Computer
Architecture/Software Concepts/Operating Systems/DOS: Disk Operating
System/Features of the Unix Operating System/Windows 95/98/Microsoft
Office/Data Base Management Systems/SQL/Computers and Communication/
Computer Networks/Internet/Mobile Computing/Multimedia/Data
Warehousing
Instructor Manual Available
2006 / 654 Pages / PB / Rs. 275
TEXTBOOK
ISBN: 81-7446-481-6 / 71/4x91/2
This book covers the depth as well as breadth of the Visual
Basic. It begins with a very elementary level of programming
and gradually illustrates the basics of Visual Basic and
Graphical User Interfaces.
CONTENTS INCLUDE:
Visual Basic: Background / Visual Basic Forms: Data
Entry Screens / VB Toolbox In-depth / Variables,
Datatypes and User Defined Types / Dialog Boxes,
Conditional Statements and Loops / Modules, Arrays,
Collections, Enums / Procedures, Functions, Formats,
API, Graphics / Events: A Closer Look / Menus, Control
Arrays, Multiple Forms / Advanced Active-x Controls /
Windows Common Controls: Animation, Updown,
Monthview / Windows Common Controls: Slider,
Imagelist, Image Combo, Tool Bar, Status Bar / Treeview
and Listview / Database Concepts and SQL / Database
Creation, ODBC and DAO Programming / Database
Programming: ADO and DED / Database
Programming: Data Reports / Object Oriented
Programming Systems (OOPS) / OLE / File System
Objects / COM/DCOM / DHTML Programming /
Error Handling, Debugging, Compiling / Package and
Deployment Wizard / Beyond VB: ASP, COM+, .NET
/ Glossary / Index
2009 / 558 Pages / PB / Rs. 295
ISBN: 978-81-7446-704-1 / 71/4x91/2 TEXTBOOK

Management Information
Systems IT Innovations for
G V SATYA SEKHAR, College of Management Studies, Organizational
Gandhi Instiute of Technology and Management,
Visakhapatnam Excellence
EDITED BY
ASHWINI SHARMA
ALOK BANSAL
YOGESHWARI PHATAK
CONTENTS INCLUDE: RAJ KISHORE SHARMA
Computer/Memory Types/Central Processor and Central Processing Unit
(CPU)/Operating Systems/Computer Generations/Information Systems/
Decision Support System/Enterprise Resource Planning/ Strategies and 2009 / 448 Pages / PB / Rs. 595
Optimization Models/Technical Foundation of Information Systems/ ISBN: 978-81-7446-759-1 / 71/4x91/2
Functional Information System/System Analysis/System Development Life
Cycle/Hospital Information System/Information Technology in Services Sector/
Database Management Systems/Internet - A Conceptual Approach/Electronic
Data Security/Access Database System/Media of Internet Service Provider: A
Survey/ MBA Examination Model Cases
Instructor Manual Available
2007 / 304 Pages / PB / Rs. 225
ISBN: 81-7446-521-9 / 71/4x91/2 TEXTBOOK
71
information
technology
Foundation of
Operating Systems
(A Structural Approach
with UNIX)
D P SHARMA
This book on Operating System is written considering the
students pursuing the degree and postgraduate degree course
in Computer Science, Engineering and System
Management, even for the students of Business
Management courses having electives as System
Management or part of the curriculum that necessitates
the basic knowledge of operating system.
The discussion presented in the book is lucid and
accompanied by a number of easily understandable
diagrammatic representations to make the topics clear for
the freshers of the field. The algorithms are also used for
the concerned candidates whose course requirement is a
little in-depth. Each diagram is sufficiently detailed to
support fast and easy understanding by the readers. Each
chapter is accompanied with self-test exercises to test
progress of the readers.
The readers will definitely find it a self-explanatory text
with sufficient clarity that covers almost all the necessary
parts of the operating system design and operation.
CONTENTS INCLUDE:
Overview of Operating System / Process Management
Functions / Memory Management Functions / Device
Management Functions / Concurrent Programming /
UNIX Operating System
2008 / 304 Pages / PB / Rs. 225
ISBN: 978-81-7446-626-6 / 71/4x91/2 TEXTBOOK
e-commerce
A Manager’s Guide to e-Business
PARAG DIWAN, SUNIL SHARMA
The book has extensively covered the following topics: E-
Commerce and its benefits/Internet and Intranets/
Electronic Data Interchange (EDI)/Electronic Payment
Systems/Legal and Security Issues in E-Commerce/Value-
Aided Networks/Various other issues related to E-
Commerce Implementation.
The book has also covered various standards in E-
Commerce, e.g., Data Communication and Data
Translation. There are extensive illustrations on various
issues and E-Commerce models, which provide a direction
in the process of universal E-Commerce. This book is a
complete E-Commerce guide to a business Manager.
2000 / 380 Pages / PB / Rs. 220
ISBN: 81-7446-203-1 / 51/2x81/2 TEXTBOOK
72
Foundations of IT
DHIRAJ SHARMA, Assistant Professor and Head,
Department of Management, Regional Institute of
Management & Technology, Gobindgarh City, Punjab.
The present book 'Foundations of I.T.' is designed for
computer and management students with no particular
background in Computers or Information Technology.
The book not only covers the basic and fundamentals of IT but deals also with
advance concepts and structures comprehensively. The present book is useful both
for IT and Business Management students in understanding the fundamentals,
applications and major roles IT play in various walks of life daily. Present text also
focuses on the technological changes and trends that are revolutionizing the various
knowledge areas under business management. The role and applications of
information technology in business has been extensively discussed in the present
book. Attempt has been made to follow 'non-technical' and 'simple-to-understand'
approach throughout the text. This book is useful for the students of IT, business
management, commerce, computer science, engineering and in general as well. The
present text also serves as a course and text book particularly for the papers of
Information Technology and Computer Fundamentals of MBA, BBA, MCA, BCA,
B. Sc.(IT), PGDCA, M.Com etc. being run by various colleges and universities. In
nutshell, present book is useful for everyone who is curious about Information
Technology and its role and applications.
CONTENTS INCLUDE:
An Introduction to Information Technology/Fundamentals of a Computer/
Number System and Boolean Algebra/Understanding Operating System/
Programming Languages/Programming Concepts /Database Management System/
Management Information System/DOS, Unix and Windows/Microsoft Windows
XP/MS Office: An Overview/Learning MS Word/Learning MS-Excel/Learning
MS PowerPoint/Learning MS Access/Networking and Networking Technology/
The Internet/E-Commerce/ E-Commerce Technologies and Emerging Issues/
Cyber Crimes, Viruses and Other Threats/The Information Technology Act,
2000/IT Terms
Instructor Manual Available
2008 / 492 Pages / PB / Rs. 295
ISBN: 978-81-7446-589-4 / 81/4x11 TEXTBOOK
e-World
Emerging Trends in Information
Technology
ARPITA GOPAL
CHANDRANI SINGH
This book on e-World brings forth the recent advents in
the field of technology that have transformed the way
we live and work. The major areas that have been
discussed in this text are e-Commerce, e-Banking, e-Logistics, e-Governance, e-
Agriculture, e-Learning, e-Content Management, Biometrics, GIS/GPS, Knowledge
Management, Embedded Systems, etc.
CONTENTS INCLUDE:
e-Commerce / Customer Relationship Management / e-Banking / Content
Management and Dissemination / e-Logistics / e-Governance and e-Agriculture /
Knowledge Management / Geographic Information System/Geographic Positioning
System / Biometric Technologies / Embedded Systems
2009 / 338 Pages / PB / Rs. 275
TEXTBOOK
ISBN: 978-81-7446-732-4 / 71/4x91/2

Civil Aviation
a global perspective
RAJU G
MIHIR BABU G
CONTENTS INCLUDE:
Introduction / Aviation History / Growth of Civil Aviation
/ Aviation Technology / Manufacturers / Leading Players /
Airline Alliances / Aviation Infrastructure / Leading Airports
of the World / Human Resource in Aviation / Conclusion
2009 / 176 Pages / PB / Rs. 295
ISBN: 978-81-7446-727-0/ 71/4x91/2
Principles of
Airport Economics
P S SENGUTTUVAN
CONTENTS INCLUDE:
Economics in Aviation Studies / Aviation Industry and its
Significance / Consumer Behaviour / Airport Operational
Economics / Economics of Airport Optimization / Economics
of Congestions and Delays / Airport Slot Mechanism /
Airport Market and Competition / Airport Planning System
/ Airport Financial Economics / Airport Pricing Strategy /
ICAO – Guidelines in Airport & Air Navigational Services
Pricing / Airport Performance System / Regulation and
Competition: International Practices – Civil Aviation
Industry / Airport Competition and Regulation: Case Studies
/ Airport Privatization / Airport Services in Global Trade
2007 / 462 Pages / PB / Rs. 895
TEXTBOOK
ISBN: 81-7446-523-5 / 71/4x91/2
Operation Research
Decision Model Approach
S JAISANKAR
CONTENTS INCLUDE:
Linear Programming: Formulation and Graphical Method /
Linear Programming: Analytical Methods / Transportation
Model / Assignment Model / Network Analysis PERT-
CPM / Sequencing / Replacement Models / Queuing Theory
/ Game Theory / Simulation
operations
management
Logistics Management
REJI ISMAIL, Professor, Farook Institute of
Management Studies,Calicut
The present book has been designed to be a new
generation logistics textbook as it is shorter and
precise in comparison with the other related books
that are lengthy and vague. This book has been
written to provide a textbook that exclusively deals with the topics of logistics
management.
The book covers the basics of warehousing, transportation, inventory,
packaging, material handling, supply chain management, operations,
information technology, documentation, etc. Most books do not cover these
topics in detail. This book makes the concepts, elements and activities, related
to logistics, very simple and clear. The shipping industry has also been covered
in depth in it.
The book not only covers the basics but also provides essential material for
those students who are doing higher-level logistics courses. Upper level students
and industry practitioners can also use this book as reference. It contains a
wealth of definitions and explains a lot of terms, which are involved in the day-
to-day operations of logistics management.
CONTENTS INCLUDE:
Objectives and Elements of Logistics / Marketing and Logistics / Integrated
Logistics / Supply Chain Relations / Customer Based Marketing /
Transportation / Multi-modal Transport / Containerisation / Incoterms /
Inland Container Depot / International Air Transport / Shipping Industry
/ Freight / Freight Structure and Practice / Warehousing / Material Handling
/ Packaging and Packing / Packing for Transportation and Marking / Inventory
Management / Global Logistics / Information and Communication /
Documentation / Index
Instructor Manual Available
2008 / 350 Pages / PB / Rs. 250
ISBN: 978-81-7446-627-3/ 71/4x91/2 TEXTBOOK
Materials Management
RAJENDRA MISHRA, Visiting Faculty,
Indian Institute of Management, Lucknow
CONTENTS INCLUDE:
PART - I / Materials Management - An Overview / Inventory Systems for
Independent Demand Items / Inventory Systems for Dependent Demand
Items / Enterprise Resource Planning / PART - II / Purchase Cycle,
Standardization and Outsourcing / Purchase Specification / Supplier Selection
/ Ordering / Purchase Strategies / Understanding Price / Negotiation /
Supplier Management - Buyer-Supplier Relation, Evaluation and
Development / PART - III / Logistics / Appendices / Index
2007 / 282 Pages / PB / Rs. 225
ISBN: 81-7446-514-6 / 71/4x91/2 TEXTBOOK
73
operations
management
Fundamentals of Air Exploring the
Transport Management Supply Chain
P S SENGUTTUVAN, Airport Authority of India theory and practice
UPENDRA KACHRU

Supply Chain Management (SCM)

CONTENTS INCLUDE:
Transportation/Aviation Growth and Development/Aircraft Manufacturers
- Airbus Industrie & The Boeing Company/Economy and Aviation/Aviation
Management Structure/International Aviation Principal Management/
Aviation Supporting Organization/State Regulatory Aviation Management -
US, UK and India/Liberalization, Privatization and Globalization in Civil
Aviation Industry/Naresh Chandra Committee Report - Road Map for the
Civil Aviation Sector (New National Civil Aviation Policy 2003)
2005 / 242 Pages / PB / Rs. 450 TEXTBOOK
ISBN: 81-7446-459-X / 71/4x91/2
Total Quality Management
An Integrated Approach
SHAILENDRA NIGAM
This book has been written with the premise that
no organisation can survive in an increasingly
competitive business environment unless its primary
focus is on offering quality products and services. Aimed at making the reader
aware of the present scenario of quality management process in India, it presents
an opportunity to Learn the basic principles and tools of total quality
management through practical experiences of Indian companies.
CONTENTS INCLUDE:
PART I Introduction / Understanding Quality / Quality Philosophies /
Introducing Total Quality Management – Concepts and Principles / Problem
Solving and Continuous Improvement / PART II Managerial Perspective to
TQM / Organisational Management System – Reengineering / Human
Resource Management System / PART III Methods, Tools and
Techniques / Statistical Tools / TQ through Quality Circles / Total Quality
through Japanese 5-S / TQ through QMS / Total Quality through Cost of
Quality / Total Quality through Benchmarking / International Awards /
Case Studies / Index
2005 / 418 Pages / PB / Rs. 330
ISBN: 81-7446-419-0 / 71/4x91/2 TEXTBOOK
Glossary of Purchasing and
Materials Management
COMPILED BY
M K BHARDWAJ, Indian Institute of Materials Management, New Delhi
2001 / 244 Pages / PB / Rs. 150
ISBN: 81-7446-258-9 / 51/2x81/2
74
is a revolutionary way of looking at
the processes involved in buying.
This book elaborates the basic concepts of Supply Chain
Management and provides a comprehensive coverage of the
methodology and key strategic drivers in the different processes
involved in operating and designing a Supply Chain.
The book explains the evolution of Supply Chain Management,
its concept and philosophy. It also looks at the different elements
that go into the design of the Supply Chain and the purchasing
functions from the supply chain perspective. The book not
only deals with the planning function of SCM, it also covers
the fundamental concepts of forecasting and demand
management, planning and control, including the aggregate
plan, the different types of inventory models and their
classification, work-in-progress and finished goods inventory
and quality as a new and major component of Supply Chain
Management.
Information plays a critical part in properly designed supply
chains. Therefore, a whole chapter is dedicated to discuss the
functionality of information in supply chains. It describes the
principles behind generating ‘Supply Chain Information’ as
well as the different architectures of supply chain information
apart from covering the fundamentals of e-Business. Different
aspects and modes of transportation in India, containerization,
impact of globalization on logistics, warehouse designs,
materials handling systems and warehousing strategies are the
other important topics that have been discussed in the book.
The book not only begins with the bull-whip effect, it also
ends with it. The last chapter discusses supply chain coordination
problems and solutions to these problems. This book is not an
academic treatise, though it provides the most comprehensive
coverage of the different facets of supply chain management.
An important feature of this book is that its text is supported
by some outstanding case studies developed by the faculty of
the Indian Institute of Management, Ahmedabad.
CONTENTS INCLUDE:
Supply Chain and the Materials Function / Supply Chain
Management Basics / Supply Chain Relationships / Supply
Chain Design / Purchasing Basics / Purchasing and Supplier
Sourcing / Demand Planning and Forecasting / Aggregate
Planning and Inventory Management / Inventory Models /
Work-in-Progress and Finished Goods Inventory / Supply
Chain Quality / Information Visibility in Supply Chains /
Transportation in Supply Chains / Warehouse Management
and Operations / Location and Networking / Supply Chain
Coordination and Performance
Instructor Manual Available
2009 / 728 Pages / PB / Rs. 375
ISBN: 978-81-7446-734-8 / 71/4x11 TEXTBOOK

Production and Operations
Management
Text and Cases
UPENDRA KACHRU, Professor, IILM
Institute for Higher Education, Gurgaon
This book takes a pedagogical approach that is participative and
interactive, involving the case study method of learning. Chapters start
with an Indian case study of a well known company. This is used as a
capstone case for the chapter. The student will find this an easy learning
experience as data and additional information for these enterprises is
readily available. The selection of such cases makes classroom learning
truly suited to the Indian business environment.
Unlike many Production and Operations Management texts, this book
covers E-commerce, Industrial Safety, Maintenance, Environmental
Management (Green Productivity) and new technological trends in
the discipline. These sections should add to the significance of exploring
how firms can gain competitive advantage and promote sustainable
development at the same time.
The last section of the book comprises of a selection of cases from The
Indian Institute of Management at Ahmedabad. The cases encompass
the entire spectrum of Indian Industry— the private and the public
sectors, professional and family managed business organizations, service
and manufacturing industries, single industry and conglomerates. The
cases relate to Operations Strategy, Supply Chain Management,
Capacity Planning, New Products, Manufacturing Technologies, etc.
The Case Studies are of world class. Prof. Tirupati, one of the authors
of the case studies, according to Management Science, has penned one
of the top 100 management articles in the 50 years.
The book is comprehensive, lucid and easy to read and understand. It
should be of great value both to students and faculty.
CONTENTS INCLUDE:
OM Basics / Product and Product Design / Supplement to Chapter
2: Economic Evaluation / Process Selection and Design / Capacity
Design and Planning / Supplement to Chapter 4: Linear
Programming / Facility Planning and Layout / Supplement to Chapter
5: Transportation Problem / Forecasting Techniques / Managing for
Quality / Supplement to Chapter 7: Six Sigma and Statistical Quality
Control / Aggregate Planning / Supplement to Chapter 8: Waiting
Line Models / The Supply Chain / Supplement to Chapter 9:
Inventory and Inventory Models / MRP and Operations Scheduling
/ Supplement to Chapter 10: Transportation Problem / Productivity,
Work Analysis and Job Design / Lean Manufacturing / Project
Management / Maintenance and Safety / Strategy and Operations
Strategy / Globalization and Operations / Case / Index
Instructor Manual Available
2006 / 828 Pages / PB / Rs. 385
ISBN: 81-7446-506-5 / 81/4x11 TEXTBOOK
operations
management
Inventory Management
Principles and Practices
P NARAYAN
JAYA SUBRAMANIAN
The book Inventory Management – Principles and Practices explains
all the fundamental principles of Inventory Management. It starts with
a definition of Inventory, why it is needed as well as not needed, what
is it’s impact on a business, how do we classify them for ease of control
and what are the various techniques of inventory control.
Inventory is an outcome of procurement. So obviously, while studying
inventories, the logic behind it’s procurement should be studied. Hence
chapters on Manufacturing Resources Planning have been added. Just-
in-trime principles and TQM are some more methods of achieving a
world-class manufacturing, so they have also been included here.
In the present day scenario, all activities are being computerized. So
lessons on e-commerce as well as all the latest technologies that are
affecting Inventory Management have been included. Chapters have
been included on methods to handle specific classes of inventories such
as spare parts inventory, finished goods inventory, work-in-process
inventory, surplus, obsolete and non-moving inventory, etc. Logistics
and supply chain management defines the path a material takes in it’s
life through a company. So it was essential to include a chapter on it
also.
Keeping in mind the syllabus prescribed in the various universities on
this subject, the chapters have been designed accordingly. A chapter
has also been included on some motivational thoughts outlining some
principles which would help us to become successful in life. The principles
outlined here are universal, applicable to any situation, organization or
country.
There has been no separate book on ‘Inventory Management’ and it
has been felt by the student community that there should be a book on
this subject. We shall be very grateful to the reader of this book to give
their valuable suggestions to add further value to the book.
CONTENTS INCLUDE:
Need For Inventory Management/Costs Associated With Inventories/
Classification of Inventories/Inventory Control Techniques - 1/
Inventory Control Techniques – 2/Forecasting/Materials Requirement
Planning/Manufacturing Resource Planning – II/JIT/Total Quality
Management (TQM)/Surplus , Obsolete & Non-moving Inventory/
Work In Process (WIP) Inventory/Finished Goods Inventories/
Spares Parts Inventory Management/Logistics And Supply Chain
Management/Vendor Managed Inventory (VMI)/Stores Management
/Introduction To E-commerce/Some Motivation Thoughts
Instructor Manual Available
2008 / 228 Pages / PB / Rs. 200 TEXTBOOK
ISBN: 978-81-7446-591-7 / 71/4x91/2
75
law
third edition
Business Law
S S GULSHAN, Former Principal, College of
Business Studies, Delhi University
With his considerable teaching and training
experience in the field of Legal Aspects of
Business, Dr Gulshan has made a proper
assimilation of legal implications of provisions
of the more important Acts on business strategies in this book. The text
book provides not just a mere theoretical exposition of different Acts,
rather, it shows how the practical side of 'Business Law' operates. At the
end of every chapter, a part entitled 'Gaining Practical Experience' has
been included for the guidance of both the present and the future managers.
The book is a unique presentation of the theory as well as the practice of
'Business Law'.
CONTENTS INCLUDE:
Business and its Environment/Meaning and Nature of Law/Law of
Contract/Contracts of Guarantee and Indemnity/Contracts of Bailment
and Pledge/Contract of Agency/Law of Partnership/Law of Sale of Goods/
Law of Negotiable Instruments/The Consumer Protection Act, 1986/
The Competition Act, 2002/The Foreign Exchange Management Act,
1999/Elements of Company Law/The Information Technology Act,
2000/The Patents Act, 1970/The Copyright Act, 1957
Instructor Manual Available
2006 / 740 Pages / PB / Rs. 325
ISBN: 81-7446-482-4 / 71/4x91/2 TEXTBOOK
third edition
Mercantile Law
S S GULSHAN, Former Principal, College of
Business Studies, Delhi University
With his considerable amount of teaching and
training experience in the field of legal aspects
of business, Professor Gulshan has made, in
this book, proper assimilation of legal
implications of provisions of the more important Acts on business strategies.
The work is not just a theoretical exposition of different Acts, rather it
shows how the practical side of ‘business law’ operates. At the end of every
chapter, a part entitled ‘Gaining Practical Experience’ has been included
for the guidance of both the present and the future manager. It would be
obvious from the brief contents that the book is a unique presentation,
since it deals with both theory and practice of ‘business law’.
CONTENTS INCLUDE:
Business and its Environment / Meaning and Nature of Law / Law of
Contract / Law of Torts / Contracts of Guarantee and Indemnity /
Contracts of Bailment and Pledge / Contract of Agency / Law of
Partnership / Law of Sale of Goods / Law of Negotiable Instruments /
Law of Carriage of Goods / The Consumer Protection Act, 1986 / The
Competition Act, 2002 / Elements of Company Law / The Foreign
Exchange Management Act, 1999 / The Information Technology Act,
2000 / Law of Insurance / Law of Insolvency / Law of Arbitration and
Conciliation
Instructor Manual Available
2007 / 850 Pages / PB / Rs. 320
TEXTBOOK
ISBN: 81-7446-561-8 / 71/4x91/2
76
second edition
Company Law
S S GULSHAN, Former Principal,
College of Business Studies,
Delhi University
Some of the special features of this book are:
(i) In order to enable the readers know
their progress in understanding the
subject, a number of exercises are included under the heading ‘Check
Your Progress’.
(ii) The following matter has been provided through appendices:
(a) Company Law in a computerized environment (E- governance
and E-filing)
(b) Corporate governance
The book in its present format will prove more useful to the students and
others.
CONTENTS INCLUDE:
Nature, Extent and Administration of the Companies Act, 1956
/ The Company: Its Meaning and Nature / Classification of
Companies / Formation of a Company / Contracts /
Memorandum of Association / Articles of Association / Share and
Share Capital / Prospectus / Public Deposits / Allotment of Shares
/ Membership / Calls on Shares / Transfer and Transmission of
Shares / Investments, Loans, Borrowings and Debentures /
Accounts and Audit / Divisible Profits and Dividends / General
Meetings and Proceedings / Inspection and Investigation /
Management of a Company-1 / Management of a Company-2 /
Company Secretary / Sole Selling and Buying Agents / Books,
Returns and Reports / Prevention of Oppression and
Mismanagement / Compromises, Arrangements, Reconstruction
and Amalgamation / Winding up of Companies / Miscellaneous
Provisions / Service of Documents and their Authentication / The
Depositories Act, 1996
2008 / 596 Pages / PB / Rs. 280 TEXTBOOK
ISBN: 978-81-7446-636-5 / 71/4x91/2
Case Laws on Industrial
Relations
issues and implications
L MISHRA
CONTENTS INCLUDE:
Discipline in Industry/Apprentices Act, 1961/Industrial Disputes
Act, 1947/Trade Unions Act, 1926/Social Security—Workmens'
Compensation Act, 1923/Social Security—Employees State
Insurance Act, 1948/Social Security—Employees Provident Fund
and Miscellaneous Provisions Act, 1952/Social Security—Payment
of Gratuity Act, 1972/Contract Labour (Regulation and Abolition)
Act, 1970/Wages—Payment of Wages Act, 1936/Wages—
Minimum Wages Act, 1948/Wages—Payment of Bonus Act,
1965/Miscellaneous
2006 / 434 Pages / PB / Rs. 375
ISBN: 81-7446-472-7 / 71/4x91/2

Industrial
Relations and
Labour Laws
B D SINGH
Existing books on Labour Laws are either too technical
or too cumbersome with plethora of case laws or too
brief and too sketchy that they hardly convey anything.
The result is that students get confused and develop
dislike for the subject.
Considering the above difficulties, this book has been
written in simple and non-legal language. First few
chapters provide the right ambience and correct
background to make the students understand the need
of different labour laws. The concluding chapter deals
with the need for review, revision of existing laws and
reinvention of new laws to meet the future
requirements. The book contains a detailed
background about each law explaining the genesis for
the enactment of that law.
Taking advantage from his wide experience as
practicing manager and teacher of labour laws, the
author has added some topics which are not laws per
se but their knowledge and understanding is much
more important than the proper laws. For instance,
laws relating to Management of Discipline, Principles
of Natural Justice, Supreme Court Instructions on
Management of Sexual Harassment, etc. The book
also gives some glimpses of important provisions of
prevailing labour laws in South-Asian countries
including labour laws of China.
Only important labour laws have been discussed in
the book, each one updated with latest amendment
and with latest Supreme Court judgements. The book
will surely go in long way to meet the expectations of
students and managers.
CONTENTS INCLUDE:
PART-I Background to Industrial Relations /
Evolution of Industrial Relations in India /
Changing Profiles of Major Stakeholders of
Industrial Relations in India / Management of
Conflict in Industry / Case Studies / PART-II
Background of Labour Legislations / Regulative
Legislations / Protective Legislations / Wage
Legislations / Social Security Legislations /
Miscellaneous Legislations / Emerging Trends
in Labour Legislations
Instructor Manual Available
2008 / 560 Pages / PB / Rs. 300
ISBN: 978-81-7446-620-4 / 71/4x91/2 TEXTBOOK
law
Labour Laws for Managers
B D SINGH, Professor, Human Resource Management, IMT,
Ghaziabad
The book is a product of the heart-felt needs of the managers-
in-making (the students of management schools) and young
managers practicing in industries. The existing books on labor
laws are either too voluminous / complex for easy
comprehension of students or too sketchy to meet their
requirements. This book avoids both and provides a simple, exhaustive and comprehensive
reading.
The book contains the evolution of labor law, and its long, arduous journey and the
challenges it is a encountering in today’s changing business scenario. It discuss the
required amendments to be made to make them business friendly. The book also contains
the latest High Court and Supreme Court judgments to make it up-to-date and relevant.
Attempt has been made to provide a glimpse of pertinent labor legislations in Far East
Asian countries like China, Malaysia and Singapore etc.
CONTENTS INCLUDE:
Background/Regulative Legislation/Protective Legislation/Wage Legislation/Social
Security Legislations/Miscellaneous Legislation/Emerging Trends in Labour Legislation/
Labour Laws in China (in original)
Instructor Manual Available
2007 / 468 Pages / PB / Rs. 300
ISBN: 81-7446-547-2 / 71/4x91/2 TEXTBOOK
Business Law
for B.Com.
S S GULSHAN, Former Principal, College of Business Studies,
Delhi University
Understanding of laws which govern the business system is of
paramount importance for the students of business. Therefore,
the study of law is included in the syllabi of management
institutions. This book has been prepared with a conscious effort to meet in full measure
the requirements of not only the students but also for the working managers.
The book offers a working account of appropriate business laws. Also, it provides
in-depth analysis supplemented by practical observations and numerous examples in the
problematic areas. The emphasis all through is on clarity and the way the law operates on
a day-to-day basis for business. Extensive case laws have been carefully presented and
analysed with quotations from frequently cited judgements.
The book aims at providing complete clarity for the beginner, and such simplicity of
exposition which makes the text practically self-teaching. Further, the textual material is
concise and to the point, providing essential information.
CONTENTS INCLUDE:
Law of Contract / Contracts of Guarantee and Indemnity / Contract of Bailment /
Contract of Agency / Law of Partnership / Law of Sale of Goods / Law of Negotiable
Instruments / Law of Information Technology
2008 / 374 Pages / PB / Rs. 200
ISBN: 978-81-7446-689-1 / 61/4x91/2 TEXTBOOK
77
law mathematics/
statistics
Intellectual Property Quantitative Methods in
Rights Management
text and cases Problems and Solutions
DR. R RADHAKRISHNAN, Vice R SELVARAJ
Chancellor, Anna University,
Coimbatore
DR. S. BALASUBRAMANIAN, Director,
Centre for Intellectual Property Rights,
Anna University, Coimbatore

This book covers the following basic aspects of IPR with the
merits and demerits of the evolving global economic intellectual
property regimes.
FEATURES:
Coverage of all IP rights, Patents, Design, Copyrights,
Trademark, Geographical indication and IC Layout
Brief introduction of the emerging Cyber law in the wired
century
Chapter objectives and review questions for better
understanding
Detailed discussion on the difference of software programme
source codes from other traditional creation rights
Basic overview of some of the legal aspects of the IPR audit
Role of Patent Management in activities of enterprises
CONTENTS INCLUDE:
Fundamentals of IPR / Patents / Trademarks / Copyright /
Industrial Designs / Geographical Indication / Trade Secret /
Software Copyright / IPR in International Scenario / Cyberlaw
/ Patent Management / Audit Procedures
2008 / 332 Pages / PB / Rs. 295
ISBN: 978-81-7446-609-9 / 71/4x91/2 TEXTBOOK
The book provides a strong foundation in Quantitative Methods for
management students who come from different disciplines. It has been
designed according to the latest syllabi of the Bharathiar University and
Anna University. The book is prepared with utmost care and rules out the
necessity of referring any other book as it is self-contained. This book will
surely prove to be a good reference book for both the students and teachers.
Highlights of the book:
This book is student-friendly
No need to refer any other book
Covers all the chapters specified in the syllabus
Enough examples are given under each chapter
A good number of exercise problems with answers to practice
Simple and clear steps in arriving the answers
Latest five years question papers of Bharathiar and Anna University are
solved and annexed at the end of the book
Written in simple language so that students of all level can understand.
CONTENTS INCLUDE:
Functions / Mathematics of Finance / Differentiation / Integration /
Measures of Central Tendency / Measures of Dispersion / Correlation
and Regression / Index Numbers and Time Series / Testing of Hypothesis
/ Theoretical Distribution
2008 / 444 Pages / PB / Rs. 275
ISBN: 978-81-7446-630-3 / 71/4x91/2 TEXTBOOK

Research Methodology for

Business and Corporate
Management and Social
Laws
C L BANSAL, Management Development
Sciences
Institute, Gurgaon ADITHAM BHUJANGA RAO

This book has described the following categories of business laws
in a simple language:
The Contract Act, 1872 / The law relating to special contracts
viz., indemnity and guarantee; bailment and pledge; and agency /
The Partnership Act, 1932 / The Sale of Goods Act, 1930 / The
Negotiable Instruments Act, 1881 / The Companies Act, 1956 /
The Depositories Act, 1996 / The Consumer Protection Act, 1986
/Intellectual Property Laws relating to patents, copyrights and
trade marks.
CONTENTS INCLUDE:
Introduction / Hypothesis and Research Design / Research Methods
and Research Methodology / Collection of Data / Measurement and
Scaling Techniques / Sampling Techniques / Processing and Analysing
of Data / Testing of Hypothesis: Parametric Tests / Testing of Hypothesis:
Non-parametric Tests / Analysis of Variance / Interpretation of Data /
Research Report Writing / Use of Computer in Research / Statistical
Formulae and Notes
The book will be extremely helpful to study the fundamentals of Research
Methodology.

2006 / 848 Pages / PB / Rs. 365 2008 / 342 Pages / PB / Rs. 225
TEXTBOOK
ISBN: 81-7446-473-5 / 71/4x91/2 TEXTBOOK ISBN: 978-81-7446-612-9 / 71/4x91/2
78

Research Methods in
Business
R NANDAGOPAL, Director, PSG Institute
of Management, PSG College of
Technology.
K ARUN RAJAN, Senior Lecturer, PSG
Institute of Management.
N VIVEK, Lecturer, PSG Institute of
Management
CONTENTS INCLUDE:
Introduction to Business Research / Research Process / Scaling
Techniques / Data Files and Coding Data / Starting SPSS /
Frequency Distribution and Descriptive Statistics Using SPSS /
Manipulating the Data / Cross-Tabulations Using SPSS / Using
SPSS to Perform 't' Test / One Way ANOVA Using SPSS /
Correlation Using SPSS / Using SPSS to Perform Chi-Square /
Simple Regression Analysis / 2-Way and 3-Way ANOVA / Cluster
Analysis / Conjoint Analysis / Discriminant Analysis / Factor
Analysis / Multi-Dimensional Scaling / Non-Parametric Tests
2007 / 208 Pages / PB / Rs. 245
ISBN: 81-7446-528-6 / 71/4x91/2 TEXTBOOK
Probability and
Combinatorics
D P APTE, Professor and Director, MIT
School of Management, Pune
This book covers a selection of topics
on combinatorics, probability and
discrete mathematics useful to the
students of MCA, MBA, computer science and applied mathematics.
The book uses a different approach in explaining these subjects, so
as to be equally suitable for the students with different backgrounds
from commerce to computer engineering. This book not only
explains the concepts and provides variety of solved problems, but
also helps students to develop insight and perception, to formulate
and solve mathematical problems in a creative way. The book
includes topics in combinatorics like advance principles of counting,
combinatorial identities, concept of probability, random variables
and their probability distributions, discrete and continuous standard
distributions and jointly random variables, recurrence relations and
generating functions.
This book completely covers MCA syllabus of Pune University and
will also be suitable for undergraduate science courses like B.Sc. as
well as management courses.
CONTENTS INCLUDE:
Combinatorics I/Combinatorics II/Combinatorial Identities/
Probability/Random variables/Standard Discrete Probability
Distributions/Standard Continuous Probability Distributions/
Jointly Distributed Random Variables/Advanced Counting
Techniques/ Generating Functions
2007 / 490 Pages / PB / Rs. 325
ISBN: 81-7446-520-0 / 71/4x91/2 TEXTBOOK
mathematics/
statistics
third edition
Business Research
Methods
S N MURTHY, Professor, Department of
Management Science, RNSIT, Bangalore
U BHOJANNA, HOD, Department of
Management Science, RNSIT, Bangalore
Research is the all pervasive key and the brain for decision-making in any
organization. The students of today are the future decision-makers of
Indian industry. When these students join the corporate world, they need
to know the methodology to be adopted to conduct research, in terms of
gathering data, interpretation and report-writing and also the use of
statistical techniques. This book aims at covering various aspects of Business
Research, such as problem formulation, data gathering, analysing,
interpretation of data, report-writing, use of statistical methods, etc. In
this book, the subject-matter of Business Research is included at macro
and also at a micro level.
Special features of this book are:
It is written in an easy to understand manner.
To give the knowledge of tools and skills necessary to solve business
problems.
To help the students apply research techniques in a changing marketing
environment.
The book is divided into 25 chapters and the research techniques and
processes are well explained with illustrations.
CONTENTS INCLUDE:
Research Methodology and Market Research / Scientific Method in
Research / Organisation of Marketing Research / Research Process /
Research Problem Formulation / Research Design / Causal Research /
Secondary Data / Literature Review / Primary Data / Qualitative
Techniques of Data Collection / Sampling / Attitude Measurement and
Scaling Techniques / Data Processing and Interpretation / Statistical
Analysis of Business Research / Markov Process / Hypothesis Testing /
Time Series Analysis / Decision Theory / Research Report / Ethical
Issues in Business Research / Market Information System / Role of
Computers and Recent Trends in Business Research / Application of
Marketing Research / Guidelines for Project Work / Case Studies in
Indian Context
Instructor Manual Available
2010/ 512 Pages / PB / Rs. 340 TEXTBOOK
ISBN: 978-81-7446-820-8 / 71/4x91/2
Mathematics and Statistics for Business
R S BHARDWAJ
CONTENTS INCLUDE:
Part A: Businss Mathematics / Analytical Geometry / Functions and their
Graphs / Limits and Continuity / The Derivative / The Maxima and
Minima / Integration / Mathematics of Finance / Part B: Businss Statistics
/ Introduction / Measures of Central Tendency / Measures of Dispersion
/ Correlation / Regression Analysis / Index Numbers / Analysis of Time
Series
79
mathematics/
statistics
Statistical
Tools for
Managers
Using MS EXCEL
D P APTE, Professor and
Director, MIT School of
Management, Pune,
India, and Mentor, MIT
School of Business and
MIT School of
Government
This book covers the topics on probability and statistics
mostly used for managerial decision making. The book
uses a practical approach in explaining these subjects,
so as to be equally suitable for the students with
different backgrounds from commerce to computer
engineering. This book not only explains the concepts
but also provides a variety of solved problems that are
necessary while preparing for the examinations. This
would help the students to develop insight and interest
in solving problems using MS Excel. The book would
prove to be beneficial for the students to use statistical
tools during their work life to solve complex real life
managerial decision making situations.
MS Excel is selected as a computer resource because it
is practically available with every manager. Other more
powerful statistical packages may not be accessible to
all the managers at field level or working in smaller
corporates. The book includes topics in sampling, data
processing, random variables, probability and sampling
distributions, estimation, testing of hypothesis, tests
of significance, curve fitting, correlation, regression and
ANOVA. The syllabi of most of the universities for
MBA, MCA, Commerce, and Science courses are
covered under the topics of this book. It would also
provide a suitable reference for all management,
engineering, science and commerce students.
CONTENTS INCLUDE:
Statistics and Decision-making / Collection,
Processing and Presentation of Data / Measure of
Central Tendency / Measures of Variability,
Skewness and Kurtosis / Fundamentals of
Probability / Random Variables and Probability
Distributions / Sampling Design and Theory of
Sampling / Estimation for Decision-making / Basic
Concepts of Hypotheses Testing / Test of
Hypothesis: Testing for Population Parameters /
Hypothesis Testing: The comparison of Two
Populations / Correlation and Association /
Regression / Analysis of Variance (ANOVA) /
Appendices
Instructor Manual Available
2009 / 700 Pages / PB / Rs. 375
ISBN: 978-81-7446-697-6 / 81/4x11 TEXTBOOK
80
second edition
Mathematics for Economics
and Business
R S BHARDWAJ, Reader, Department of Economics, Shivaji
College, Delhi University
CONTENTS INCLUDE:
Analytical Geometry/Matrix Algebra/Sets, Functions, Sequence and Series/The
Derivative/The Maxima and Minima/Functions of more than One Variable and Their
Derivatives/Maxima, Minima of Functions of more than one Variable/Integration/
Mathematics of Finance/Linear Programming
2005 / 570 Pages / PB / Rs. 240
ISBN: 81-7446-450-6 / 71/4x91/2 TEXTBOOK
second edition
Business Statistics
R S BHARDWAJ, Reader, Department of Economics, Shivaji
College, Delhi University
This book is designed to meet the requirements of the students of BA (Hons) Economics,
BCom (Hons), MA Economics and MCom courses of various Indian Universities. In
addition, the students of professional courses like CA, ICWA and Management will also
find this book very useful.
The aim of this book is to expose the statistical concepts in a simple and lucid manner
so that the readers face no difficulty in understanding and interpreting them.
In order to demonstrate the use of statistical techniques in various areas of Economics
and Management, a large number of examples have been included in the text. An
additional feature of the book is the ‘Exercises with Hints’ given at the end of each
important topic.
CONTENTS INCLUDE:
Introduction / Functions, Importance, Limitations and Distrust of Statistics / Statistical
Investigation / Census and Sample Investigation / Collection, Editing and Analytical
Tools of Data / Classification and Tabulation of Data / Diagrammatic Presentation /
Graphic Presentation / Measures of Central Tendency / Measures of Dispersion / Moments,
Skewness and Kurtosis / Correlation / Regression Analysis / Index Numbers / Analysis
of Time Series / Theory of Attributes / Probability / Probability Distribution of a
Random Variable and Decision Analysis / Theoretical Probability Distributions / Sampling
Distributions / Statistical Inference / Analysis of Variance / Multiple Linear Regression /
Statistical Quality Control / Non-parametric Tests of Hypothesis / Appendix
2008 / 774 Pages / PB / Rs. 295
ISBN: 978-81-7446-679-2 / 71/4x91/2
TEXTBOOK

Quantitative
Techniques
for
Management
Computer based
problem solving
S JAISANKAR,
PSG Institute of
Management,
Coimbatore
This book has been developed with a focus on
the need to demystify the subject and make it
easy for students to grasp the principles and details
involved, and make it easily understandable to
beginners exposed to the subject for the first time.
An attempt has been made to explain things in a
logical progression, in the simplest possible way
so that neophytes may quickly grasp the concepts
and methodology. A novel approach in the book
is the illustrative use of computers with TORA
package, as a problem-solving tool.
The chapters are arranged so as to progressively
explain the workings of various models in actual
practice through step-by-step procedures that
so simplify and solve them, that even students
from a non-mathematics academic background
will grasp them quickly. Linear programming,
the most powerful tool for managerial decision-
making is covered elaborately, including thorough
discussion of various LP methods and LP
solutions, Duality in LP problems, sensitivity
analysis, etc. Models in the book also use Linear
Programming to reach solutions including those
relating to transportation and transshipment,
assignment, and Game Theory…illustrated with
screen-shots of a computer with a TORA package.
Readers – whether students, business executives,
managers, researchers and academicians – will
find that the insights and knowledge obtained
from the book will stand them in good stead in
both academic as well as occupational pursuits.
CONTENTS INCLUDE:
Linear Programming: Formulation and
Graphical Method / Linear Programming:
Simplex Method / Transportation Model /
Assignment Model / Network Analysis
PERT-CPM / Sequencing / Replacement
Models / Queuing Theory / Game Theory /
Simulation / Appendix
Instructor Manual Available
2005 / 318 Pages / PB / Rs. 275
TEXTBOOK
ISBN: 81-7446-457-3 / 71/4x91/2
mathematics/
statistics
second edition
Research Methodology
D K BHATTACHARYYA, IISWBM, Kolkata
For defining research problems and finding their appropriate
solutions, you need to follow a structured approach. A logical
series of steps need to be performed right from selecting a topic
of research to report writing. Every finding needs to be
strengthened by arguments, which are adequately substantiated by data. Research in
management areas needs massive experimentation and data support. Management research
requires more theoretical rigours and practical insights. However, not much of the available
reading material provides extensive focus on management research. Yet students are required
to comprehend the nitty-gritty of doing research - right from developing their project reports
to final dissertation, as part of their core curriculum.
This book is well equipped with fundamentals of research and research designs. Written in a
simple language, it covers all facets of management areas with details of statistical tools
required for analysis in a research work. Many practical examples and tips for management
researchers strengthen the content of this book. It is an essential reading for management
students as well as for those who are aspiring to do their doctoral work in management. It
conforms to the core syllabus of all universities and institutes.
CONTENTS INCLUDE:
BLOCK 1: INTRODUCTION TO RESEARCH METHODOLOGY/Research
Fundamentals and Terminology/Importance of Research in Management Decisions/
Defining Research Problems and Formulation of Hypothesis/Research Design/BLOCK
2: METHODS AND TECHNIQUES OF DATA COLLECTION/Methods and
Techniques of Data Collection/Sampling and Sampling Distribution/Attitude Measurement
and Scales/BLOCK 3: DATA PRESENTATION AND ANALYSIS/Data Preparation and
Preliminary Analysis/Statistical Analysis and Interpretation of Data:Non-parametic Tests/
Multivariate Analysis of Data/Model Building and Decision Making/BLOCK 4: REPORT
WRITING AND PRESENTATION/Writing and Formatting of Reports/Additional
Statistics in Research/Statistical Tests in Management Research/BLOCK 5: ADVANCED
RESEARCH METHODOLOGY/Factor Analysis/Computer Aided Research
Instructor Manual Available
2006 / 414 Pages / PB / Rs. 295 TEXTBOOK
ISBN: 81-7446-497-2 / 71/4x91/2
strategic
management
Business Process Outsourcing for
Strategic Advantage
K B C SAXENA, Professor, MDI, Gurgaon
SANGEETA SHAH BHARADWAJ, Associate Professor, MDI,
Gurgaon
2007 / 180 Pages / PB / Rs. 395
ISBN: 81-7446-532-4 / 61/4x91/2
Extremely Short Cases on Strategic Management
AJIT PRASAD, IMI, Delhi
2001 / 122 Pages / PB / Rs. 150
ISBN: 81-7446-242-2 / 71/4x91/2
81
strategic
management
Recipient of ISTD-ONGC Book Award
2004-2005
Strategic Management
concepts and cases
UPENDRA KACHRU, Professor, IILM,
Gurgaon
The nuances of strategic management are
examined in great depth in this book,
which includes a supplement that unfolds
the historical process and growth of
strategic thinking in India. This book is unique and original in the
way it has been organized and the material that has gone into it. The
theoretical concepts included are the state-of-the-art positions on
the subject, and the text has thus been divided into four Parts.
Ten world class studies of Indian companies, from India's premier B-
school, IIM Ahmedabad, authored by the best teachers in the country
including the legendary Prof CK Prahalad himself are included.
CONTENTS INCLUDE:
Basic Concepts / Basic Concepts / Strategic Intent / Generic
Tools of Analysis / Strategic Analysis / Strategic Analysis—The
Business Environment / The Internal Environment / Tools for
Strategic Analysis / Strategic Choice / Strategic Choice—Grand
Strategies / Competitive Strategies—Business Unit Strategy / Strategy
Evaluation and Selection / Strategy Implementation /
Implementation: Structure and Culture / Resource Allocation,
Evaluation and Control / Governance and Change / Case Studies
Includes case material of IIM, Ahmedabad
Instructor Manual Available
2005 / 804 Pages / PB / Rs. 310
ISBN: 81-7446-424-7 / 81/4x11 TEXTBOOK
Strategic Management
and Business Policy
text and cases
C APPA RAO
B PARVATHISWARA RAO
K SIVARAMAKRISHNA
This book presents the fundamental concepts of Strategic
Management with current examples and illustrations in simple, lucid
and student-friendly manner. The main feature of this book is a
comprehensive coverage of popular analytical frameworks, such as:
SWOT Analysis / Porter's Five Forces Model / Ansoff's Product/Market
Grid / Value Chain Analysis / BCG Matrix
The book is very useful for the courses, such as, MBA, PGDBA, BBA,
BBM and other professional programmes at graduate and postgraduate
level.
2008 / 628 Pages / PB / Rs. 295
ISBN: 978-81-7446-668-6 / 71/4x91/2 TEXTBOOK
82
Strategic Management
Text and Cases
V S P RAO
V HARI KRISHNA
Designed to facilitate understanding and
retention of the material presented, the book
contains the following features:
Opening Case: Each chapter begins with
an opening case highlighting strategies
and actions followed by Indian companies.
Real World Examples: Each chapter contains a number of real-
world examples illustrating how a particular firm has exploited the
gaps present in the environment, using its own resources to best
advantage.
Personality Profiles: Personality sketches of leading corporate heroes
have also been provided at appropriate places, illustrating the manner
in which they fought against heavy odds and emerged as winners in
the end.
Research Inputs: The book provides a comprehensive coverage of a
vast, growing subject — well-supported by a wealth of research
data collected from multifarious sources.
Concluding Case: Each chapter contains a thoroughly researched
and widely-acclaimed case, picked up from Business Today.
CONTENTS INCLUDE:
Introduction / Strategic Planning and Strategic Management / The
Strategic Management Process / Strategic Intent: Vision, Mission and
Objectives / Environmental and Resources Analysis / Environmental
Analysis / Industry Analysis / Competitive Analysis / Internal Analysis
/ Strategy Formulation and Choice / Corporate Level Strategy /
Acquisition, Restructuring and Cooperative Strategies / Global Strategy
/ Business Level Strategy / Strategic Analysis and Choice / Strategy
Implementation and Functional Strategies / Strategy Implementation:
Structural Issues / Behavioural Issues in Strategy Implementation /
Operational Strategy / Financial Strategy / Marketing Strategy / Human
Resource Strategy / Strategic Leadership and Control / Strategic
Leadership / Strategy Evaluation and Control / Strategy and Technology
Management / Designing a Technology Strategy / Technology
Forecasting and R&D Strategies / Strategies for Acquisition and
Absorption of Technology / Emerging Issues / Social Audit / Index
Instructor Manual Available
2003 / 710 Pages / 71/4x91/2
HB / ISBN: 81-7446-347-X / Rs. 695
PB / ISBN: 81-7446-346-1 / Rs. 325 TEXTBOOK
Strategic Management and
Business Policy
NITIN BALWANI
CONTENTS INCLUDE:
Introduction to Strategic Management/Understanding External
Environment/Understanding Internal Environment/Establishing
Strategic Focus/Corporate Strategy/Business-level Strategy/Competitive
Strategies/Implementing strategies I: Management/Implementing
Strategies II: Organisational Issues/Strategic Evaluation and Control
2002 / 334 Pages / PB / Rs. 325
ISBN: 81-7446-273-2 / 71/4x91/2 TEXTBOOK
 excel
multimedia
Produced in association with
All India Management Association

Rs 499/- (each) plus taxes

Magic Carpet: A Set of 8 CDs

Customer Leadership Towards Cost Competitiveness

NITIN PARANJPE, CEO & Managing Director, Hindustan Unilever R SESHASAYEE, Managing Director, Ashok Leyland Ltd
Limited PUNEET DALMIA, Managing Director, Dalmia Cement (Bharat) Ltd
VINITA BALI, Managing Director, Britannia Industries Limited

Leading through Innovation

Value Creation through People Power
D SHIVAKUMAR, Vice President & Managing Director, Nokia India
SWAMI MITRANAND, Acharya, Chinmaya Mission, Chennai and Private Limited
Director, All India Chinmaya Yuvak Kendra (AICHYK) SHRIDHAR VENKAT, Executive Director, The Akshaya Patra Foundation

Creating Winning Organizations of Tomorrow Values and its Multiple Dimensions

SANJIV GOENKA, Sr Vice President, AIMA and JON WILLIAMS, US National Managing Director - Services
Vice Chairman, RPG Group Deloitte Consulting, USA
SAJJAN JINDAL, Vice Chairman and MD, JSW Steel Group JOHN C CAMILLUS, Donald R Reall Professor of Strategic Management,
K SRIKKANTH, Chairman, All India Selection Committee, BCCI University of Pittsburgh, USA

Creating Lasting Value Value Creation and Ethics

N SRINIVASAN, Vice Chairman & Managing Director, The India
Cements Limited
DENNIS SUN, President, Asian Association of Management Organisations
(AAMO)
A SIVASAILAM, Chairman, Amalgamations Pvt Ltd
JOYDEEP DUTTA GUPTA, Executive Director, Deloitte and Touche
Consulting
L LAKSHMAN, Chairman, Rani Holdings Ltd.

A Set of 5 CDs on HRM

Creating A Leadership Pipeline Compensation & Rewards

VINEET KAUL, Chief People Officer, Hindalco Industries Ltd
The Keys to Success
MANPREET RATIA, Head-HR, Citi Bank
PHILLIP MATHEW, Chief People Officer, HDFC
SANDEEP CHAUDHARY, Practice Leader, South West Asia, Hewitt
Sustaining High Performance Teams Associate
RACHNA MUKHERJEE, Head-HR (Mobility), AIRCEL Ltd SUDHIR V SOHONI, Executive Vice President, Thermax Ltd
UDAI UPENDRA, Managing Director, THE HR COMPANY
ARVIND N AGRAWAL, President - Corporate Development & HR, RPG
Enterprises
Employee Engagement and Communication for the Rainy
Days
SANJAY GOEL, Chief Executive Officer, Simon Carves India Ltd
Managing Uncertainty
soft functions hard operations
ASHWIN SHIRALI, Head-HR, ACCOR Hotels
A V K MOHAN, Head-HR, SPICE

83
excel
multimedia
Produced in association with
All India Management Association
Magic Carpet: A Set of 6 CDs (Series 4)
Developing the New Business Manager
INDU SHAHANI, Sheriff of Mumbai
R GOPALAKRISHNAN, Convention Chairman & Executive Director, Tata
Sons Ltd.
JOHN KERR, Consulting EMEA Regional Leader, Deloitte
Changing Marketing Paradigm for the New Manager
NIRMALYA KUMAR, Professor of Marketing, London Business School
SANTOSH DESAI, CEO, Future Brands
The Entrepreneur Manager
NIRAJ BAJAJ, Chairman, Managing Director, Mukand Limited
PRASHANT TEWARI, Managing Director, USV Ltd.
K GANESH, CEO & Founder, Tutor Vista
DIVYA MODI, Global Director, Finance, Spice Corp
Supply Chain Management: A Set of 4 CDs
Global Supply Chain Management and its Design
SUJIT GUHA, Head, Supply Chain, Dabur India Limited
GOVIND JAJU, Vice President, Supply Chain, Ranbaxy Laboratories
Limited
Developing Good Supply Chain Management
RAJAN ANANDAN, Vice President and General Manager, Dell India
SUMAN SHARMA, Head, Processes, DS Group
A Set of 2 CDs on Business Responsibility Summit
Death of CSR and Birth of Responsible Business
C K PRAHALAD, The Paul and Ruth McCracken Distinguished University
Professor of Corporate Strategy, University of Michigan Ross School of
Business
84
Rs 499/- (each) plus taxes
Developing a Global Mindset
JEFFREY WATTS, Partner, Deloitte Tohmatsu Consulting Co. Ltd., Japan
ANNE NEMER, Associate Dean & Executive Director, University of
Pittsburgh
D SHIVAKUMAR, Managing Director, Nokia India
Innovation: A Key Tool for the New Manager
LARRY SCHMITT, Founder and President, Inovo Technologies Inc.
RASHMI BARBHAIYA, CEO, Advinus Therapeutics
PRABHAT PANI, CEO, Roots Corporation Ltd.
The New Manager
Intuitive, Humane and Humble
R GOPALAKRISHNAN, Convention Chairman & Executive Director, Tata
Sons Ltd.
ROOPEN ROY, Managing Director, Deloitte
RAHUL BAJAJ, Chairman, Bajaj Auto Ltd.
Collaboration and Best Practices in Supply Chain
Management
KAPIL AGARWAL, Assistant Vice President, Madura Garments
SANJAY DAWAR, Associate Partner, Accenture India Private Limited
Managing Supply Chain Effectively
S MAITRA, Chief General Manager, SCM, Maruti Udyog Limited
VENKATA KRISHNA REDDY, Executive Vice President, SCM, Pepsi Food
Limited
The Voice within the Leader
SWAMI SUKHBODHANAND, Founder Chairman, Prasanna Trust
R GOPALAKRISHNAN, Executive Director, Tata Sons Ltd.
 excel
multimedia
Produced in association with
All India Management Association

Rs 499/- (each) plus taxes

Magic Carpet: A Set of 8 CDs (Series 4)
Managing New India Managing New India
Challenges of Change
The Indian MNCs
SANJEEV BIKHCHANDANI, Founder & CEO, Info Edge (India) Pvt Ltd.
SUBIR RAHA, President, AIMA and Former CMD, ONGC
SURESH PRABHU, Member of Parliament
SAMPATH KUMAR MOORTHY, President, Sundram Fasteners

Emerging Leadership Managing New India

The Role of Next Generation Politicians Connecting Across Generations
B J PANDA, Member of Parliament CHETAN TOLIA, MD, Tata Steel-Blue Scope JV
RENU ROY, Director, Spandan
Emerging Leadership
Acquiring a Global Mindset
B MUTHURAMAN, Managing Director, Tata Steel 70 Million Employable Indians: Strategies for Global
Competitiveness
New India as an Emerging Giant in the Asia Pacific ANKITA ABHIJIT BAKRE, A V N P K CHAITANYA, PRAVIN KUMAR
Region NCYM Champion Team, 33rd National Competition for Young Managers,
Bharat Petroleum Co. Ltd.
Japanese and Asian Perspectives
CHAYAN BHATTACHARJEE, SUDIPTO DE
RYOKICHI HIRONO, Professor Emiretus, Seikei University, Tokyo, Japan NCMS Champion Team, 4th National Competition for Management
Indian Perspective Students, PG Program in Retail Management IISWBM-Kolkata
ALAN ROSLING, Executive Director, Tata Sons Ltd.
Perspectives on the Regional Opportunities Managing New India
DENNIS TAI LUN SUN, Vice Chairman, AAMO & Chairman, China Strategies and Perspective
Hong Kong Photo Products Holdings
WILLEM BROCKER, Sr Global Advisor, Pricewaterhouse Coopers
International
Managing New India ASHWANI PURI, Executive Director, Pricewaterhouse Coopers
Striving for Inclusive Growth
AMBARISH DASGUPTA, Executive Director, Pricewaterhouse Coopers,
JOYDEEP DATTA GUPTA, Executive Director, PricewaterhouseCoopers, India India
PRONAB SEN, Secretary, Ministry of Statistics & Programme Implementation

Magic Carpet: A Set of 7 CDs (Series 3)

Megatrends of the Next Decade
PETER SCHWARTZ, Chairman, Global Business Network, Monitor Group,
USA
HONG CHEN, Chairman & CEO, The Hina Group Inc., China
Winning in the Era of ‘Total Competition’
R GOPALAKRISHNAN, Executive Director, Tata Sons Ltd.
B N KALYANI, Chairman & Managing Director, Bharat Forge Ltd.
DEEPAK PURI, Managing Director, Moser Baer India Ltd.
Connecting Across Generations - Creating Indian Brands
MOHANBIR SAWHNEY, McCormick Tribune Professor of Technology and
Director, Centre for Research in Technology & Innovation
RAJESH BIYANI AND POOJA BAID, Winners of the 3rd National
Competition for Management Students, (NCMS), AIMA
The Changing Face of Retailing in India
NAVNEET SALUJA, Chief Executive, Reliance Retail-Delhi
ARVIND SINGHAL, Chairman, Technopak Advisors Pvt Ltd.
A Conceptual Framework for Managing Future
Enhanced Competitiveness - An Antidote to Managing
Future
Managing the Future-Everlasting Takeaways
SHIV NADAR, Convention Chairman and Founder, HCL and Chairman
& CEO, HCL Technologies Ltd.
MARK B FULLER, Chairman, Monitor Group, USA
NIKHIL P OJHA, Partner, Monitor Group
The Talent Imperatives
SANTRUPT MISRA, Director-HR, Aditya Birla Management
Corporation Ltd.
PRAMOD BHASIN, CEO, GENPACT
Transforming Technologies for the Future
V S ARUNACHALAM, Chairman, Center for Study of Science, Technology
& Policy (CSTEP)
C KUMAR N PATEL, Chairman & CEO, Pranalytica, Inc.
G PADMANABHAN, Honorary Distinguished Biotechnologist, Department
of Biochemistry, Indian Institute of Science
85
excel
multimedia
Produced in association with
All India Management Association
A Set of 3 CDs on HRM
Change Management to Change Leadership
UDAI UPENDRA, Vice President (Global HR), Ranabaxy Laboratories Ltd.
A K BALYAN, Director (HR), ONGC Ltd.
Collaboration, Trust and Innovative Change
RAJ DATTA, Head (Knowledge Management Group), Mindtree
Consulting Pvt Ltd.
YASHO V VERMA, Director (HR & MS), LG Electronics India Ltd.
Getting Outside the Square Excellence through
Implicit HRM Competencies
K T PRASAD, Head (HR), ITC IBD
YOGI SRIRAM, Sr Vice President (HR), Taj Group (Tata Enterprise)
A Set of 4 CDs on Integrated Marketing
Preemptive CRM: Retaining Customers
when Competition Emulates
LEN ELLIS, Executive Vice President, Director of Strategy, Wunderman,
USA
RAJAT SETHI, President, Wunderman India
Design as a Strategic Differentiator
Preeti Vyas Gianetti, Chairperson - Vyas Gianetti Creatives
Eric Stevens, Professor of Marketing, ESCEM Business School, France
Strategies for Youth Dominated Market
Bijou Kurien, COO – Watches; Titan Industries Ltd.
Anthony Kent, Director of Postgraduate Studies, Marketing School,
London College of Communications London,UK
Decoding the Cultural Language for Marketing
Santosh Desai, President – McCann Erickson, India
A F Mathew, MICA Faculty
86
Rs 499/- (each) plus taxes
Magic Carpet: A Set of 8 CDs (series 2)
Connecting with the New Consumer
PIYUSH PANDEY, Group President & National Creative Director, Ogilvy
& Mather
RUFINO L DELA ROSA, President, Chowking Food Corporation,
Philippines
Engaging with the New Indian Citizen
SACHIN PILOT, Member of Parliament
ARUN MAIRA, Chairman, The Boston Consulting Group, India
Organizing across Borders
JALAJ DANI, President, International Asian Paints Ltd.
NIALL BOOKER, Group General Manager & CEO-India, HSBC Ltd.
Connecting across Generations
ABHIJIT DUTTA, MICA, Best Student, 2nd National Paper Writing
Contest
KEDAR APSHANKAR, Aditya Birla Management Corporation Ltd.,
National Champions, 31st National Competition for Young Managers
Instilling the ‘DNA’ of Innovation
HARSH MARIWALA, Chairman & Managing Director,
Marico Industries Ltd.
JAWAHAR KANJILAL, Director-Rich Media & MBP, Nokia Asia Pacific,
Singapore
Challenging the Leader
VENU SRINIVASAN, Chairman & MD, TVS Motor Co. Ltd.
RAVINDER ZUTSHI, Dy Managing Director, Samsung Electronics India
Pvt Ltd.
Creating Talent Incubators
G K AGARWAL, Executive Director-HR, NTPC Ltd.
Towards Excellence
B RAMALINGA RAJU, Chairman, Satyam Computer Services Ltd.
K V KAMATH, Managing Director & CEO, ICICI Bank Ltd.
JOHN CLARKESON, Global Chairman, The Boston Consulting Group

A Set of 8 Magic Carpet CDs (series 1)
People: India’s Advantage
N K SINGH, Former Member, Planning Commission
JERRY RAO, Chairman & CEO, Mphasis Software & Services (I) Pvt Ltd.
Listening to the People
MIRAI CHATTERJEE, Co-ordinator, SEWA
SURESH P PRABHU, Member of Parliament
Mobilizing Change
SUBIR RAHA, Chairman & MD, ONGC Ltd.
GAUTAM THAPAR, Vice Chairman & MD, Ballarpur Industries Ltd.
Experiences: My Firm and My Journey
RAJIV BAJAJ, Jt. Managing Director, Bajaj Auto
B MUTHURAMAN, Managing Director, Tata Iron & Steel Co. Ltd.
J N GODREJ, Chairman & MD, Godrej Boyce Mfg. Ltd.
Charting New Directions
BHARAT PURI, Managing Director, Cadbury India Ltd.
ARUN MAIRA, Chairman, The Boston Consulting Group India
Partnering beyond Country Borders
HANS PAUL BUERKNER, CEO, The Boston Consulting Group, Worldwide
M N KALYANI, Chairman & MD, Bharat Forge Ltd.
Connecting across Generations
KANIKA MITTAL, Best Student - Paper Writing Contest, 30th NCYM
SHAILLEY GARG, Team MICO, National Champion Team - 30th National
Competition for Young Managers (NCYM)
Managing the People, Social and Cultural Dimensions of
Globalization
DR. KUMAR MANGALAM BIRLA, Chairman, Aditya Birla Group,
ANNE KNOWLES, Senior Specialist, ILO, Bangkok
LORD GRIFFITHS OF FFORESTFACH, Vice Chairman, Goldman Sachs
International, UK
excel
multimedia
Produced in association with
All India Management Association
Rs 499/- (each) plus taxes
A Set of 4 CDs on CRM
Importance of Customer Focus to an Organization
JAYANT KOCHAR, Managing Director, Amoretto Retail Private Limited
IT Tools for Enhancing CRM Delivery System Quality
Applications for Delivering CRM
SUDHANSHU RAWAT, Sr. Project Manager, Oracle India Private Ltd.
SANJEEV MAGO, Head - Quality, Max New York Life Insurance Co. Ltd.
Organization Architecture/Structures for
Effective Service Delivery
DR. MUKESH CHATURVEDI, Professor, Management Development
Institute
NAMRATA RANA, Managing Director, Futurescape
HR related Aspects of CRM-Reward/Recognition
Systems
SANJEEV DUGGAL, President, NIS Sparta Ltd.
RAJAN DUTTA, Chief of HR & TQM, Escotel Mobile
Communications Ltd.
“Emerging Paradigms in Branding”
A Set of 4 CDs
Designing World Class Brand
RAVI NAWARE, Chief Executive (Foods Division), ITC Ltd.
ANAND SEN, Chief (Marketing & Sales) Flat Products, The Tata Iron and
Steel Company Ltd.
Product Brand to Company Brand
J SURESH, CEO & Executive Director, MTR Foods Ltd.
K B S ANAND, Vice President (Marketing & Sales), Asian Paints Ltd.
Creating Iconic Brands in Indian Market
RAHUL KANSAL, Director-TOI Brand Benett Coleman & Co. Ltd.
RAJESH JEJURIKAR, Executive Vice President (Marketing & Sales)
Mahindra & Mahindra
Building Successful Brands in the 21st Century
DHAREN CHADHA, Managing Director, Momentum Strategic Consultants
Pvt. Ltd.
B MUTHURAMAN, Managing Director, The Tata Iron and Steel Company
Ltd.
87
excel
multimedia

Rs 499/- (each) plus taxes

A Set of 6 CDs on HRM
Innovate or Evaporate: HR Innovations
ANIL SACHDEV, Chairman, Grow Talent Company Limited
RAKESH PANDEY, Chief Human Resources Officer, Marico Industries
Limited
HR Execution in a M&A Business Environment
P DWARKANATH, Director-HR, Glaxo Smithkline Consumer Healthcare
Limited
ASHWINI PARASHER, Head-Human Resources, Honeywell India

Talent Management Creating a Leadership Pipeline

A useful dimension to Developing Organizational Capability
SATISH PRADHAN, Executive Vice President-Group HR, Tata Sons Limited
P DWARAKNATH, Director-HR, Glaxo Smithkline Consumer Healthcare
Ltd.
Speed & Agility
Changing with times
Organization in times of continuous change
S CHANDRASEKHAR, President -HR, Reliance Industries Limited
RAJEEV DUBEY, Executive Vice-President, M & M
HARI T, Sr. Vice President-HR-Satyam Computers Ltd.
RAJENDRA SINH, President (HR) Petroleum Business, Reliance Petroleum
Limited
Creating Customer Delight
Delivering Customer Value
Creating Customer Centric Organization
S Y SIDDIQUI, Chief General Manager (HR), Maruti Udyog Limited
GAUTAM CHAINANI, Director-HR, WNS Global Services

A Sample clipping from the CD

88
 BOOKS AVAILABLE
at*

ANDHRA PRADESH: Hyderabad: Book Selection Centre, Ph.-24446845/43; Jaico Publishing House, Ph.-27551992/5699;
Universal Book Showroom, Ph.-23449920,24757206; UBS Publishers Pvt.Ltd., Ph.-040-23262572; JBD Educationals (P) Ltd., Ph:040-
32998606;Shah Book House Ph:040-23445601; Tirupati\Rayalseema: University Book Centre, Ph.-9441027963; Vijaywada: Sri Venkateswara
Book Depot, Ph.-0866-256038; Bookionics, Ph.-0866-2433383.; Visakhapatnam: JBD Educational Pvt. Ltd. Ph.-:0891-6645858/6645757;
Kazipet: Sunil Book Services; Ph.-9390115435.
ASSAM: Guwahati: Asian Books (P) Ltd. Ph.-2513020, 2635729.
BIHAR: Patna: Bharti Bhawan (P&D), Ph.- 2671356, 2689717; UBS Publishers Distributors Pvt Ltd., Ph.-2672856/3973, 2686170;
Vinayak Book Distributors, Ph.-0612-3245795 India Book Centre, Ph. - 0612-3295213, Amit Book Depot, Ph. - 0612-2300819,2300557.
CHHATISHGARH: Raipur: Bharat National Agency, Ph.- 2535105; Bhilai: Anil Book Depot.
DELHI: Allied Publisher Pvt. Ltd., Ph-23239001, 23233002; Asian Books (P) Ltd., Ph.-23287577/2098, 23271887, 23259151/71/81;
Choudhary Export, Ph.-25755519/0801; Dutta Book Centre, Ph.-23975680; International Book House, Ph.-23858665; Jaico Book Distributor,
Ph.-23260618/4748; Mittal Book Distributors, Ph.-23263913, 23257587; New Age Books, Ph.-23922151; Surendra Book Service,
Ph.-9811068537, 55159385; UBS Publishers Distributors Pvt. Ltd., Ph.-23273601/04, 23266645-7; UDH Publishers & Dist. (P)Ltd.
Ph.-51562623/603; University Book House, Ph.-23859154, 23857042; BC Pub & Distributors P Ltd, Ph.- 65235268, 39496150 Variety Book
Distributors, Ph.-9811959790.

GOA: Vidya Vriksh, Ph.- 0832-319718, 314879.

GUJARAT: Ahmedabad: Book Plaza, Ph.-26430386; Books India, Ph.-26575542; Himanshu Book Company,
Ph.-26579685; Jaico Book Distributor, Ph.-26579865/5262; Pocket Book Centre, Ph.-25508328; Baroda: Chirag Book Distributors,
Ph.-2410771; Surat: Bulsar Book Store, Ph.-2464607/9825146263.

HARYANA: Hisar: International Book Centre, Ph.-277479; Kurukshetra: Nirmal Book Dept, Ph.- 238939; Rohtak: Happy Book Depot,
Ph.-2243615/7715.
JAMMU & KASHMIR: Jammu: Radha Krishan Anand & Company; Jay Kay Book Distributor.
JHARKHAND: Jamshedpur: Sen & Co., 9431149748; Ranchi: Crown Book Depot.,Ph.-2202858/8626.
KARNATAKA: Bangalore: Asian Books (P) Ltd., Ph.-22200438; Gangarams Book Bureau, Ph.-25588015/6189/7277; Shakti Books,
Ph.-9845024568, 26574718; Higginbothams Private Limited, Ph.-25325422, 25091697; Intact Book House Pvt.Ltd., Ph.-26611963; Jaico
Book House, Ph.-22267016, 22257083; Kohinoor Book Distributors, Ph- 22261691; Surya Infotainment Products Pvt. Ltd., Ph.-25587621/
302; Prakash Book Depot, Ph.-22201411/24; Sapna Book House, Ph.-40114455; Sankars- The Book People Pvt. Ltd., Ph.-25586867/8; UBS
Publishers’ Distributors Ltd., Ph.-22263901/02, 22253903/5153; Book Paradise; Mangalore: Book World, Ph.-0824-2445484; Sita Book
House, Ph.- 0824-2497744; Higginbothams Pvt Ltd., Ph.- 0824-2427585; Mysore: Higginbothams Pvt Ltd., Ph.- 0821-2512451.

KERALA: Ernakulam: H&C Stores, Ph.- 0484 2375563; Futura Books Kochi Pvt. Ltd., Ph.-0484-2360122; UBS Publishers Distributors
Pvt Ltd., Ph.- 0484-2353901, 2363905; D C Books, Ph- 0484-2362796; Higginbothams Private Limited, Ph.-0484-2368834; Orient Book
House, Ph: 0484 2360071; Kottayam: D C Books, Ph.-0481-2560599; TBS Publishers Distributors, Ph: 0481-2585612;; Kozhikode: D C
Books, Ph.- 0495-2720572; TBS Publishers Distributors, Ph: 0495 2720086; Calicut Book Distributors, Ph; 0495 2723195; Penta Book
Distributors, Ph: 0495 2725746; Cosmo Books, Ph:0495 2703487; Kollam: H&C Stores, Ph.-0474 2765421; Kannur: Athulya Books,
Ph:0497 2709294; TBS Publishers Distributors, Ph:0497 2713713; D C Books, Ph.-0497-2706994; Thiruvananthapuram: Higginbothams
Private Limited, Ph.- 0471-2331622; Modern Book Centre, Ph.- 0471-2331826; D C Books, Ph.- 0471-2470927; H& C Stores,
Ph.-04712572010. Trichur: Cosmo Books, Ph.-0487 2335292; D C Books, Ph,- 0487 2444322.

MADHYA PRADESH: Bhopal: Ajay Publishers & Distributors, Ph.-2542556; Jaico Publishing House, Ph.-4252122; UBS Publisher’s
Distributors Pvt. Ltd., Ph.-25203183/93, 2555228; Gwalior: Anand Pustak Sadan, Ph.-2323516; Indore: Shri Indore Book Depot,
Ph.-2432479; Shree Suneeta Book Centre, Ph.-2451009; Scholors Point, Ph.-2434360; Jain Book Stall, Ph.-4054839; Jainson Book Shop,
Ph.-2538787.

MAHARASHTRA: Aurangabad: Samarth Book Depot, Ph.-2335535, 2342134; Kolhapur: Mehta Book Seller,
Ph.-542304; Mumbai: Asian Books, Ph.-22619322, 22623572; Bhaktivedanta Book Distributors, Ph.-2261 0537,Fax: 2261 0537;
89
Book Services Syndicate, Ph.-2265 4344, 6633 5728; Book World Enterprises, Ph.-2201 5331, 2206 8538, Fax: 2205 9934; Books Unlimited,
Ph.-2515 4206, 2512 7118 Fax: 2511 8820; Bookzone, Ph.-2205 4676/17 Fax: 2205 4620; Dharma Enterprise; Jaico Book House,
Ph.-22676702/802/4501; Strand Book Stall ‘Dhannur’, Ph.-22661994, 22661719; Students Agencies Pvt Ltd., Ph.-24903334 (4 Lines);
Swami Book House, Ph.-9920144545, 28985817; UBS Publishers Distributors, Ph.-5637 6922;. 5637 6923 Fax: 5637 6921; Nagpur: Alied
Publishers Pvt Ltd, Ph.-2521122, Fax: 2542625; The Western Book Depot, Ph.-2524659, Fax: 2524659; Venus Book Centre, Ph.-2520781,
253614; Pune: Classics Book Distributors, Ph.-020-24474232, 9371045520; Diamond Book Depot., Ph.- 020- 24480677, 56020282; Jai
Sales, Ph.-56220383, 9823139987; Popular Book House, Ph.-25671737; Star Book Service, Ph.-24486093; The International Book Service,
Ph.-25677405; UBS Publishers & Distributors, Ph-020-24433976, Fax: 56028921; Universal Book Stall, Ph.-24450976, 24451780; Varma
Book Distributors, Ph-020-24450595,24456525, Fax: 020- 24450148.

ORISSA: Bhubaneshwar: Padmalaya, Ph.-0674 -2396922; Saraswat, Ph.-0674 -2544774; UBS Publishers & Distributors Pvt. Ltd.,
Ph.-0674 – 2314446/7/8; Amit Book Depot, Ph.-9238323349; International Book House, Ph.-O674 –3266123.

PONDICHERRY: Higginbothams Pvt Ltd., Ph.-2333836; Vinayak Book Palace, Ph.-2332336.

PUNJAB: Amritsar: National Book Distributors; Kastauri Lal & Sons; Chandigarh: Super Book House; Classic Book Centre; Jalandhar:
Gupta Book Shop; Kashmri Lal & sons; Ludhiana: Pal Book Distributor, Ph.-2446858; Patiala: Central Book Agency, Ph.-283292; S.L. Madan
& Co., Ph.-2224235; Jain Brothers; Madan Book House.

RAJASTHAN: Jaipur: Allied Informatics, Ph.- 0141-2701870; India Book House., Ph.-2314983, 2311191; Raj Book & Subscription
Agency, Ph.-25638260; Raj Pustak Mandir, Ph.-246098; Jodhpur: Education Gallery, Ph.-0291-22635008; Rajasthan Granthaghar,
Ph.-2623933; Udaipur: The Arya Book Center, Ph.-3526160.

TAMIL NADU: Chennai: Alpha Books Pvt. Ltd., Ph.-8277090; Asian Books Pvt Ltd, Ph.-28486927/28; Higginbothams Pvt. Ltd.,
Ph.-28513519/20, 28524220; Jaico Book Distributors, Ph.-28222653/4582, 28233850; Sri Eswar Books, Ph.-24345902; Tamil Nadu Book
House, Ph.-28441043; TBH Library Book Suppliers, Ph.-25387156; TBH Publishers & Distributors, Ph.-28524547/53168; UBS Publisher’s
Distributors Pvt. Ltd., Ph.-23746222/351; Coimbatore: Book ‘n’ ALL, Ph-9865207765, 0422-6455347; Cheran Book House, Ph.-2396623;
Higginbothams Pvt. Ltd., Ph.-2390431; Pai & Sons, Ph.-2393024, 5586050; TBH Publishers and Distributors, Ph.-2520491/96; Madurai:
Higginbothams Pvt. Ltd., Ph.-2340528; Thirunelveli: Higginbothams Pvt. Ltd., Ph.-2574801; Tiruchirappalli: Higginbothams Pvt. Ltd.,
Ph.-2704418; Uthagamandalam: Higginbothams Pvt. Ltd., Ph.-2442546.

UTTAR PRADESH: Agra: Associated Booksellers, Ph.- 4008061, 09897877556; Allahabad: A.H.Wheelar & Co. Pvt. Ltd.,
Ph.-2624106; Tripathi Book Distributors, Ph.-2561162; Prayag Pustak Bhawan, Ph.-2461505; Bareilly: Prakash Book Dept Ph.- 09897603670;
Bansal Book Depot, Ph.- 09412187915, 9837164484; Ghaziabad: Jagdamba Book Depot, Ph.-2756063; S.R. Book Distributors, Ph.-2862020;
Gorakhpur: Viddyarthi Pustak Mandir, Ph.-2335002; Kanpur: Universal Book Stall; Lucknow: Allied Publisher Pvt. Ltd, Ph.-2614253,
2201341; Book International, Ph.-9415010787,0522-2333960; International Book Distributing Co., Ph.-2450004/7; New Books & Books
Agencies, Ph.-2281417; New Royal Book Company, Ph.-2285607; UBS Publisher & Distributer Pvt. Ltd., Ph.-2294134, 2615258; Universal
Book Distributing Company, Ph.-2374909; Universal Book Sellers, Ph.-2625894; Useful Book Service, Ph.-2380063, 2346805, 9415017416;
Jaico Publishing House, Ph.-0522-4010788; Meerut: Loyal Book Depot., Ph.-2643623,2666235; Savera Book Distributors, Ph.-2700304;
A R Enterprises, Ph.-9837099092; Varanasi: Ganga Saran & Grand Sons, Ph.-2412425.

UTTARAKHAND: Dehradun: Book World, Ph.-2655845/8793; Bhatt Brothers, Ph.-9410277677, 9759284207. Roorkee: Jogindra
Book Depot, Ph.- 09897138483; India Book Emporium.

WEST BENGAL: Kolkata: Asian Books, Ph.-22363040/9899; Bharati Bhawan (P&D), Ph.-22258836, 22151559; Jaico Publishing
House, Ph.-23600542/3; UBS Publishers & Distributors, Ph.-22529473/1821; Paragon

NEPAL: Kathmandu: Ekta Books Distributors Pvt. Ltd., Ph.- 260862.

PAKISTAN: Paramount Book Distributors, Ph.-2721-4236692.
UK & EUROPE: Motilal (UK) Books of India, Ph.- +44 (0) 1727761677

* All books in this Catalog can also be ordered through your local booksellers.
In case of any difficulty, please contact Mr Suresh at 011-47144444
90
 international
title
The Creation of the
University of KwaZulu-Natal
Reflections on a Merger and Transformation Experience

EDITED BY
MALEGAPURU W. MAKGOBA
and
JOHN C. MUBANGIZI

$ 35
ISBN: 978-81-7446-841-3

The University of KwaZulu-Natal (UKZN), created through the merger of the erstwhile (white) University of Natal (UN) and the (Indian)
University of Durban Westville (UDW), is one of the first sets of institutions to be merged in South Africa.
This book is an attempt to reflect on and record the challenges involved in creating a new institution. It provides an invaluable insight into
the mechanics and challenges of the institutional restructuring process in all its complexity. It is an important contribution to the comparative
literature on education policy, in general, and restructuring of higher education, in particular. This book would form an authoritative and
useful reference framework for transformation initiatives that are yet to emerge in a rapidly changing and developing country.

“There is little doubt that this book, reflecting on the dynamics, challenges, strategies and solutions that characterised the historical feat of merging these [two]
institutions, will form an authoritative and useful reference framework for transformation initiatives that are yet to emerge in our rapidly changing and
developing country.”
Dr Vincent Maphai
University of KwaZulu-Natal Chair of Council (2004 - 2007)

“The UKZN merger was the most studied of all mergers in South Africa.”
Professor Mbudzeni Sibara
Former Head of the Department of Education Merger Unit

“All of us who have the interest of higher education at heart, welcome the way in which the merger [of the University of KwaZulu-Natal] has been handled.”
Kader Asmal
Professor Extraordinary, University of the Western Cape,
Minister of Education (1999 - 2004)

91

best selling
titles
A Foundation Course in
Human Values and Professional Ethics
Presenting a universal approach to value
education – through self-exploration
R R GAUR
R SANGAL
G P BAGARIA
2009 / 282 Pages / PB / Rs. 175
ISBN: 978-81-7446-781-2 / 71/4x91/2 Instructor Manual Available
Management
text and cases
V S P RAO, Sri Venkateshwara College, Delhi
University
V HARI KRISHNA
2002 / 966 Pages / PB / Rs. 320
ISBN: 81-7446-317-8 / 71/4x91/2 Instructor Manual Available
third edition
Advertising and Sales Promotion
S H H KAZMI, Bhartiya Vidya Bhawan
SATISH K BATRA, University of Rajasthan
2008 / 658 Pages / PB / Rs. 325
ISBN: 978-81-7446-639-6 / 71/4x91/2 Instructor Manual Available
third edition
Fundamentals of Information
Technology
DEEPAK BHARIHOKE, Perot Systems Ltd.
2006 / 654 Pages / PB / Rs. 275
ISBN: 81-7446-481-6 / 71/4x91/2 Instructor Manual Available
Services Marketing
the Indian perspective
Text & Readings
RAVI SHANKER, Indian Institute of Foreign
Trade, New Delhi
2002 / 650 Pages / 71/2x91/2
HB / Rs. 650 / ISBN: 81-7446-270-8 Instructor Manual Available
PB / Rs. 325 / ISBN: 81-7446-267-8
92
second edition
Environmental Management
N K UBEROI
Recommended book in the UGC syllabus
2003 / 424 Pages / PB / Rs. 310
Instructor Manual Available
ISBN: 81-7446-340-2 / 71/4x91/2
second edition
Marketing Management
text and cases
Indian Context
TAPAN K PANDA, Professor, Marketing, Indian
Institute of Management, Indore
Student CD Included
2006 / 750 Pages / PB / Rs. 350
ISBN: 81-7446-548-0 / 81/4x11 Instructor Manual Available
second edition
Human Resource Management
text and cases
V S P RAO
2005 / 710 Pages / PB / Rs. 350
ISBN: 81-7446-448-4 / 81/4x11 Instructor Manual Available
Foundations of IT
DHIRAJ SHARMA, Assistant Professor and Head,
Department of Management, Regional Institute of
Management & Technology, Gobindgarh City,
Punjab.
2008 / 492 Pages / PB / Rs. 295
ISBN: 978-81-7446-589-4 / 81/4x11 Instructor Manual Available
third edition
Financial Accounting
a managerial emphasis
ASHOK BANERJEE, Professor, Finance and
Control, Indian Institute of Management,
Kolkata
2009 / 794 Pages / PB / Rs. 360
Instructor Manual Available
ISBN: 978-81-7446-743-0 / 71/4x91/2
third edition
Business Law
S S GULSHAN, Former Principal, College of
Business Studies, Delhi University
2006 / 740 Pages / PB / Rs. 325
ISBN: 81-7446-482-4 / 71/4x91/2 Instructor Manual Available